Skip to main content

Full text of "The natural history of animals: the animal life of the world in its various aspects and relations"

See other formats


m  m  ....  ;•.-:-. 

-    :    :  .  •'    M 


BIOLOGY 

UBRARY 

G 


. 


The  Natural  History 
of  Animals 


CO 


DC 

o 
u 


The 


Natural  History 
of  Animals 


The   Animal   Life  of  the  World    in   its  various 
Aspects  and  Relations 


BY 
J.  R.  AINSWORTH  DAVIS,  M.A. 

TRINITY   COLLEGE,    CAMBRIDGE 

PROFESSOR    IN   THE   UNIVERSITY   OF   WALES,  AND   PROFESSOR   OF   ZOOLOGY  AND 
GEOLOGY   IN    UNIVERSITY   COLLEGE,   ABERYSTWYTH 


HALF-VOL.    IV 


LONDON 

THE   GRESHAM    PUBLISHING   COMPANY 

34  SOUTHAMPTON   STREET,   STRAND 


1903 


BIOLOGY 

UBRAPY 

G 


CONTENTS 


HALF-VOL.    IV 


THE   FOOD   OF   ANIMALS    (Continued} 

CHAPTER  XXIII.— THE  FOOD  OF  ANIMALS —  OMNIVOROUS 
ANNELIDS,  SIPHON -WORMS,  LAMP -SHELLS,  MOSS -PO- 
LYPES, AND  WHEEL-ANIMALCULES 

Page 

BRISTLE-WORMS  (Chaetopoda) — Lob-Worm,  Tube- Worms  (Serpula,  Pomatoceros, 

Spirorbis),  Earth- Worms   -  -     257 

SiPHON-WORMS  (Gephyrea)— Common  Siphon-Worm  -     259 

LAMP-SHELLS  (Brachiopoda)  -        -  -    260 

MOSS-POLYPES  (Polyzoa)  -        -        -    261 

WHEEL- ANIMALCULES  (Rotifera)— Rose-coloured  Rotifer,  Crown  Rotifer,  Flower 

Rotifer 261 


CHAPTER  XXIV.  — THE  FOOD  OF  ANIMALS  —  OMNIVOROUS 
ECHINODERMS,  SPONGES,  AND  ANIMALCULES— ANIMALS 
WHICH  FEED  LIKE  GREEN  PLANTS 

HEDGEHOG -SKINNED  ANIMALS  OR  ECHINODERMS  (Echinodermata) :  Sea- 
Urchins  (Echinoidea) ;  Sea-Cucumbers  or  Holothurians  (Holothuroidea) ; 
Crinoids  (Crinoidea)— Feather-Stars  and  Sea- Lilies  -  -  264 

SPONGES  (Porifera)  -    265 

ANIMALCULES  (Protozoa):  Infusoria — Ciliata  (Slipper  Animalcule,  Bell  Animalcule); 
Flagellata  (Euglena,  Collar  Animalcules,  Monads) ;  Rhizopoda — Proteus  Ani- 
malcule or  Amoeba,  Foraminifera,  Fungus-Animals  (Mycetozoa)  -  266 

ANIMALS  WHICH  FEED  LIKE  GREEN  PLANTS— Animals,  Green  Plants,  and 
Colourless  Plants  (Fungi,  &c.)  compared  as  regards  Food  and  Feeding :  Leaf- 
Green  or  Chlorophyll — Animals  which  contain  Chlorophyll — Green  Planarian 
Worm  (Convoluta) ;  Green  Freshwater  Polype,  Coral- Polypes;  Freshwater 
Sponge;  Green  Animalcules  (Berry  Animalcule,  Vol vox) 270 


vi  CONTENTS 

ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

CHAPTER  XXV.  —  ANIMAL  DEFENCES  —  INTRODUCTORY  — 
BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS  PRODUCING  INCONSPICU- 
OUSNESS 

Page 

INTRODUCTORY — Different  Kinds  of  Defence  against  Predaceous  Forms. — I.  PRE- 
CAUTIONARY MEASURES:— (i)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS  resulting  in  (a) 
Inconspicuousness,  (b]  Conspicuousness :  (2)  MODE  OF  LIFE — (a)  Feeding  at 
Favourable  Times,  and  (b]  Feeding  in  Favourable  Places. — II.  RESISTANCE: — 
(A)  PASSIVE  DEFENCE  by:— (i)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS  such  as  (a)  Un- 
palatableness  and  Indigestibility,  (b]  Armour:  (2)  SPECIAL  HABITS,  e.g.  Death- 
feigning:  (3)  FECUNDITY  :— (B}  ACTIVE  DEFENCE  by  means  of  (i)  Ordinary 
AGGRESSIVE  WEAPONS,  (2)  Actively  DEFENSIVE  WEAPONS,  (3)  CO-OPERA- 
TION:—III.  RETREAT  -  -  275 

INCONSPICUOUSNESS  : — General  Protective  Resemblance  ;  Transparency ;  Marine 
Surface  Animals;  Snow  Animals — Snowy  Owl;  Desert  Animals — Camels, 
Antelopes,  Desert  Foxes,  Jerboas,  Desert  Larks,  Desert  Finches,  Sand-Grouse, 
Sand-Lizard,  Thorn-tailed  Lizards,  Desert  Monitor,  Common  Skink,  Adder, 
Horned  Viper,  Desert  Insects;  Reversed  Shading;  Flat  Fishes  -  -  -  277 

Specialized  General  Resemblance— Corals  and  Sea-Snails,  Corals  and  Brittle-Stars, 

Sponges  and  Sea-Slugs      -----------     285 

Protective  General  Resemblance  in  Eggs  and  Young — Plovers,  Moths,  Beetles        -     285 
Masking — Land-Snails,  Sea-Snails,  Crabs,  Sea-Urchins,  Sea-Anemones  -  287 

Variable  General  Resemblance:  Colour-Change  in  Snow- Animals — Variable  Hare, 
American  Hare,  Stoat,  Weasel,  Ptarmigan;  Colour-Change  in  Chameleons; 
Colour-Change  in  Amphibians — Common  Frog;  Colour-Change  in  Fishes — 
Plaice,  Trout,  Lumpsucker;  Colour-change  in  Molluscs— Sea-Slugs;  Colour- 
Change  in  Crustaceans — ^Esop  Prawn;  Colour- Change  in  Insects — Peppered 
Moth,  Small  Tortoise-shell  Butterfly 289 

Constant  Special  Protective  Resemblance— Sloths,  Pangolins;  Coot,  Moorhen, 
Grebes,  Young  Plovers  ;  Australian  Sea-Horses  ;  Sea-Slugs ;  Stick-Caterpillars, 
Leaf-Butterflies,  Buff-tip  Moth,  Stick-  and  Leaf-Insects;  Spiders  -  -  -  294 

Variable  Special  Protective  Resemblance— Leaf-Butterflies,  Caterpillars  of  Early 

Thorn  Moth      -  -     3<*> 

CHAPTER   XXVI.— ANIMAL    DEFENCES— BODILY   CHARAC- 
TERISTICS   PRODUCING   CONSPICUOUSNESS 

CONSPICUOUSNESS:— Genuine  Warning  and  Spurious  Warning  (Mimicry)       -        -     301 

Genuine  Warning— Skunk;  Coral  Snakes,  Cobras,  Puff- Adders,  Rattlesnakes; 
Spotted  Salamander,  Nicaraguan  Frog,  Siamese  Toad,  Horned  Toad;  Weever- 
Fish,  Globe-Fishes;  Ascidians,  Acorn-headed  Worms;  Sea-Slugs;  Wasps, 
Hornets,  Bees,  Black-veined  Brown,  Magpie  Moth,  Conspicuous  Caterpillars, 
Lady-bird ;  Spiders ;  Bristle-Worms  ;  Planarian  Worms ;  Sea- Anemones,  Corals, 
Jelly-Fishes  -  3°* 

Spurious  Warning  (Mimicry)— Cuckoos,  Orioles;  American  Snakes;  Mimicking 
Butterflies,  White  Ermine  Moth,  Clear-wing  Moths,  Caterpillars  of  Lobster- 
Moth,  Puss-Moth,  and  Hawk-Moths,  Drone-Fly,  Mimicking  Beetles,  Mimicking 
Grasshoppers  and  Crickets,  Praying  Mantis,  Mimicking  Plant-Bugs ;  Mimick- 
ing Spiders  -  3°9 


CONTENTS  vii 


CHAPTER   XXVIL— ANIMAL   DEFENCES— SPECIAL 
PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS 

Page 

FEEDING  AT  FAVOURABLE  TIMES:  Nocturnal  Animals — Night-Monkeys,  Lemurs, 
Bats,  Elephant,  Hoofed  Mammals,  Gnawing  Mammals,  Edentates,  Marsupials, 
Monotremes  ;  Owl-Parrot,  Kiwi ;  Geckos  ;  Amphibians  ;  Fishes  ;  Cockroaches, 
Crickets,  Moths,  Fire-Flies;  Marine  Invertebrates  -  -  318 

Diurnal  Animals — Herbivorous  Mammals,  Species  exhibiting  Warning  Colours  and 

Protective  Resemblance     -        -         -         -  -     323 

FEEDING  IN  SUITABLE  PLACES  :  Species  exhibiting  Protective  Resemblance,  Wide 

Outlook,  Proximity  to  Retreats  - -     324 

Arboreal  Animals — Evolution  of  Climbing  Forms    -         -  -     325 

Parachute  Animals  and  Flying  Animals— Their  Evolution        -  327 

CHAPTER   XXVIIL— ANIMAL   DEFENCES-PASSIVE   DEFENCE 

UNPALATABLENESS  AND  INDIGESTIBILITY— Associated  with  Warning  Coloration      332 

ARMOURED  ANIMALS— Armadilloes,  Pangolins,  Porcupines,  Hedgehogs,  Spiny 
Ant-Eaters ;  Feathers  and  Leg-Scales  of  Birds ;  Armoured  Reptiles ;  Extinct 
Armoured  Amphibians,  Ribs  of  Spanish  Newt;  Armoured  Fishes;  Shells  of 
Molluscs;  Beetles,  Weevils,  Caddis- Worms ;  Crabs,  Rock- Lobster;  Sea-Mouse, 
Porcupine  Worm,  .Tube-dwelling  Annelids;  Skeletons  of  Moss-Polypes  and 
Lamp-Shells ;  Plates  and  Spines  of  Sea-Urchins,  Star-Fishes,  &c. ;  Armoured 
Zoophytes— Hydroids,  Organ-Pipe  Coral,  Sea-Anemones;  Sponge  Spicules; 
Armoured  Animalcules — Foraminifera,  Radiolaria,  &c. 333 

ROLLING-UP  HABIT— Armadilloes,  Pangolins,  Porcupines,  Hedgehogs;  Mail-Shells; 

Trilobites,  Wood-Lice  341 

DEATH-FEIGNING   HABIT — Dingo,  Opossums,  South  American  Fox;   Tinamous, 

Rails  ;  Lizards  and  Amphibians  ;  Spiders ;  Beetles    -  -     342 

FECUNDITY  OF  ILL-DEFENDED  ANIMALS— Rabbit,  Flesh-Fly;   Bats  as  Check  to 

increase  of  Oak  Procession-Moth 345 

CHAPTER   XXIX.— ANIMAL   DEFENCES-ACTIVE   DEFENCE 

AGGRESSIVE  WEAPONS  IN  DEFENCE     -       -  -    348 

ACTIVELY  DEFENSIVE  WEAPONS  :  Mammals — Teeth  of  Apes  and  Monkeys,  Use 
of  Missiles  by  Baboons,  Tusks  of  Walrus,  Elephants,  Rhinoceros,  Wild  Horses, 
Teeth  of  Hippopotamus  and  Swine,  Antlers  and  Horns  of  Ruminants,  Claws 
of  Kangaroo,  Stink-Glands  of  Skunk ;  Birds  and  Reptiles — Legs  of  Ostrich  and 
Emeu,  Rooks,  Poisonous  Lizards ;  Poison-Spines  of  Fishes ;  Poisoned  Bite  of 
Cone-Shells,  Stinging-Organs  of  Sea-Slugs,  Shells  of  Tridacna;  Stings  and 
Defensive  Glands  of  Insects;  Stink-Glands  of  Millipedes;  Slime-Glands  of 
Peripatus;  Bristles  of  Bristle- Worms ;  Skin-Defences  of  Planarian  Worms; 
Poison-Spines  of  Sea-Urchins ;  Stinging  Organs  of  Zoophytes  ;  Irritant  Rodlets 
of  Higher  Animalcules  ...  -  348 

CO-OPERATION  AMONG  SOCIAL  ANIMALS — Wild  Horses,  &c.  -    362 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   XXX.— ANIMAL   DEFENCES— RETREAT 

Page 

MAMMALS  (Mammalia) — Monkeys  and  Baboons,  Chamois,  Antelopes,  Rumination 
as  facilitating  Retreat,  Importance  of  Dwellings  and  Refuges  with  reference 
to  Retreat,  Signalling  Coloration  -  -  363 

BIRDS  (Aves) — African  Ostrich,  Rails,  Extinction  of  Dodo,  Flight  as  a  means  of 

Retreat,  Woodpeckers,  Diving  Birds  -     367 

REPTILES  (Reptilia) — Brittle  Tails  of  Lizards,  Importance  of  Cylindrical  Shape  in 

Snakes,  &c.        -  -     370 

AMPHIBIANS  (Amphibia)— Wrestler  Frog  371 

INVERTEBRATES— Ink  of  Cuttle-Fishes,  Detachable  Foot-Region  of  some  Land- 
Snails,  Springing  Molluscs,  Ants  and  Bombardier  Beetles,  Use  of  Suspensory 
Threads  (Spiders,  Caterpillars,  Slugs),  Crustaceans,  Sacrifice  of  Part  of  Body 
in  Annelids,  Possible  Origin  of  Segmentation  -  -  372 

ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— THE   BREATH    OF   LIFE 

CHAPTER    XXXI.— ANIMAL    RESPIRATION  — GENERAL    PRIN- 
CIPLES—BREATHERS  IN  WATER  AND  BREATHERS   IN  AIR 

GENERAL  PRINCIPLES — Nature  of  and  Necessity  for  Breathing  or  Respiration, 

Breathing  by  General  Surface,  Special  Breathing  Organs  376 

BREATHERS  IN  WATER  AND  BREATHERS  IN  AIR— Process  essentially  the  same 

in  all  cases,  Relation  between  Plants  and  Animals  as  regards  Breathing  -  -  378 

CHAPTER  XXXII.— ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— VERTEBRATES 
THAT  BREATHE  IN  WATER 

Nature  and  Development  of  Gill-Clefts,  Their  possible  origin  in  remote  ancestral 

forms  -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -     381 

FISHES  (Pisces)  AS  BREATHERS  IN  WATER — Nature  of  Gills,  Lampreys  and  Hags 
(Cyclostomata),  Sharks  and  Rays  (Elasmobranchii),  Sea-Cats  (Holocephali), 
Ordinary  Bony  Fishes  (Teleostei) 383 

PRIMITIVE    VERTEBRATES   (Protochordata)  —  Lancelet,   Ascidians   or   Tunicates, 

Acorn-headed  Worms        -         -  -     388 

CHAPTER  XXXIII.— ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— NEMERTINES— 
MOLLUSCS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   WATER 

NEMERTINE  WORMS  (NEMERTEA)— Some  resemblance  to  Vertebrates  -        -        -    391 

MOLLUSCS  (Mollusca) — Mail-Shells,  &c.  (Protomollusca);  Head-Footed  Molluscs 
(Cephalopoda)—  Cuttle-Fish,  Pearly  Nautilus;  Snails  and  Slugs  (Gastropoda) — 
Ormer,  Keyhole  Limpet,  Whelk  and  Purple  Shell,  Common  Limpet,  John 
Knox's  Limpet,  Sea-Hare,  Sea-Lemon,  &c. ;  Bivalve  Molluscs  (Lamellibranchia) 
— Mussels,  Cockles,  Oysters,  &c.  -  - 391 

CHAPTER  XXXIV.— ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— JOINTED-LIMBED 
ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN    WATER 

CRUSTACEANS  (Crustacea) — Common  Lobster,  Freshwater  Crayfish,  Common 
Prawn,  Hermit -Crabs,  Crabs,  Mantis -Shrimps,  Sand -Hoppers,  Skeleton- 


CONTENTS  ix 

Page 

Shrimps,  Sea-Slaters,  Water  Wood-Louse,  Mud-Shrimps,  Apus,  Water-Fleas, 
Mussel-Shrimps,  Barnacles        -         -  400 

KING-CRABS  (Xiphosura)  406 

CHAPTER  XXXV.— ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— LOWER   INVERTE- 
BRATES  WHICH    BREATHE   IN    WATER 

SEGMENTED    WORMS    (Annelida)  —  Bristle- Worms   (Choetopoda)  —  Scale- Worms, 

Lugworm,  Head-Gills  of  Tube-Dwellers;  Leeches  (Discophora)        -        -         -     408 

SIPHON-WORMS  (Gephyrea)  AND  WHEEL-ANIMALCULES  (Rotifera)        -  -    410 

MOSS-POLYPES  (Polyzoa)  AND  LAMP-SHELLS  (Brachiopoda)    -        -  -     410 

HEDGEHOG- SKINNED  ANIMALS  OR  ECHINODERMS  (Echinodermata) — Influence 
of  the  Skeleton  on  the  Development  of  Breathing  Organs,  The  Relation  of  the 
Water-vascular  System  to  Breathing  -  41 1 

ZOOPHYTES  (Ccelenterata) — Breathing  by  External  and  Internal  Surfaces,  Special 

Arrangement  in  some  Sea-Anemones 416 

SPONGES  (Porifera)  AND  ANIMALCULES  (Protozoa)        -        -  -        -        -    418 

CHAPTER   XXXVI.— ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— BACKBONED 
ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN    AIR 

Nature  and  Development  of  Lungs,  Aquatic  Ancestry  of  Land  Vertebrates  -  -  420 
THE  ORIGIN  OF  LUNGS — Swim-Bladder  of  Fishes — Bichir,  Lung-Fishes  -  -  421 
AMPHIBIANS  (Amphibia) — Common  Frog,  Csecilians,  Lungless  Amphibians  -  -  422 

REPTILES  (Reptilia) — Increase  in  Complexity,  Mechanism  of  Breathing,  Crocodiles, 

Snakes,  Snake-like  Lizards,  Chameleons 424 

BIRDS  (Aves) — Structure  of  Lungs,  Air-Sacs,  Mechanism  of  Breathing     -         -         -     426 

MAMMALS  (Mammalia) — Structure  of  Lungs,  Mechanism  of  Breathing,  Cetaceans, 

Young  Pouched  Mammals  -        -        -    427 

CHAPTER   XXXVII.— ANIMAL   RESPIRATION -BACKBONELESS 
ANIMALS    WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR 

MOLLUSCS   (Mollusca) — Lung-Snails  and  other  Gastropods  which  breathe  in  air, 

Garden  Snail,  Black  Slug,  Pond-Snail,  Trumpet-Snail        -  ...     433 

ARTHROPODS  (Arthropoda) — Peripatus,  Origin  of  Air-tubes     -----    434 

CENTIPEDES  AND  MILLIPEDES  (Myriapoda)— Shield-bearing  Centipede,  Imperfect 

Development  of  Blood-System 435 

INSECTS  (Insecta) — Cockroach,  Bees  and  Locusts;  Aquatic  Air-breathing  Insects 
—Great  Water-Beetle,  Whirligig  Beetles,  Great  Black  Water-Beetle,  Pond- 
Skaters,  Water-Boatmen,  Water-Scorpions,  Rat-tailed  Maggot,  Common  Gnat  437 

ARACHNIDS  (Arachnida) — Scorpions,  Whip-Scorpions,  Spiders,  Mites  -  -  -  442 
CRUSTACEANS  (Crustacea)— Land-Crabs,  Wood- Lice  -  -  443 

LAND  NEMERTINES  (Nemertea),  EARTH-WORMS  AND  LAND-LEECHES  (Annelida), 

AND  LAND  PLANARIANS  (Turbellaria)       -        -        -        -        -        -        -        -    444 


x  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER   XXXVIII.— ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— AMPHIBIOUS 
VERTEBRATES 

Page 

FISHES  (Pisces)— Eel,  Carp,  Tench,  Mud-Skippers,  Bleak,  Roach,  Loach,  Snake- 
headed  Fishes,  Climbing  Perch;  Evolution  of  the  Lungs  of  Backboned  Animals, 
Lung-Fishes 447 

AMPHIBIANS  (Amphibia) — Hell-Bender,  Giant  Salamander,  Olm,  Siren  Salamander; 

Common  Frog  -  ...     456 

CHAPTER  XXXIX.— ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— AMPHIBIOUS 
INVERTEBRATES 

MOLLUSCS  (Mollusca) — Origin  of  Land-Snails  and  Slugs — Periwinkles,  Apple- 
Snails,  &c.  - 459 

INSECTS  (Insecta) — Net- Winged  Insects  (Neuroptera) — Stone-Flies,  Dragon-Flies, 
May-flies,  Alder-Flies,  Caddis-Flies ;  Two-Winged  Insects  (Diptera) — Midges, 
Sand-Midges  -  -  462 

CRUSTACEANS  (Crustacea) — Shore- Crabs,  Robber- Crab  -  469 


LIST  OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 


HALF-VOL.    IV 


COLOURED    PLATES 
THE  CORAL  SNAKE  (Elaps  Corallinus). 

A  Study  by  A.  Fairfax  Muckley Frontispiece. 

PROTECTIVE  ANIMAL  COLORATION. 

A  Study  by  A.  Fairfax  Muckley 

HEAD-FOOTED  MOLLUSCS  (Cephalopoda)  (after  Merculiano  and  Jatta). 

A  Study  by  A.  Fairfax  Muckley 


312 


392 


BLACK-AND-WHITE   ILLUSTRATIONS 


Page 

Group  of  Serpulae 258 

Dissection  of  Front  End  of  an  Earth-Worm  259 
Dissection  of  Siphon-Worm  (Sipunculus] 

(after  Keferstein) 260 

Moss-Polypes  (after  Kraepelin  and  Boas)  -  261 
Crown  Rotifer  (Stephanoceros]  -  -  -  262 
Vertical  Section  of  Simple  Sponge  -  -  265 
A  Proteus  Animalcule  (Amoeba)  surround- 
ing a  slender  Alga  (after  Rhumbler)  -  269 
Berry  Animalcule  (Hczmatococcus pluvialis) 

in  resting  and  motile  stages  -  -  -  273 
Pallas's  Sand- Grouse  (Syrrhaptes  para- 

doxits]  (from  Brehm)  ....  280 
Eggs  of  Ringed  Plover  (sEgialitis  hiati- 

cula}  (from  a  photograph  by  R.  A.  L. 

Van  Someren) 286 

Crouching  Young  of  Peewit  (  Vanellus  cris- 

talus)  (from  a  photograph  by  R.  A.  L. 

Van  Someren) 286 

A  Beetle  (Lithinus  nigrocristatus)  which 

resembles  Lichen 287 

Upper  Side  of  a  Xenophorus  Shell  (from 

Chun) 288 

Ptarmigan  (Lagopus  mutus),  in  winter 

plumage 290 

Australian  Sea- Horse  (Phyllopteryx  eques}  296 
Caterpillars  of  Brimstone  Moth  (Rumia 

cratagata)  in  protective  attitudes  (after 

Poulton) 297 

Hinder  End  of  Caterpillar  of  Brimstone 

Moth  (after  Poulton)      ....     297 


Page 

Indian  Leaf  Butterfly  (Kallima  inachis]  -  298 

American  Skunk  {Mephitis  siiffbcans)  -  302 

Rattle  of  Rattlesnake  .  -  -  .  304 

Horned  Toad  ( Ceratophrys  ornata]  -  -  305 
A  Friar -Bird  (Philemon  Timorlaoensis) 

mimicked  by  an  Oriole  ( Oriolus  decipiens}  310 
Caterpillars  of  the  Lobster  Moth  (Stan- 

ropusfagi)  -  -  -  -  .  314 

Heads  of  Nocturnal  Animals  -  -  -  319 
Diagram  of  varieties  of  Reptilian  Armour, 

as  seen  in  section  (after  Boas)  -  -  333 
Nile  Crocodile.  Two  scutes,  covered  by 

horny  epidermal  plates  -  333 
Carapace  and  Plastron  of  a  Tortoise  (after 

Boulenger) 334 

Method  of  Growth  in  Gastropod  Shells  -  335 

Growth  of  Bivalve  Shell  as  seen  in  section  335 

A  spiny  Sea- Snail  (Murex)  -  -  -  336 

Opercula  of  various  Gastropods  -  -  336 

Caddis- Worm  Tubes  of  various  kinds  -  337 

The  Northern  Stone-Crab  (Lithodes  maia]  338 
A  Sea-Urchin  (Echinus  lividus\  showing 

protective  covering  of  spines  -  -  340 
Part  of  Sea-Urchin  Test,  showing  knobs 

for  attachment  of- spines  -  -  -  340 
A  species  of  South  American  Fox  (Cants 

azarce] 343 

THE  FALLOW  DEER  ( Cervtis  dama)  •  350 

Horns  of  Gazelles 353 

Poisonous  Mexican  Lizard  (Heloderma 

horridum} 355 


XI 1 


LIST   OF   ILLUSTRATIONS 


Page 

Poison  Spines  of  Fishes  (after  Giinther)  -  356 
Sting  of  Bee  (after  Carlet)  -  -  358 

Poison-Spine  of  a  Sea-Urchin  (Astheno- 

soma  urens)  (after  P.  and  F.  Sarasin)  -  361 
Baboons  retreating  from  Wild  Dogs  (from 

Brehm) 364 

THE  CHAMOIS  (Riipicapra  Tragus)  -  366 
The  Common  Squirrel  (Sciurus  vulgaris)  -  368 
The  Dodo  (Didus  ineptus]  -  -  369 

Slug  suspended  by  a  Thread  of  hardened 

Slime  -  -  -  374 

Front  Part  of  Chick  Embryo  -  -  -  381 
Californian  Hag-Fish  (Bdellosloma)  -  -  383 
Diagram  of  Circulatory  System  in  a  Fish  -  384 
Diagram  showing  the  Gill-Pouches  of  a 

Lamprey  (Petromyzon)  -  -  -  -  384 
Circulatory  and  Breathing  Organs  of  Hag 

(Myxine  glntinosa)  (after  J.  Miiller)  -  385 
Horizontal  Section  through  a  Shark,  show- 
ing the  Gill-Pouches)  (after  Gegenbaur)  386 
The  Sea-Cat  (Chimara  monstrosd)  (after 

Garman) 387 

Horizontal  Section  through  the  Breathing 

Organs  of  a  Teleost  (after  Gegenbaur)  -  388 
Lancelet  (Amphioxus  lanceolatus)  (after 

Boveri) 389 

Section  through  an  Acorn-headed  Worm 

(Balanoglossus)  (after  Spengel)  -  -  390 
Mail-Shell  (Chiton]  -  ...  392 

Dissection  of  a  Cuttle-Fish  (Sepia)  to  show 

Gills  (after  Savigny)  -  ...  392 
Ormer  (Haliotis)  dissected  to  show  Gills  -  394 
Shells  of  various  Sea-Snails  (after  Lang)  -  394 
Diagram  of  a  Whelk  (J5ucftnufft)(a.ftct  Lang)  395 
Gill-Cavities  of  John  Knox's  Limpet  and 

Common  Limpet 396 

Diagram  of  Sea- Hare  (Aplysid)  (after  Lang)  396 
Diagrammatic  Cross  Section  of  Hind- 

gilled  Snail 396 

Sea- Lemon  (Doris)  (after  Alder  and  Han- 
cock) -  ....  397 
Freshwater  Mussel  (Anodonta)  opened  to 

show  Gills 398 

Freshwater  Mussel  (Anodonta)  imbedded 

in  mud 398 

Gills  of  Lobster  (Homarus  vulgaris)-  -  401 
Gills  of  a  Crab  (after  Gegenbaur)  -  -  404 
Gills  of  Mantis-Shrimp  and  Sand-Hopper 

(after  Milne-Edwards  and  Sars)  -  -  404 
Mud-Shrimp (Nebalia)  (after Milne-Edwards)  405 
A  Mussel-Shrimp  (Cypris),  enlarged  -  406 
King-Crab  (Limulus)  (partly  after  Ray 

Lankester) 406 

Scale- Worm  (PolynoS)  (after  Milne-Edwards)  408 
Lugworm  (Arenicola  piscatoruni)^  showing 

Gills 409 

A  Tube-Worm  (Terebella),  showing  Gill- 
plumes  on  Head 409 


Page 

Priapulus  (after  Ehlers)     ....     4IO 
Mouth-Area    of    a    Sea-Urchin    (Echinus 

esculentus)  (from  Kiikenthal)-  -  -  412 
Cross  Section  through  Arm  of  Star-Fish 

(from  Kiikenthal)  -         -         -         -     413 

Heart-Urchin  (Spatangus  purpureus)         •     415 
Dissection  of  Sea-Cucumber  (after  Ludwig, 

simplified) 416 

Diagrammatic  Vertical  Section  of  a  Sea- 
Anemone  417 

Swim-Bladder  of  Bichir  (Polypterus),  dia- 
grammatic   -         -         -         -         -         -     421 

Sections  through  Lungs,  showing  Ingrowth 
of  Folds  (after  Boas)      ....     424 

Head   of    Crocodile    to    show    Breathing 

Arrangements  (after  Boas)  -  -  -  425 
Lungs  of  a  Chameleon  (after  Wiedersheim)  425 
Lungs  and  Air- Sacs  of  a  Bird  (after  Heider)  426 
Convoluted  Windpipe  of  a  Crane  -  -  427 
Air- Passages  of  Lungs  of  Man  -  -  -  428 
Mouth,  Nose,  &c.,  of  Man,  in  Section  -  429 
Lung  of  Land-Snail  (Helix)  (after  Hatschek 

and  Cori) 433 

Breathing  Organs  of  Shield-bearing  Centi- 
pede (Scutigera)  (after  Haase)        -         -     436 
Air-Tubes  of  Cockroach  (Periplaneta  ori- 

entalis)  (after  Hatschek  and  Cori)  -  -  438 
Dissection  of  Honey-Bee  (Apis  mellifica] 

(after  Leuckart) 439 

The  Drone-Fly  (Eristalis  tenax)  and  its 

Larva,  the  Rat-tailed  Maggot  -  -  441 
Larva  and  Pupa  of  Common  Gnat  (Culex 

pipiens),  enlarged  ....  442 
Mygale  (partly  dissected)  from  below  -  443 
THE  MUD-SKIPPER  (Periophthalmus  Koel- 

reuleri) 448 

Roach     (Leuciscus     rutilus)     and     Bleak 

(Alburnus  lucidus)         -         ...     449 
Indian  Snake-headed  Fish  (Ophiocephalus)     451 
Climbing  Perch  (Anabas  scandens)    -         -     452 
Dissection  of  a  Bitterling  (Rhodeus  amarus)     452 
Roof  of  Gill-Cavity  in  a  Species  of  Peri- 
winkle (Littorina  rudis)  (after  Pelseneer)     460 
Apple-Snail  (Ampullaria)  (after  Semper)  -     461 
A   Stone  -  Fly   (Pteronarcys}    (after    New- 
port)    -  -         -     464 
Air-Tubes  of  Rectal  Gills  in  Dragon-Fly 

Nymph  (after  Oustalet)  -  -  -  465 
Nymph  of  Common  May- Fly  -  -  -  465 
Hinder  Part  of  Nymph  of  a  May -Fly 

(Cloeon  dipterum)  (after  Zimmermann)  -  465 
Crustacean  -  like  Nymph  of  a  May -Fly 

(Prosopistoma)  (after  Vayssiere)  -  -  466 
Stages  in  Life-History  of  a  Sand-Midge 

(Simulia)  (after  Verdat)     -  .     468 

Diagrammatic  Cross  Section  through 
Breathing  Organs  of  Robber  Crab 
(Birgus  latro)  (after  Semper)  -  -  469 


CHAPTER   XXIII 

THE  FOOD  OF  ANIMALS— OMNIVOROUS  ANNELIDS, 
SIPHON-WORMS,  LAMP-SHELLS,  MOSS-POLYPES, 
AND  WHEEL-ANIMALCULES 


SEGMENTED  WORMS   (ANNELIDA) 

The  ANNELIDS  include  Leeches  (Discophora)  and  Bristle- 
Worms  (Chaetopoda).  The  former  are  carnivorous,  and  have 
already  been  dealt  with  (pp.  147-149),  and  the  same  is  true  for 
many  rapacious  marine  worms  belonging  to  the  latter  group,  as, 
for  example,  the  Sea-Centipede  (Nereis]  (pp.  146,  147). 

OMNIVOROUS  BRISTLE- WORMS. — These  comprise  marine,  fresh- 
water, and  terrestrial  forms.  The  marine  species  include  a  number 
of  worms  which  are  entirely  devoid  of  biting  structures  and  burrow 
in  sand  or  mud,  which  they  swallow  in  order  to  extract  the  nutri  - 
tive  animal  and  vegetable  matter  present.  The  same  habit  has 
already  been  described  (p.  246)  for  the  Acorn-headed  Worm 
(Balanoglossus),  one  of  the  lowest  animals  having  any  claim  to 
be  considered  a  member  of  the  Vertebrata.  A  good  example 
of  marine  worms  which  feed  in  this  way  is  the  Lob -Worm 
(Arenicola)  (see  vol.  i,  p.  430),  common  on  British  shores  be- 
tween tide -marks  where  mud  or  mud- containing  sand  occurs. 
This  is  a  good-sized  cylindrical  form  with  broad  front  end,  and 
may  attain  a  length  of  some  8  inches.  It  burrows  in  the  sand 
to  a  depth  of  about  2  feet,  eating  its  way  through,  so  to  speak, 
and  from  time  to  time  comes  to  the  surface  for  the  purpose  of 
ejecting  the  sand  which  has  passed  through  its  body.  This  is 
the  origin  of  the  little  coils  of  mud  or  sand  known  as  "worm- 
castings  "  which  are  commonly  seen  upon  the  shore. 

A  considerable  number  of  marine  bristle-worms  have  given 
up  an  active  life  and  taken  to  live  in  tubes  of  various  kinds, 
these  either  consisting  entirely  of  material  exuded  from  the  surface 
of  the  body  and  hardened  into  horny  or  shelly  substance,  or  of 

VOL.  II.  257  49 


258 


THE    FOOD    OF   ANIMALS 


foreign  particles,  such  as  sand-grains,  glued  together  by  a  sticky 
secretion.  A  typical  example  is  afforded  by  the  genus  Serpula 
(fig.  466),  which  makes  and  inhabits  calcareous  white  tubes, 
twisted  masses  of  which  are  often  found  adhering  to  rocks, 
oyster-shells,  &c.  It  is  clear  that  a  tube-dweller  like  this  has  to 
make  special  provision  for  breathing  and  feeding,  and  this  is  here 

effected  in  an  interesting  manner.  On 
watching  a  living  Serpula  placed  in  a 
vessel  of  sea-water  the  head  end  will 
soon  be  seen  to  protrude.  First  of  all 
a  sort  of  conical  stopper  (operculum), 
which  closes  and  protects  the  mouth  of 
the  tube,  is  pushed  out,  and  then  follow 
two  brightly -coloured  plume -like  out- 
growths from  the  head.  These  are 
covered  with  cilia,  which  set  up  currents 
in  the  surrounding  water,  as  a  result  of 
which  breathing  is  provided  for,  while 
at  the  same  time  a  constant  stream  of 
edible  particles  is  directed  into  the  mouth. 
A  common  and,  when  expanded,  very 
attractive  -  looking  worm  (Pomatoceros 
triqueter)  that  abounds  on  the  British 
coast,  lives  in  a  small  wavy  tube  attached  to  a  stone  or  other 
firm  body.  One  end  of  the  tube  tapers  to  a  point,  while  the 
aperture  is  overhung  by  a  sharp  projecting  spine  from  which  a 
prominent  ridge  runs  backwards.  Equally  common  is  a  still 
smaller  tube-worm  (Spirorbis],  which  inhabits  a  calcareous  tube 
coiled  into  a  flat  spiral,  and  adhering  to  brown  sea-weeds  or  other 
suitable  objects.  Other  tube-dwellers  will  be  considered  when 
animal  habitations  are  described. 

Great  interest  attaches  to  the  widely -distributed  group  of 
Earth- Worms,  the  habits  of  which,  so  far  as  British  species  are 
concerned,  were  first  studied  in  detail  by  Darwin,  the  results 
being  embodied  in  his  classic  work  on  the  subject. 

A  number  of  species  are  native  to  Britain  (a  common  sort 
being  Liimbricus  herculeus),  all  of  which  live  in  much  the  same 
way.  Examination  of  one  of  them  shows  the  complete  absence 
of  jaws,  and  the  food  chiefly  consists  of  earth  which  is  constantly 
swallowed  for  the  sake  of  the  organic  matter  it  contains.  An 


Fig.  466. — Group  of  Serpulae.     Two  indi- 
viduals are  projecting  from  their  tubes 


OMNIVOROUS   ANNELIDS,  &c. 


259 


BUCCAL  POUCH 


earthworm  practically  eats  its  way  through  the  ground,  and  the 
earth  which  has  passed  through  its  body  is  from  time  to  time 
deposited  on  the  surface  in  the  form  of  "castings",  much  as  in 
the  case  of  the  Lob- Worm  (p.  257).  By  carefully  weighing  the 
castings  deposited  on  a  known  area  Darwin  came  to  the  conclusion 
that  in  many  parts  of  England  10  tons 
per  acre  of  soil  annually  pass  through  the 
bodies  of  these  creatures.  Earth-worms 
also  devour  small  pieces  of  vegetable  or 
animal  matter  which  come  in  their  way. 
There  are  several  points  of  interest  in  the 
structure  of  the  digestive  organs  (fig.  467). 
The  mouth  opens  into  a  small  pouch  which 
can  be  protruded  to  the  exterior  to  aid  in 
the  taking  in  of  food,  and  this  followed  by 
a  muscular  pharynx  which  appears  to  exert 
a  sort  of  sucking  action.  Next  comes  a 
slender  gullet  into  which  open  glands 
secreting  particles  of  carbonate  of  lime 
that  perhaps  help  to  neutralize  organic 
acids  present  in  the  soil,  and  the  posterior 
end  of  this  dilates  into  a  rounded  crop  in 
which  food  is  temporarily  stored,  and  which  again  communicates 
with  a  rounded  muscular  gizzard,  enclosing  small  stones,  much  as 
in  a  bird.  These  help  to  grind  up  the  food,  and  thus  make  up  for 
the  absence  of  jaws.  The  rest  of  the  digestive  tube  consists  of 
the  long  thin-walled  intestine,  in  which  the  process  of  digestion 
is  completed.  A  further  fact  of  interest,  observed  by  Darwin,  is 
that  a  digestive  fluid  is  poured  from  the  mouth  upon  bits  of 
vegetable  matter,  the  preparation  of  which,  therefore,  begins  out- 
side of  the  body  altogether. 

SIPHON-WORMS    (GEPHYREA) 

These  are  jawless  marine  worms,  some  of  which  are  om- 
nivorous sand-swallowers  devoid  of  bristles.  A  good  example 
is  the  Common  Siphon  -  Worm  (Sipunculus)  (see  vol.  i,  pp. 
433,  434),  found  burrowing  in  sand  on  many  parts  of  the  British 
and  other  coasts.  The  front  part  of  the  body  is  narrow,  and  when 
fully  expanded  is  seen  to  end  in  a  horse-shoe-shaped  circlet  of 
short  tentacles,  within  which  is  the  mouth.  The  greater  part  of 


Fig.  467. — Dissection  from  above  of 
front  end  of  an  Earth-Worm 


260 


THE   FOOD   OF   ANIMALS 


the  gut  consists  of  a  long  very  thin-walled  intestine,  which  pursues 
a  spiral  course  to  the  hind  end  of  the  body,  and  then  twines  back 

upon  itself  to  terminate  upon  the  upper 
side  of  the  body  not  far  from  the  front 
end  (see  fig.  468).  It  is  always  full 
of  sand,  and  siphon -worms  of  the 
sort  described  play  much  the  same  part 
in  regard  to  the  sand  of  the  sea  that 
earth-worms  do  as  regards  the  earth 
covering  the  land.  Shipley  (in  The  Cam- 
bridge Natural  History)  makes  the  fol- 
lowing remarks  on  this  head : —  '  The 
rate  at  which  the  sand  passes  through 
the  body  of  Sipuncuhis  is  unfortunately 
unknown,  but  that  at  any  one  moment 
a  considerable  quantity  is  contained  in 
the  intestine  is  shown  by  the  fact  that 
the  average  weight  of  five  specimens  of 
S.  nudus  [a  large  species]  from  Naples, 
taken  at  random,  was  19.08  grms.,  whilst 
the  average  weight  of  sand  washed  out 
of  their  alimentary  canal  was  10.03 
grms  ". 

Three  groups  of  specialized  worms 
now  claim  our  attention,  i.e.  Lamp- 
Shells  (BRACHIOPODA),  Moss- Polypes 
(POLYZOA),  and  Wheel-Animalcules  (Ro- 
TIFERA).  All  the  animals  included  in 
these  groups  are  omnivorous,  feeding 
t,  Tentacles;  mm  and  m'm'm'm', muscles  upon  the  minute  organisms  and  nutritive 

which  pull  in  front  end  of  body,  cut  through;  •     1  i  1  i  i  M« 

gi. guiiet -,int. intestine;/.*. intestinal aper-    particles  brought  to  them  by  ciliary  cur- 

ture;    ex.  ex.  excretory  tubes;    br.  brain;      „„„,.„    /0<a<a   rM^      o  A  t      ^>  A  A\ 
nc,  nerve  cord.  rGntS    VSGe   PP'    243»    244)' 

LAMP-SHELLS   (BRACHIOPODA) 

The  animals  here  included  were  once  confounded  with  the 
bivalve  Molluscs  (p.  248),  chiefly  because  they  are  enclosed  in  a 
shell  composed  of  two  pieces.  A  typical  Lamp-Shell  (see  vol.  i, 
p.  439)  is  attached  to  some  firm  body,  either  by  the  substance  of 
one  shell  or  by  means  of  a  sort  of  stalk  projecting  at  one  end. 
As  has  already  been  exemplified  in  other  groups,  sedentary  or 


OMNIVOROUS   ANNELIDS,  &c. 


261 


fixed  forms  commonly  get  their  living  by  setting  up  currents  in 
the  surrounding  water.  In  this  case  the  current-producing  organs 
are  two  often  complicated  "arms",  fringed  outgrowths  from  the 
mouth-region  richly  covered  with  cilia,  the  movement  of  which 
produces  food-bearing  streams  of  sea-water,  which  are  conducted 
along  grooves  to  the  mouth.  All  Brachiopods  are  marine,  and 
at  the  present  time  they  exist  in  greatly-diminished  numbers, 
though  in  older  geological  epochs  they  were  dominant  forms  of 
marine  life. 

MOSS -POLYPES   (POLYZOA) 

The  Moss- POLYPES  are  small  animals,  nearly  always  fixed, 
and  in  most  cases  living  in  colonies  produced  by  budding  (vol.  i, 
pp.  436-438).  Most  of  them  are  marine,  but  several  kinds  are 
inhabitants  of  fresh  water.  A  great  many  species  are  found 


A, 


MOUTH 
GULLET 


B. 


Fig.  469. — Moss-Polypes  (enlarged) 

A,  Small  colony  of  Lophopus  crystallines,  showing  some  individuals  fully  extended,  and 
others  in  different  states  of  retraction.  B,  Diagram  of  a  single  individual  of  Plumatella,  cut 
through  centre  of  body. 

attached  to  sea- weeds,  &c.,  along  the  British  coasts,  and  there 
are  also  some  native  species  in  our  streams  and  lakes.  The 
projecting  end  of  each  individual  bears  both  openings  of  the 
U-shaped  gut,  and  also  a  crown  of  ciliated  tentacles  (lophophore) 
which  has  been  compared  to  the  ''arms"  of  the  preceding  group, 
and  which  has  at  any  rate  the  same  chief  function,  the  setting  up 
of  food-bearing  currents  in  the  surrounding  water  (fig.  469). 

WHEEL-ANIMALCULES  (RoxiFERA) 

These  minute  creatures  mostly  live  in  fresh  water,  including 
puddles,   roof-gutters,    and    the    moisture    saturating   damp  vege- 


262 


THE   FOOD    OF   ANIMALS 


tation,  especially  mosses,  but  some  are  to  be  found  in  brackish 
water  or  in  the  sea.  They  present  a  great  variety  in  form  and 
habit;  the  majority  are  free-swimming,  but  others  live  in  tubes 
constructed  by  themselves,  and  others  again  are  parasitic.  A 
typical  free  -  living  form  has  elsewhere  been  briefly  described 
(vol.  i,  pp.  434,  435).  In  by  far  the  greater  number  food  is  brought 
to  the  mouth  by  ciliary  action,  set  up  by  variously-arranged  cilia 
placed  on  the  front  end  of  the  body  and  sometimes  situated  on. 
special  lobes.  The  name  "wheel-animalcule"  was  given  by  early 
observers,  who  studied  species  in  which  there  are  two  circlets  of 
cilia  placed  on  adjacent  projections.  The  successive  movement 
of  the  cilia  on  these  projections  produces  an  optical  illusion,  and 
suggests  the  movement  of  a  wheel.  Thus,  Baker,  writing  about 
1744  to  the  then  President  of  the  Royal  Society  concerning  his 
observations  on  the  form  already  described,  the  Rose-coloured 
Rotifer  (Philodina  roseola]  (see  vol.  i,  p.  434),  gives  the  following 
account,  which,  though  it  mistakes  the  nature  of  the  " wheels", 
which  is  not  surprising,  clearly  grasps  their  use 
in  feeding: — "  If  the  water  standing  in  gutters 
of  lead,  or  the  slimy  sediment  it  leaves  behind, 
has  anything  of  a  red  colour,  one  may  be  almost 
certain  of  finding  them  therein,  and,  if  in  sum- 
mer, when  all  the  water  is  dried  away,  and 
nothing  but  dust  remains,  that  dust  appears 
red,  or  of  a  dark-brown,  one  shall  seldom  fail, 
on  putting  it  into  water,  to  discover  multitudes 
of  minute  reddish  globules,  which  are  indeed 
the  animals,  and  will  soon  change  their  appear- 
ance in  the  manner  just  now  mentioned.  .  .  . 

"A  couple  of  circular  bodies,  armed  with 
small  teeth  like  those  of  the  balance-wheel  of  a 
watch,  appear  projecting  forwards  beyond  the 
head,  and  extending  sideways  somewhat  wider 
than  the  diameter  thereof.  They  have  very 
much  the  similitude  of  wheels,  and  seem  to  turn 
round  with  a  considerable  degree  of  velocity,  by  which  means  a 
pretty  rapid  current  of  water  is  brought  from  a  great  distance  to 
the  very  mouth  of  the  creature,  who  is  thereby  supplied  with  many 
little  animalcules  and  various  particles  of  matter  that  the  waters 
are  furnished  with." 


Fig.  470. — Crown  Rotifer 
[Stephanoceros],  enlarged 


OMNIVOROUS   ANNELIDS,  &c.  263 

All  wheel-animalcules,  however,  are  not  entirely  limited,  as 
regards  food -supply,  to  what  is  brought  by  ciliary  currents. 
Some  of  them  (fig.  470),  such  as  the  beautiful  Crown  Rotifer 
(Stephanoceros],  possess  a  number  of  pointed  projections  from 
the  head  -  region,  which  are  actively  used  to  surround  small 
animals  or  other  food  substances,  and  their  efficiency  may  be 
increased  by  the  presence  of  slender  bristles,  as  in  the  Flower 
Rotifer  (Floscidarid).  The  mouth  of  a  wheel -animalcule  leads 
into  a  funnel-shaped  pharynx  lined  with  cilia,  and  this  again  is 
continuous  with  a  powerful  muscular  gizzard  (mastax)  imbedded 
in  the  walls  of  which  are  hard  jaw-like  pieces  used  for  chewing. 
In  many  cases  these  jaws  can  be  protruded  from  the  mouth  and 
employed  for  seizing  food,  even,  it  may  be,  for  attacking  other 
rotifers  with  a  view  of  adding  them  to  the  bill  of  fare. 


CHAPTER   XXIV 

THE  FOOD  OF  ANIMALS— OMNIVOROUS  ECHINODERMS, 
SPONGES,  AND  ANIMALCULES— ANIMALS  WHICH 
FEED  LIKE  GREEN  PLANTS 


ECHINODERMS   (ECHINODERMATA) 

The  large  and  characteristic  phylum  of  ECHINODERMS  (p.  153) 
embraces  Star -Fishes,  Sea -Urchins,  Sea -Cucumbers  (Holothu- 
rians],  and  Crinoids  (Sea- Lilies  and  Feather-Stars).  The  first 
of  these  are  essentially  carnivorous,  and  have  already  been  dealt 
with  (p.  153),  but  the  remainder,  being  largely  omnivorous, 
claim  some  attention  here.  They  exemplify  feeding  by  sand- 
swallowing  and  the  action  of  ciliary  currents,  both  being  common 
modes  of  obtaining  nutriment,  as  has  already  been  shown. 

SEA-URCHINS  (see  vol.  i,  p.  456)  are  spheroidal  or  flattened 
forms,  covered  with  movable  spines,  and  with  the  mouth  placed 
on  the  under  surface.  Five  pointed  jaws,  which  grow  continu- 
ously, like  the  front  teeth  of  a  rabbit,  are  often  but  not  always 
present.  The  thin  coiled  intestine  is,  in  many  species,  found 
on  dissection  to  be  full  of  sand,  from  which  the  organic  matter  is 
extracted  just  as  in  a  Lob- Worm  (p.  257)  or  Siphon- Worm 

(P-  259)- 

SEA-CUCUMBERS  (Holothurians]  (see  vol.  i,  p.  462)  are  worm- 
like  animals  with  thick  leathery  skins.  The  mouth  is  placed 
at  the  front  end,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  circlet  of  tentacles,  the 
shape  of  which  varies  a  great  deal  in  different  species.  They 
are  generally  used  for  shovelling  sand  or  mud  into  the  mouth, 
but  in  some  cases  are  long  and  branched,  so  that  when  fully 
extended  they  can  be  employed  as  a  sort  of  net  in  which  food 
floating  in  the  surrounding  water  gets  entangled. 

The  commonest  existing  CRINOID  is  the  Feather-Star  (Com- 
atula]  (see  vol.  i,  p.  460),  which  consists  of  a  central  disc,  from 
which  ten  feathery  arms  radiate,  the  plume-like  appearance  of 


264 


OMNIVOROUS   ECHINODERMS,  &c. 


265 


these  being  due  to  a  series  of  short  branches  (pinnules)  with 
which  each  of  them  is  beset  on  either  edge.  The  Feather- Star 
is  commonly  found  moored  to  some  firm  object  by  a  circlet  of 
filaments  attached  to  the  back  of  the  central  disc.  The  mouth 
is  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  body,  and  from  it  ciliated  food- 
grooves  run  along  the  arms,  sending  branches  along  the  pinnules. 
The  currents  set  up  by  the  action  of  the  cilia  flow  along  the 
grooves  to  the  mouth,  into  which  they  carry  all  sorts  of  minute 
organisms  and  other  particles  serving  as  food. 

The  other  members  of  the  Crinoidea  are  Sea- Lilies  (see  vol. 
i,  p.  460),  which  live  in  the  deep  sea,  and  may  be  compared  to 
Feather -Stars  attached  to  various  objects  by  long  stalks.  Their 
way  of  feeding  is  precisely  the  same. 

Passing    over   the    members    of   the    phylum    COZLENTERATA, 
which  in  typical  cases  are  actively  carnivorous  (see  p.   155),  we 
come  to  the  two  low- 
est    groups     in     the 
animal   kingdom,    i.e. 
SPONGES  and  PROTO- 
ZOA,   the   species   in- 
c4uded   in  which  are 
mostly      or      largely 

omnivorous. 

/ 

SPONGES  (PORIFERA) 

SPONGES  are  either 
simple  or  colonial 
animals  of  sluggish 
habit,  which  live  at- 
tached to  stones  or 
other  firm  objects. 
The  structure  of  a 
simple  Sponge  has 
been  de- 


F'S'  47I-~Vertical  Section  of  Simple  Sponge  (enlarged  and  diagrammatic) 

ec,  External  body-layer;  m,  middle  body-layer,  with  spicules,  s;  en,  inter- 

(VOI.  1     D.  4.84.)         nal  body-layer,  made  up  of  flagellated  cells  and  extending  into  the  canals  (a/), 
.  ill  which  pierce  the  side-wall  of  the  body,  opening  into  the  central  cavity,  g, 

-and.      it     need     Only     DC       that  also  communicates  with  the  exterior  by  a  large  aperture,  a.     The  arrows 
•11  i  i  indicate  the  course  taken  by  the  currents  of  water  which  traverse  the  body. 

stated    here   that  the 

body  is  vase-shaped,  with  its  walls  perforated  by  numerous  holes. 

The    lining    of  the   vase    is   composed   of  a  layer  of  remarkable 


266  THE    FOOD   OF  ANIMALS 

collar-cells,  from  each  of  which  projects  a  thread  of  living  sub- 
stance (protoplasm)  which  constantly  describes  whip-like  move- 
ments, and  has  therefore  been  termed  a  flagellum  (L.  ftagellum, 
a  whip).  By  the  combined  action  of  all  the  flagella,  currents  are 
produced  in  the  surrounding  water,  which  flow  through  the  holes 
in  the  body-wall  and  then  to  the  exterior  through  the  mouth  of 
the  vase  (fig.  471).  These  currents  bring  with  them  food  of  mixed 
vegetable  and  animal  nature,  as  in  so  many  other  cases  where 
this  mode  of  getting  a  living  is  adopted.  Colonial  Sponges 
may  assume  all  sorts  of  shapes,  and  their  structure  is  often  very 
complicated,  but  in  all  cases  the  food  is  obtained  as  in  the  simple 
case  described. 

ANIMALCULES   (PROTOZOA)    (see  vol.  i,  fig.  301) 

We  have  here  a  host  of  microscopic  or  minute  forms,  the  chief 
omnivorous  species  belonging  to  the  two  important  groups  of 
Infusoria  and  Rhizopoda. 

INFUSORIA. — These  include  forms  which  are  more  or  less 
covered  with  the  short  vibratile  threads  known  as  cilia,  and  also 
others  provided  with  one,  two,  or  a  small  number  of  the  longer 
protoplasmic  threads  termed  flagella.  The  former  set  of  species 
constitute  the  Ciliata,  which  are  either  simple  or  colonial,  free- 
swimming  or  fixed,  and  the  same  variety  in  character  and  habit 
is  presented  by  the  flagellate  species,  embraced  in  the  Flagellata. 

Among  the  Ciliata  (see  vol.  i,  p.  489)  the  free -swimming 
Slipper  Animalcule  (Paramcecium)  and  the  fixed  Bell  Animalcule 
(Vorticella)  will  serve  as  examples.  The  Slipper  Animalcule  is 
a  small  active  creature  of  oval  shape,  which  is  just  visible  to 
the  naked  eye.  It  moves  actively  about  by  means  of  the  cilia 
which  cover  its  body,  and  on  the  under  side  is  a  ciliated  de- 
pression which  conducts  food  particles  to  the  mouth  and  thence 
to  the  semifluid  interior  of  the  body.  With  each  batch  of 
solids  a  small  amount  of  water  passes  in,  and  the  food-containing 
globule  is  termed  a  "  food-vacuole ".  The  food-vacuoles  are 
moved  slowly  round  the  inside  of  the  animal,  digestion  and  ab- 
sorption going  on  meanwhile,  and  the  undigested  remnants  are 
cast  out  at  a  point  not  far  from  the  mouth.  The  Bell  Animalcule, 
when  fully  expanded,  is  shaped  like  a  blunt  cone  attached  by  a 
stalk  at  the  narrow  end,  while  the  broad  part  bears  a  wreath 
of  cilia  arranged  in  a  short  spiral.  These  produce  a  sort  of 


OMNIVOROUS   ECHINODERMS,  &c.  267 

whirlpool  by  which  food  is  carried  down  into  a  ciliated  funnel 
at  the  bottom  of  which  the  mouth  is  placed,  and  through  this 
the  nutritious  particles,  together  with  water,  are  conducted  down 
a  short  gullet  into  the  soft  interior  of  the  body.  The  remaining 
details  are  much  as  in  the  Slipper  Animalcule. 

The  Flagellata  (see  vol.  i,  p.  489)  include  a  host  of  minute 
creatures,  many  of  which  can  only  be  studied  by  means  of  a 
powerful  microscope.  Suitable  examples  are  Euglena,  Collar 
Animalcules,  and  Monads. 

Euglena.  —  Stagnant  pools,  or  puddles  of  fresh  water,  and 
also  the  moisture  accumulating  in  roof-gutters,  are  often  of  a 
greenish  colour,  as  a  result  of  the  presence  of  immense  numbers 
of  Euglenae.  Each  individual  is  somewhat  sausage-shaped,  but 
the  writhing,  worm-like  movements  which  are  constantly  going 
on  alter  its  appearance  from  time  to  time.  A  long,  quivering 
flagellum  projects  from  one  end  of  the  body,  and  at  its  base  is 
a  minute  mouth  from  which  a  short,  funnel-like  gullet  projects 
into  the  soft  interior  substance  of  the  body.  The  flagellum 
sets  up  movements  in  the  surrounding  water  by  which  minute 
food  particles  of  various  kinds  are  drawn  into  the  mouth. 
Euglena  is  green  in  colour,  owing  to  the  presence  of  green 
pigment  identical  with  that  found  in  the  leaves  of  ordinary  plants. 
There  is  also  a  red  "  eye-spot  "  near  the  front  end. 

Collar  Animalcules  are  simple  or  colonial  forms,  in  which 
each  individual  is  comparable  to  a  collar-cell  of  a  sponge 
placed  on  a  stalk  and  leading  an  independent  existence.  As  in 
Euglena,  small  particles  of  food  are  drawn  to  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  animal  by  the  movement  of  the  flagellum.  Some  of 
these  stick  to  the  outside  of  the  collar  and  are  carried  down  to 
a  soft  spot  equivalent  to  a  mouth. 

Monads  are  excessively  minute  Flagellates  which  swarm  in 
putrefying  infusions.  A  typical  species  is  the  Springing  Monad 
(Heteromita),  in  which  the  body  is  pear-shaped  and  bears  two 
long  flagella.  One  of  these  is  directed  forwards,  and  serves  as 
the  active  agent  of  locomotion,  while  the  other  is  trailed  behind. 
This  is  one  among  very  numerous  cases  in  the  Protozoa  where 
the  food  does  not  consist  of  solid  particles  taken  in  through  a 
mouth.  In  fact  the  Springing  Monad  would  seem  to  be  devoid 
of  a  mouth,  and  feeds  upon  the  nutritious  substances  dissolved  in 
the  infusion  where  it  lives,  which  are  able  to  diffuse  into  the 


268  THE    FOOD    OF   ANIMALS 

interior  of  the  body  through  the  delicate  membrane  by  which  it  is 
invested. 

RHIZOPODS  (see  vol.  i,  p.  489). — These  are  animalcules  of 
lower  grade  than  the  preceding  group,  for  the  body  is  not 
covered  by  a  membrane  conferring  a  definite  shape,  and  is  de- 
void of  the  specialized  threads  (cilia  and  flagella)  which,  as  we 
have  just  seen,  play  such  an  important  part  in  the  feeding  of 
higher  Protozoa.  The  simplest  and  at  the  same  time  most  in- 
structive example  is  the  Proteus  Animalcule  (Amoeba),  a  micro- 
scopic creature  found  in  all  sorts  of  places,  especially  on  mud  and 
water-plants  in  ponds  and  ditches.  Its  body  is  a  mere  particle 
of  living  substance  (protoplasm),  semifluid  in  consistency,  and 
continually  altering  its  shape  when  the  animal  is  in  an  active 
healthy  state,  a  circumstance  which  has  suggested  both  the 
common  and  scientific  names.  On  watching  a  living  amoeba, 
which  has  been  placed  in  a  drop  of  water  under  the  microscope, 
its  body  will  be  observed  to  flow  out  from  time  to  time  into 
bluntish  lobes,  which,  however,  are  in  no  sense  permanent  struc- 
tures, for  they  are  sooner  or  later  drawn  back  so  as  to  form 
part  of  the  general  body.  Each  such  lobe  is  somewhat  inappro- 
priately called  a  cc  false-foot "  (pseudopod),  and  its  use  is  to  help 
in  locomotion  and  the  taking  in  of  food.  Amoeba  possesses 
neither  mouth  nor  internal  digestive  cavity,  for  in  the  absence  of 
a  firm  bounding  membrane  nutritive  particles  can  be  taken  in 
at  any  point,  being  engulfed  by  the  pseudopods.  The  body, 
so  to  speak,  flows  round  the  food,  which  is  of  varied  nature, 
consisting  of  microscopic  plants  and  animals,  together  with 
organic  particles  of  different  kinds.  With  these  a  good  deal  of 
water  is  taken  into  the  body,  and  food-containing  globules  (food- 
vacuoles)  result,  much  as  in  a  Slipper  Animalcule  or  Bell  Animal- 
cule (see  vol.  i,  p.  492).  These  move  round  in  the  interior  of  the 
animal  and  are  gradually  digested,  the  innutritious  or  undigested 
parts  being  cast  out  of  the  body  wherever  most  convenient.  It 
might  almost  be  said  that  an  amceba  flows  away  from  the  re- 
mains of  its  meals.  The  Proteus  Animalcule  has  been  observed 
feeding  upon  certain  lowly  green  plants  (algtz]  much  longer  than 
itself,  and  the  tactics  pursued  in  order  to  get  these  entirely  within 
the  body  are  extremely  interesting  (fig.  472).  There  is,  of  course, 
no  difficulty  in  flowing  round  one  end  of  such  a  plant,  and  the 
next  move  is  for  a  pseudopod  to  be  pushed  along  it,  and  then 


OMNIVOROUS   ECHINODERMS,  &c. 


269 


bent  back  so  as  to  make  a  kink  or  bend  in  the  filament.  By 
a  continuance  of  this  sort  of  manoeuvring  the  animalcule  often 
succeeds  in  coiling  up  the  alga  into  a  compact  mass  of  con- 
venient shape,  adapted  for  easy  digestion.  In  briefly  dealing 
with  human  anatomy  and  physiology  it  was  pointed  out  (vol.  i, 
p.  39)  that  the  circulatory  fluids  of  the  body,  blood  and  lymph, 
contain  innumerable  microscopic  bodies,  the  white  corpuscles, 
which  progress  by  creeping  movements,  in  the  same  way  as  just 


Fig.  472. — A  Proteus  Animalcule  (Amoeba}  surrounding  a  slender  alga.    The  numbers  fi-8) 
indicate  the  successive  stages  in  the  process.     Much  enlarged. 

described  for  the  Proteus  Animalcule.  Nor  does  the  resemblance 
between  the  two  stop  here,  for  the  white  corpuscles  feed  by  taking 
in  particles  bodily,  a  fact  of  great  importance,  and  one  which  has 
caused  them  to  receive  the  name  of  "eating-cells  "  (phagocytes — 
Gk.  phagein,  to  eat;  cytos,  a  small  box,  hence  a  cell).  The  white 
corpuscles,  indeed,  play  a  very  important  part  in  most  if  not  all 
groups  higher  in  the  scale  than  Protozoa,  for  they  perform  the 
functions  of  scavengers  and  police.  In  human  beings,  for  example, 
they  attack  and  devour  disease -germs  which  have  made  their  way 
into  the  system,  and  the  upshot  of  many  cases  of  infectious  dis- 
ease depends  upon  the  result  of  a  vigorous  contest  between  cor- 
puscles on  the  one  hand  and  germs  on  the  other. 

Some  very  interesting  freshwater  Rhizopods  are  practically 
amoebae  provided  with  shells,  and  a  shell-bearing  group  some- 
what more  distantly  related  is  that  of  the  Foraminifera,  members 
of  which  abound  in  the  sea,  and  are  also  found  to  a  less  extent 


270  THE    FOOD    OF   ANIMALS 

in  the  waters  of  the  land.  In  these  animalcules  the  pseudopods 
are  exceedingly  slender,  and  united  together  into  a  viscid  net-work 
by  which  the  food  is  entangled.  The  same  device  is  present  in 
the  shelless  Fungus- Animals  (Mycetozoa),  of  which  one  common 
kind  (^£thalium)  is  found  in  the  form  of  good-sized  branching 
yellow  flakes  (" flowers  of  tan")  creeping  upon  heaps  of  spent 
tan.  Each  flake  has  been  constituted  by  the  fusion  of  a  large 
number  of  minute  organisms  resembling  amoebae,  and  is  there- 
fore in  reality  of  a  compound  nature. 

ANIMALS    WHICH    FEED    LIKE   GREEN   PLANTS 

Some  account  has  now  been  given  of  both  food  and  way  of 
feeding  in  typical  carnivorous,  vegetarian,  and  omnivorous  animals. 
To  complete  and  round  off  this  part  of  the  subject  some  notice  is 
necessary  of  certain  animals,  belonging  to  various  groups,  which 
subsist  partly  or  entirely  after  the  manner  of  green  plants.  An 
average  ANIMAL  feeds  upon  very  complex  food,  part  of  which  is 
in  the  form  of  solid  particles,  for  the  reception  of  which  an  in- 
ternal digestive  cavity  is  provided.  In  all  the  forms  so  far 
described  the  food  is  complex  as  regards  its  chemical  nature, 
though  it  may  be  entirely  liquid,  as  in  Tape -Worms,  &c.,  and 
examples  have  also  just  been  given  of  animalcules  devoid  of  any 
digestive  cavity.  PLANTS,  on  the  other  hand,  subsist  entirely 
upon  gaseous  and  liquid  food,  though  to  this  there  are  partial 
exceptions.  And  though  certain  colourless  plants,  of  which  fungi 
(e.g.  mushrooms,  toadstools,  mildews,  moulds)  are  familiar  ex- 
amples, so  far  approximate  to  animals  that  they  live  upon  more 
or  less  complex  organic  substances,  yet  typical  green  plants 
differ  markedly  from  average  animals  in  that  their  food  is 
simple  as  regards  chemical  composition.  The  power  such  plants 
possess  of  building  up  complex  living  substance  (protoplasm) 
from  water,  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  dissolved  mineral  substances, 
depends  upon  the  presence  of  the  characteristic  pigment  called 
leaf-green  (chlorophyll).  Examination  of  one  of  the  thin  leaves 
from  a  moss-plant  will  show  that  it  is  made  up  of  cells  (vol.  i, 
p.  469)  bounded  by  membranes  (cell -walls)  and  containing 
living  substance  (protoplasm).  Imbedded  in  the  protoplasm  are 
a  number  of  rounded  granules  of  bright-green  colour.  These 
are  chlorophyll-bodies >  and  each  of  them  is  in  reality  a  specialized 
bit  of  protoplasm  through  which  leaf-green  is  diffused.  Similar 


OMNIVOROUS   ECHINODERMS,  &c.  271 

bodies  are  present  in  the  green  parts,  especially  the  leaves,  of 
all  the  plants  which  make  up  the  conspicuous  part  of  vegetation, 
though  in  some  lowly  forms  there  may  be  chlorophyll-bodies  of 
very  different  shape.  That,  however,  is  an  unimportant  detail, 
the  essential  fact  being  that  leaf-green  in  some  way  enables  the 
living  substance  which  it  permeates  to  build  up  the  simple 
chemical  compounds  already  enumerated  into  complex  organic 
substance.  In  an  ordinary  land-plant  the  requisite  carbonic  acid 
gas  (CO2)  is  supplied  by  the  air,  while  the  water  and  mineral 
matters  are  taken  up  from  the  soil.  In  a  word,  green  plants 
bridge  over,  as  it  were,  the  gap  between  the  non-living  mineral 
kingdom  and  living  organisms.  The  upbuilding  process  asso- 
ciated with  the  presence  of  chlorophyll  is  dependent  upon  light, 
and  this  pigment,  in  some  way  not  clearly  understood,  enables 
the  energy  of  the  sun's  rays  to  be  used  for  the  purpose. 

The  nutrition  of  green  plants  has  been  mentioned  here  because 
there  are  some  animals  in  which  chlorophyll  is  present,  and  which 
therefore  are  partly,  or  in  some  cases  it  would  seem  entirely,  able  to 
subsist  upon  carbonic  acid  gas,  water,  and  mineral  salts.  A  very 
interesting  example  is  afforded  by  a  small  marine  flat-worm  be- 
longing to  the  group  of  Planarian  Worms  (Turbellaria)  (see  vol.  i, 
pp.  445-447).  This  creature  (Convoluta  Roscoffensis)  is  found 
in  large  numbers  floating  in  the  shore-pools  at  Roscoff,  on  the 
French  coast,  and  is  coloured  green  by  the  presence  of  numerous 
chlorophyll-bodies,  which  enable  it  to  live  entirely  after  the  manner 
of  a  green  plant.  The  Convoluta  belongs  to  a  carnivorous  group, 
and  is  no  doubt  descended  from  forms  which  depended  upon 
animal  food.  A  gradual  change  of  habit  has,  however,  taken 
place,  and  this  is  associated  with  corresponding  modification  of 
structure.  It  is,  however,  doubtful  whether  the  chlorophyll-bodies 
are  really  an  actual  part  of  their  possessors.  Some  authorities 
regard  them  as  resulting  from  the  specialization  of  microscopic 
green  plants  (algae),  the  ancestors  of  which  acquired  the  curious 
habit  of  living  inside  an  animal. 

Well-known  instances  of  the  presence  of  chlorophyll  are  found 
in  the  phylum  of  ZOOPHYTES  (Ccelenterata).  A  case  in  point 
is  that  of  the  Green  Freshwater  Polype  (Hydra  viridis)  com- 
monly found  adhering  to  water- weeds  in  ponds  and  streams. 
Hydra  has  already  been  described  in  some  detail  (vol.  i,  pp. 
465-473),  and  it  need  only  be  remarked  here  that  the  body  is 


c72  THE    FOOD    OF   ANIMALS 

a  tube  closed  at  one  end,  by  which  attachment  is  effected,  and 
open  at  the  other,  the  aperture  being  the  mouth,  around  which 
a  number  of  slender  tentacles,  used  for  catching  food,  are  arranged 
in  a  radiating  manner.  The  animal  is  indeed  little  more  than  a 
living  stomach.  The  body-wall  consists  of  two  layers,  an  outer 
(ectoderm)  and  an  inner  (endoderm),  with  which  latter  we  are 
here  concerned.  For  imbedded  in  this  layer  are  a  large  number 
of  chlorophyll-bodies,  which  almost  certainly  enable  the  animal  to 
live  partly  upon  simple  inorganic  substances,  though  the  chief 
food  consists  of  small  animals  captured  by  means  of  the  tentacles. 
Here  again  it  is  considered  by  some  that  the  green  granules  are 
really  minute  plants,  but  this  remains  to  be  proved.  Saville  Kent 
(in  The  Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia)  expresses  the  opinion 
that  many  kinds  of  coral-animals  live  entirely  in  a  plant-like  way, 
an  opinion  founded  on  the  absence  of  animal  substances  in  the 
digestive  cavities  of  specimens  examined  by  him.  The  matter 
needs  careful  investigation,  and  it  is  quite  possible  that  these 
creatures  may  turn  out  to  subsist  in  the  duplex  manner  supposed 
to  be  characteristic  of  the  Green  Hydra.  The  fact  that  coral- 
animals  are  often  of  the  most  brilliant  colours  other  than  green 
is  no  difficulty,  for  even  in  some  green  plants  chlorophyll  is  dis- 
guised by  the  presence  of  other  pigments,  of  which  a  good 
instance  is  that  of  the  common  brown  sea- weeds.  If  a  bit  of 
such  a  plant  be  immersed  in  spirit  for  a  short  time  it  will  turn 
green,  as  the  brown  colouring  matter  is  quickly  dissolved  out; 
and  perhaps  chlorophyll  is  not  the  only  pigment  which  possesses 
the  remarkable  properties  above  described. 

Passing  over  the  case  of  the  Freshwater  Sponge  (Spongilti)* 
which  is  of  a  green  colour  owing  to  the  presence  of  chlorophyll, 
we  come  to  certain  animalcules  (Protozoa)  in  which  this  pigment 
is  present  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  Some  of  these  are  un- 
doubted animals,  and  Euglena,  which  has  been  described  above 
(p.  267),  is  a  good  example  of  such  cases.  It  partly  feeds  by- 
taking  in  solid  particles  through  a  minute  mouth,  and  also  con- 
tains chlorophyll-bodies,  which  no  doubt  enable  it  to  utilize  the 
simple  substances  upon  which  green  plants  entirely  subsist.  From 
a  case  like  this  we  can  pass  to  others  where  it  is  difficult,  if  not 
impossible,  to  say  whether  we  are  dealing  with  plants  or  animals. 
A  familiar  instance  is  afforded  by  a  microscopic  form  which  often 
abounds  in  puddles,  water-butts,  &c.,  imparting  a  greenish  tinge 


OMNIVOROUS   ECHINODERMS,  &c.  273 

to  the  water.  It  has  no  popular  name,  but  to  avoid  using  the 
somewhat  long-winded  scientific  one  (H&matococcus  phivialis] 
(fig.  473),  we  may  perhaps  call  it  the  Berry  Animalcule.  It  is 
to  be  found  both  in  a  "resting"  and  a  "motile"  stage.  In  the 
former  condition  it  appears  as  a  minute  sphere,  either  entirely 
green,  or  more  or  less  red  from  the  presence  of  a  second  pigment 
in  addition  to  the  chlorophyll.  The  sphere  owes  its  definite  form 
to  the  presence  of  a  delicate  bounding  membrane  (cell-wall)  com- 
posed of  a  substance  (cellulose)  characteristic  of  plants,  though  not 
entirely  limited  to  them.  Cellu- 
lose is  closely  related  to  starch, 
and  ordinary  cotton  is  a  very 
pure  form  of  it.  There  is  no 
trace  of  mouth  or  digestive  cavity, 
and  the  food  consists  merely  of 
carbonic  acid  gas,  water,  and 
simple  mineral  salts,  and  if  our 
knowledge  of  the  Berry  Animal- 
cule Were  limited  tO  this  resting-  Fig.  473.— Berry  Animalcule  (Hamatococcus  plu-vi- 
•i  •i1  i-i  nil  alis},  greatly  enlarged.  A,  Resting  stage;  B,  motile 

stage  we  should  undoubtedly  look     Stage: ,.«,.  Ceii-waii;  ».  nucleus;  ji.  flageiia. 
upon    it  as    a    low   green    plant. 

But  we  also  find  it  in  a  "  motile  "  condition,  when  it  is  capable 
of  executing  active  swimming  movements.  Under  these  circum- 
stances the  living  substance  of  the  body  is  pear-shaped,  with  a 
couple  of  whip-like  flageiia  projecting  from  the  clear  narrow  end, 
and  effecting  active  locomotion  by  means  of  their  lashing  move- 
ments. In  this  case  the  cell-wall  may  either  be  entirely  absent 
or  it  may  be  seen  investing  the  body  some  little  distance  from  the 
pear-shaped  body -mass,  and  pierced  by  the  projecting  flageiia. 
As  before,  no  special  digestive  organs  are  present,  while  the 
food  and  way  of  feeding  are  entirely  plant-like.  Considered  by 
itself,  we  should  be  justified  in  considering  the  Berry  Animalcule 
as  a  plant,  and  its  powers  of  active  movement  in  one  stage  of  the 
life-history  is  no  particular  bar,  for  many  lower  green  plants  (algae) 
about  whose  nature  there  is  no  question  propagate  by  means  of 
minute  actively -moving  "zoospores"  of  fairly  similar  character. 
Most  botanists  accordingly  claim  this  organism  as  a  plant,  and 
it  will  be  found  described  as  such  in  standard  text-books  of 
botany.  Many  zoologists,  however,  look  upon  the  Berry  Ani- 
malcule as  an  animal  which  feeds  like  a  plant,  basing  their 

VOL.  II.  50 


276  ANIMAL    DEFENCES 

such  as  "precautionary  measures"  and  "passive  defence",  the 
defence  is  of  purely  unconscious  kind,  and  has  been  determined 
by  evolutionary  factors  working  irrespective  of  the  will  or  know- 
ledge of  the  animal.  Even  when  an  animal  actively  defends 
itself  against  attack  it  does  not  follow  that  it  has  any  clear  idea  of 
what  the  aggressor  is  after,  though  it  must  be  admitted  that  the 
latter  has  more  clearly-cut  ideas  on  the  subject. 

The  following  scheme  will  perhaps  serve  to  illustrate  the 
main  principles  of  animal  defence  in  the  limited  sense  indicated 
above,  and  it  will  be  followed  by  detailed  description  of  illustrative 
instances,  though  space  forbids  anything  like  a  complete  review 
of  the  animal  kingdom  under  each  heading. 

I.   PRECAUTIONARY    MEASURES 

Under  this  heading  will  be  grouped  those  various  defensive 
measures  which  tend  to  obviate  attack  altogether,  and  these  fall 
pretty  naturally  under  (i)  Bodily  Characteristics,  and  (2)  Mode 
of  Life  or  Habits. 

(1)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS.  —  These  may  be  considered  in 
so  far  as  they  result  in  (a)  Inconspicuousness,  and  (fr)  Conspicu- 
ousness.      The  first  is  obvious  and  the  other  will  be  clear  after 
explanation. 

(2)  MODE  OF  LIFE. — Defence  may  be  promoted  by  (a)  Feeding 
at  favourable  times,  (b)  Feeding  in  favourable  places. 

Supposing,  however,  that  attacks  are  actually  delivered,  their 
intention  may  be  frustrated  by  means  falling  under  a  second  large 
heading. 

II.   RESISTANCE 

This  may  take  the  form  of  either  (A)  Passive  Defence,  or 
else  (B)  Active  Defence. 

(A)  PASSIVE  DEFENCE. — This  may  be  effected  by  (i)  Bodily 
Characteristics,  or  by  (2)  Special  Habits,  and  not  infrequently 
both  contribute  to  the  efficiency  of  the  resistance  offered.  There 
is  also  (3)  Fecundity  as  a  defensive  measure. 

(i)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS.  —  Of  these  perhaps  the  most 
important  are  —  (a)  Unpalatableness  and  Indigestibility, 
resulting  from  various  peculiarities ;  (b)  Possession  of 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  277 

Armour,  as  purely  defensive  arrangements  may  be  broadly 

termed. 
(2}  SPIX  IAL  HABITS,  such,  e.g.,  as  the  Death-feigning  Instinct, 

Rolling-up  Instinct,  &c. 
(3)  FECUNDITY  as  a  means  of  defending  the  species. 

(B)  ACTIVE  DEFENCE. — This  employs  the  method  of  counter- 
attack, and  includes,  among  other  things — (i)  Use  of  ordinary 
AGGRI  ssiYi;  WEAPONS;  (2)  Use  of  actively  DEFENSIVE  WEAPONS, 
such  as  stings,  stink-glands,  &c. ;  (3)  CO-OPERATION  for  defensive 
purposes  between  members  of  a  community. 

An  attacked  animal,  however,  may  be  unfitted  to  offer  either 
active  or  passive  defence,  or  may  reserve  its  resistance,  and  in 
both  these  cases  commonly  endeavours  to  effect  its  escape.  This 
may  be  considered  under  a  third  main  heading,  i.e.— 

III.  RETREAT 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  tabulate  the  various  ways  in  which 
this  is  effected  by  different  forms.  Many  animals  are  possessed 
of  great  running  powers,  others  can  burrow  rapidly,  and  so  on. 
The  existence  of  dwellings  or  refuges  is  often  a  great  help  to 
retreat,  which  may  also  be  assisted  by  various  special  devices. 

It  must,  of  course,  be  understood  that  there  are  no  sharp 
lines  of  separation  between  animals  which  employ  different  modes 
of  defence,  for  some  species  may  fall  under  more  than  one  heading, 
and  even  those  which  in  the  first  instance  attempt  to  retreat  may 
nevertheless  offer  a  determined  resistance  should  they  be  over- 
taken by  their  foes,  e.g.  deer  and  poisonous  snakes. 

I.  PRECAUTIONARY   MEASURES 

(i)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS.— 

(a)  Arrangements  which  bring  about  INCONSPICUOUSNESS.  A 
particular  kind  of  animal  may  be  possessed  of  peculiarities  of 
form  or  structure,  or  both,  in  virtue  of  which  it  harmonizes  so 
well  with  the  surroundings  that  detection  by  an  enemy  becomes 
a  difficult  matter.  But  to  reap  the  full  benefit  of  this  a  form  so 
protected  must  remain  perfectly  motionless,  as  the  least  movement 
may  at  once  destroy  the  illusion.  And  since  movement  is  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  the  great  majority  of  animals,  the  protective 


276  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

such  as  " precautionary  measures"  and  "passive  defence",  the 
defence  is  of  purely  unconscious  kind,  and  has  been  determined 
by  evolutionary  factors  working  irrespective  of  the  will  or  know- 
ledge of  the  animal.  Even  when  an  animal  actively  defends 
itself  against  attack  it  does  not  follow  that  it  has  any  clear  idea  of 
what  the  aggressor  is  after,  though  it  must  be  admitted  that  the 
latter  has  more  clearly-cut  ideas  on  the  subject. 

The  following  scheme  will  perhaps  serve  to  illustrate  the 
main  principles  of  animal  defence  in  the  limited  sense  indicated 
above,  and  it  will  be  followed  by  detailed  description  of  illustrative 
instances,  though  space  forbids  anything  like  a  complete  review 
of  the  animal  kingdom  under  each  heading. 

I.  PRECAUTIONARY   MEASURES 

Under  this  heading  will  be  grouped  those  various  defensive 
measures  wrhich  tend  to  obviate  attack  altogether,  and  these  fall 
pretty  naturally  under  (i)  Bodily  Characteristics,  and  (2)  Mode 
of  Life  or  Habits. 

(1)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS.  —  These  may  be  considered  in 
so  far  as  they  result  in  (a)  Inconspicuousness,  and  (fr)  Conspicu- 
ousness.      The  first  is  obvious  and  the  other  will  be  clear  after 
explanation. 

(2)  MODE  OF  LIFE. — Defence  may  be  promoted  by  (a)  Feeding 
at  favourable  times,  (6)  Feeding  in  favourable  places. 

Supposing,  however,  that  attacks  are  actually  delivered,  their 
intention  may  be  frustrated  by  means  falling  under  a  second  large 
heading. 

II.   RESISTANCE 

This  may  take  the  form  of  either  (A)  Passive  Defence,  or 
else  (B)  Active  Defence. 

(A)  PASSIVE  DEFENCE. — This  may  be  effected  by  (i)  Bodily 
Characteristics,  or  by  (2)  Special  Habits,  and  not  infrequently 
both  contribute  to  the  efficiency  of  the  resistance  offered.  There 
is  also  (3)  Fecundity  as  a  defensive  measure. 

(i)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS.  —  Of  these  perhaps  the  most 
important  are  —  (a)  Unpalatableness  and  Indigestibility, 
resulting  from  various  peculiarities ;  (b]  Possession  of 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  277 

Armour,  as  purely  defensive  arrangements  may  be  broadly 
termed. 

(2)  SPECIAL  HABITS,  such,  e.g.,  as  the  Death-feigning  Instinct, 
Rolling-up  Instinct,  &c. 

(3)  FECUNDITY  as  a  means  of  defending  the  species. 

(B)  ACTIVE  DEFENCE. — This  employs  the  method  of  counter- 
attack, and  includes,  among  other  things — (i)  Use  of  ordinary 
AGGRESSIVE  WEAPONS;  (2)  Use  of  actively  DEFENSIVE  WEAPONS, 
such  as  stings,  stink-glands,  &c. ;  (3)  CO-OPERATION  for  defensive 
purposes  between  members  of  a  community. 

An  attacked  animal,  however,  may  be  unfitted  to  offer  either 
active  or  passive  defence,  or  may  reserve  its  resistance,  and  in 
both  these  cases  commonly  endeavours  to  effect  its  escape.  This 
may  be  considered  under  a  third  main  heading,  i.e. — 

III.  RETREAT 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  tabulate  the  various  ways  in  which 
this  is  effected  by  different  forms.  Many  animals  are  possessed 
of  great  running  powers,  others  can  burrow  rapidly,  and  so  on. 
The  existence  of  dwellings  or  refuges  is  often  a  great  help  to 
retreat,  which  may  also  be  assisted  by  various  special  devices. 

It  must,  of  course,  be  understood  that  there  are  no  sharp 
lines  of  separation  between  animals  which  employ  different  modes 
of  defence,  for  some  species  may  fall  under  more  than  one  heading, 
and  even  those  which  in  the  first  instance  attempt  to  retreat  may 
nevertheless  offer  a  determined  resistance  should  they  be  over- 
taken by  their  foes,  e.g.  deer  and  poisonous  snakes. 

I.  PRECAUTIONARY   MEASURES 

(i)  BODILY  CHARACTERISTICS.— 

(a)  Arrangements  which  bring  about  INCONSPICUOUSNESS.  A 
particular  kind  of  animal  may  be  possessed  of  peculiarities  of 
form  or  structure,  or  both,  in  virtue  of  which  it  harmonizes  so 
well  with  the  surroundings  that  detection  by  an  enemy  becomes 
a  difficult  matter.  But  to  reap  the  full  benefit  of  this  a  form  so 
protected  must  remain  perfectly  motionless,  as  the  least  movement 
may  at  once  destroy  the  illusion.  And  since  movement  is  abso- 
lutely necessary  to  the  great  majority  of  animals,  the  protective 


278  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

arrangements  now  to  be  described  are  much  less  effective  than 
might  at  first  sight  be  imagined.  Aggressive  animals  would  die 
out  altogether  if  their  prey  gradually  evolved  into  a  perfectly 
protected  condition,  and  such  a  state  of  things  can  never  be 
realized.  Suppose  a  species  A  to  feed  upon  other  species  B,  c, 
and  D.  Then  as  these  develop  characteristics  which  make  them 
more  and  more  difficult  to  detect,  A  will  keep  pace  more  or  less 
with  this  by  improvement  of  its  sense  organs  and  powers  of 
observation.  Besides  which,  it  does  not  follow  that  a  protected 
form  which  deceives  the  eye  will  necessarily  deceive  other  senses, 
such,  e.g.,  as  that  of  smell.  This,  however,  is  a  matter  which  still 
requires  working  out,  for  most  attention  has  so  far  been  paid  to 
arrangements  which  may  metaphorically  be  called  "  optical 
illusions  ".  And  again,  even  if  B,  c,  and  D  succeeded  in  evading 
the  pressing  attentions  of  A  altogether,  that  species  might  be 
enabled  to  divert  its  energies  in  some  other  direction. 

PROTECTIVE  RESEMBLANCE  (as  arrangements  tending  to  incon- 
spicuousness  may  be  called)  may  either  be  general,  so  as  to 
harmonize  with  the  colour  scheme,  illumination,  &c.,  of  the  sur- 
roundings, or  they  may  be  special,  so  as  to  bring  about  an 
imitation  of  some  particular  object,  as  a  twig  or  leaf.  It  will 
be  convenient  to  consider  these  cases  separately. 

GENERAL    PROTECTIVE    RESEMBLANCE 

TRANSPARENCY. — Vast  numbers  of  marine  animals  belonging 
to  many  different  groups  are  to  be  found  either  swimming  or 
drifting  in  the  surface  layer  of  the  sea,  and  it  is  characteristic  of 
such  forms  that  they  should  be  of  glass-like  transparency,  which 
obviously  makes  them  very  inconspicuous.  Such  an  arrange- 
ment, of  course,  only  partly  meets  the  situation,  for  the  internal 
organs  of  these  "glass  animals",  to  use  the  German  expres- 
sion, must  of  necessity  be  at  least  partially  opaque,  and  many 
of  them  may  be  condensed  as  it  were  into  a  limited  region  of 
the  body.  But  such  organs,  after  all,  look  like  bits  of  floating 
weed.  Good  examples  are  furnished  by  free-swimming  Ascidians, 
such  as  Salps,  many  pelagic  members  of  the  Sea- Snail  kind 
(Gastropods),  especially  those  which  are  known  as  Sea- Butterflies 
(Pteropods)  and  Swimming- Snails  (Heteropods),  many  Crustacea, 
numerous  Worms,  and  above  all  creatures  such  as  Jelly -Fish 
(Hydrozoa),  together  with  the  various  species  of  Comb -Jellies 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  279 

(Ctenophora).  Transparency  or  translucency  is  a  highly  char- 
acteristic feature  in  hosts  of  the  free -swimming  young  which 
belong  to  such  groups  as  Molluscs,  unsegmented  and  segmented 
Worms,  Lamp- Shells,  Moss- Polyps,  Crustacea,  and  Echinoderms. 
A  typical  instance  is  that  of  the  little  Glass -Crabs  which  were 
originally  believed  to  be  distinct  species,  but  are  now  known  to 
be  the  larvae  of  Rock- Lobsters  (Palinurus]  and  related  animals. 

SNOW  ANIMALS. — Another  striking  and  well-known  instance 
of  general  resemblance  to  surroundings  is  afforded  by  snow  and 
ice  animals,  which  by  possession  of  white  fur  or  feathers  are 
rendered  extremely  inconspicuous.  Mammals  and  Birds  furnish 
a  number  of  striking  examples.  It  is  a  rare  occurrence  for  an 
animal  to  be  white  all  the  year  round,  for  this  can  only  be  ex- 
pected to  happen  in  very  high  latitudes,  where  the  ground  is 
permanently  covered  by  snow  and  ice.  The  Polar  Bear  is  an 
instance,  but  the  colour  in  this  case  is  almost  entirely  aggressive, 
enabling  the  animal  to  approach  its  prey  without  attracting 
observation. 

Among  birds  the  Snowy  Owl  (Nyctea  Scandiacd]  of  the  Arctic 
regions,  but  which  sometimes  wanders  into  more  southern  lati- 
tudes, as  e.g.,  North  Scotland,  is  permanently  coloured  so  as  to 
harmonize  with  snowy  surroundings.  Its  prevailing  hue  is  white, 
but  this  may  be  flecked  or  barred  with  blackish-brown.  Though 
in  the  main  aggressive  in  purpose,  the  Owl  is  doubtless  protected 
to  some  extent  by  its  resemblance  to  the  background  against 
which  it  is  usually  seen  in  the  far  north. 

DESERT  ANIMALS. — Many  animals  which  inhabit  desert  regions 
exhibit  general  protective  resemblance  to  their  surroundings, 
exemplifying  in  a  practical  manner  the  value  of  khaki  tints 
where  concealment  is  desirable.  The  colour  is  by  no  means 
always  of  uniform  character,  for  there  may  be  spots,  flecks,  or 
stripes,  all  being  calculated  to  make  assimilation  with  the  sur- 
roundings more  complete.  Camels,  Antelopes,  Desert  Foxes 
(fennecs),  and  Jerboas  are  good  instances  among  the  Mammals, 
while  ancestral  Horses  were  probably  clad  in  striped  khaki. 
Among  birds  may  be  mentioned  Desert  Larks,  Desert  Finches, 
and  Sand-Grouse  (fig.  474).  Of  the  last,  Brehm  (in  From  North 
Pole  to  Equator]  writes  graphically  as  follows,  in  reference  to  the 
Sahara: — "Among  the  sparsely  sprouting  alfa  there  is  a  numerous 
flock  of  birds  about  the  size  of  pigeons.  Tripping  hither  and 


280 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


Fig.  474.  — Pallas's  Sand-Grouse  (Syrrhaptes paradoxus],  native  to  the  steppes  of  Asia 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  281 

thither,  scratching  and  scraping  with  their  bills,  they  seek  for 
food.  Without  anxiety  they  allow  the  rider  to  approach  within 
a  distance  of  a  hundred  paces.  A  good  field-glass  enables  one 
to  see  not  only  every  movement,  but  also  the  more  prominent 
colours  of  their  plumage.  With  depressed  head,  retracted  neck, 
and  body  held  almost  horizontally,  they  run  about  in  search  of 
seeds,  the  few  grains  which  the  desert  grasses  bear,  freshly- 
unfolded  panicles,  and  insects.  Some  stretch  out  their  necks 
from  time  to  time  and  peer  circumspectly  around;  others,  quite 
careless,  paddle  in  the  sand,  preening  their  feathers,  or  lie  at 
ease,  half-sideways,  in  the  sun.  All  this  one  can  distinctly  see, 
and  one  can  count  that  there  are  over  fifty,  perhaps  nearly  a 
hundred.  What  sportsman  would  their  presence  not  excite? 
Sure  of  his  booty,  the  inexperienced  traveller  shuts  up  his  field- 
glass,  gets  hold  of  his  gun,  and  slowly  approaches  the  gay 
company.  But  the  birds  disappear  before  his  eyes.  None  has 
run  or  flown,  yet  none  is  to  be  seen.  It  seems  as  if  the  earth 
had  swallowed  them.  The  fact  is,  that,  trusting  to  the  likeness 
between  their  plumage  and  the  ground,  they  have  simply  squatted. 
In  a  moment  they  have  become  stones  and  little  heaps  of  sand. 
Ignorant  of  this,  the  sportsman  rides  in  upon  them,  and  is  startled 
when  they  rise  with  simultaneous  suddenness,  and,  loudly  calling 
and  scolding,  take  wing  and  fly  noisily  away.  But  if  he  should 
succeed  in  bringing  one  down,  he  will  not  fail  to  be  struck  by  their 
colouring  and  marking,  which  is  as  remarkable  as  their  behaviour. 
The  sand -coloured  upper  surface,  shading  sometimes  into  gray, 
sometimes  towards  bright  yellow,  is  broken  and  adorned  by  broad 
bands,  narrower  bars,  delicate  lines;  by  dots,  spots,  points,  streaks, 
and  blurs,  so  that  one  might  fancy  at  first  sight  that  birds  so  marked 
must  be  conspicuous  from  a  distance.  But  all  this  colour-medley 
is  simply  the  most  precise  colour  of  the  ground;  every  dark  and 
light  spot,  every  little  stone,  every  grain  of  sand  seems  to  have 
its  counterpart  on  the  plumage.  It  is  no  wonder  then  that  the 
earth  can,  as  it  were,  make  the  bird  part  of  itself,  and  secure  its 
safety,  which  is  further  assured  by  the  creature's  strong  wings, 
which  are  capable  of  incomparably  swift  flight." 

A  great  many  Lizards  (see  fig.  60)  inhabit  dry  sandy  places, 
and  present  dull  coloration  in  accordance  with  their  surroundings, 
as  is  the  case  with  the  common  British  Sand- Lizard  (Lacerta 
agilis],  while  numerous  species  are  to  be  found  in  desert  regions. 


282  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

Examples  of  these  are  the  Thorn-tailed  Lizards  (Uromastix]  of 
North  Africa  and  South-west  Asia,  which  are  burrowing  forms 
living  entirely  on  plant-food,  so  that  the  coloration  may  be 
regarded  as  entirely  protective,  while  in  species  which  prey  upon 
insects  and  other  small  animals  it  is  aggressive  as  well.  This 
is  the  case,  for  instance,  with  the  Desert  Monitor  ( Varamis 
griseus),  which  has  pretty  much  the  same  range  as  the  last- 
named  species.  It  is  a  large  animal,  attaining  a  length  of  over 
4  feet,  and  presents  dark  bars  and  streaks  upon  a  neutral  ground- 
colour. Quite  similar  as  regards  general  hue  and  character  of 
marking  is  the  Common  Skink  (Scincus  officinalis]  of  the  Sahara,, 
which,  however,  is  only  about  3  inches  in  length. 

Our  only  poisonous  British  Snake,  the  Adder  (Pelias  berus} 
(see  vol.  i,  p.  233),  commonly  found  on  sandy  heaths,  exhibits 
general  resemblance  to  surroundings,  which  is  both  protective 
and  aggressive,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Sand- Lizard.  The  ground 
colour  is  usually  brownish  or  greenish  gray,  and  the  back  is 
ornamented  with  a  dark  zigzag  stripe.  There  are  many  groups 
of  true  desert  Snakes  which  are  as  inconspicuous  as  the  Mammals 
and  Birds  which  inhabit  the  same  regions,  and  here,  too,  as  in 
the  Adder,  the  colouring  serves  a  double  purpose.  A  typical 
example  is  the  Horned  Viper  (Cerastes  cornutus),  receiving  its 
name  from  the  presence  of  a  pointed  projection  above  either 
eye  in  the  male,  and  less  often  in  the  female  as  well.  It  inhabits 
the  deserts  of  North  Africa  and  Arabia,  and  is  of  a  sandy  colour 
with  numerous  dull  blotches. 

Desert  Insects  also  exhibit  the  dull  neutral  tints  and  blotchings 
or  mottlings  which  prove  so  efficient  in  vertebrate  forms.  Ex- 
amples are  found  in  certain  Desert  Grasshoppers  (Xiphocera  asinay 
Trachypetra  bufo,  and  Methone  Anderssoni]  native  to  South  Africa. 

REVERSED  SHADING. — General  protective  resemblance  is  not 
merely  a  matter  of  appropriate  colouring,  but  also  of  appro- 
priate disposition  of  light  and  shade,  and  this  is  exemplified  by 
many  of  the  cases  already  described,  as  well  as  by  others  to  which 
allusion  will  now  be  made.  If  such  a  curved  white  or  brownish 
solid  as  a  common  hen's  egg  be  placed  on  a  table  and  strongly 
illuminated  from  above,  it  will  be  obvious  that  its  upper  part 
will  present  high  lights,  while  its  under  side  will  be  in  shadow, 
the  two  regions  gradually  merging  into  one  another.  When  a 
drawing  of  an  egg  is  made  on  a  piece  of  paper,  the  intention  is 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  283 

to  produce  an  optical  illusion,  whereby  the  effect  of  a  solid  on 
the  eye  is  simulated,  and  this  is  done  by  shading  darkly  the  side 
opposite  to  the  one  from  which  the  light  is  supposed  to  come. 
The  exact  opposite  to  this  is  brought  about  in  nature  as  a  pro- 
tective device,  and  a  solid  object  is  made  to  appear  more  or 
less  flat  by  dark  colouring  above  shading  into  light  colora- 
tion below,  a  very  common  state  of  things  which  has  already 
been  briefly  referred  to  (p.  271).  A  very  ingenious  model,  of 
which  a  copy  exists  in  the  Cambridge  Museum  of  Zoology,  has 
been  devised  to  demonstrate  this.  The  back  of  a  rectangular 
box,  of  which  the  front  and  sides  are  glass,  is  marked  with  a 
tangle  of  blotches  and  streaks  to  represent  the  confused  mixture 
of  light  and  shade  which  may  be  seen  in  such  a  natural  back- 
ground as  that  presented  by  the  sedges  and  other  plants  which 
line  the  margin  of  a  pond.  A  little  in  front  of  this  a  rod  is 
fixed  from  side  to  side,  and  to  this  are  attached  a  couple  of  clay 
models  representing  conventionally  the  bodies  of  two  birds,  with 
the  usual  curved  outlines.  The  upper  parts  of  these  are  tinted 
like  the  background  and  blotched  in  a  similar  manner,  and  are 
gradually  shaded  off  at  the  sides  so  as  to  pass  insensibly  into 
the  unshaded  whitish  tint  of  the  under  parts  of  the  models.  It 
should  further  be  stated  that  the  rod  can  be  rotated  on  its  long 
axis  by  means  of  a  handle  so  as  to  move  the  diagrammatic 
birds.  Standing  at  a  little  distance  from  the  model,  before  being 
acquainted  with  its  purpose,  an  average  observer  will  almost  cer- 
tainly fail  to  see  the  dummy  birds,  but  they  at  once  flash,  as  it 
were,  into  view  when  moved  by  means  of  the  handle.  The 
device  clearly  illustrates  why  in  so  many  animals  the  upper 
surface  is  dark  and  the  under  surface  light,  and  also  shows  that 
a  protected  form  must  remain  motionless  if  it  is  to  derive  much 
benefit  from  its  resemblance  to  surroundings.  The  principle  is 
illustrated  in  nature  by  such  Mammals  as  Hares  and  Rabbits,  by 
almost  any  common  sort  of  small  Bird,  by  Lizards,  Snakes,  Frogs, 
and  innumerable  Fishes.  The  last  case  is  of  particular  interest, 
for  in  such  a  form  as,  say,  a  Whiting,  the  distribution  of  colour 
results  in  inconspicuousness  as  seen  in  side  view,  while  the 
darker  upper  side  of  the  body  is  liable  to  be  confounded  (at 
least  in  shallow  water)  with  the  background  presented  by  the 
sea-floor,  and  the  pale  under  side  is  not  particularly  obvious  when 
looked  at  from  below.  It  is  clear  that  floating  or  swimming 


284  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

organisms  thus  derive  an  extra  benefit  from  the  lighter  colour 
of  the  under  side,  as,  of  course,  they  are  liable  to  be  attacked 
from  below,  which  is  not  usually  the  case  with  terrestrial  forms. 
Besides  fish,  other  interesting  instances  of  this  device  may  be 
taken  from  the  larger  pelagic  forms  which  drift  or  swim  at  or 
near  the  surface.  These,  Wallace  states  (in  Darwinism)  ".  .  . 
are  beautifully  tinged  with  blue  above,  thus  harmonizing  with 
the  colour  of  the  sea  as  seen  by  hovering  birds;  while  they  are 
white  below,  and  are  thus  invisible  against  the  wave-foam  and 
clouds  as  seen  by  enemies  beneath  the  surface.  Such  are  the 
tints  of  the  beautiful  nudibranchiate  mollusc  Glaiicus  atlanticus, 
and  many  others." 

FLAT-FISHES. — It  has  just  been  shown  that  compact,  curved 
forms  are  often  made  to  appear  flattish  by  a  particular  distribu- 
tion of  colour  and  shading,  but  it  is  clear  that  similar  advantages 
might  be  secured  in  an  entirely  different  manner,  i.e.  by  the  body 
actually  becoming  flat.  A  striking  case  of  this  is  that  afforded 
by  the  Flat- Fishes,  such  as  Sole,  Turbot,  Plaice,  and  the  rest. 
These,  when  in  the  condition  of  young  fry,  swim  about  like 
ordinary  fishes,  and  possess  the  same  bilateral  symmetry.  Very 
soon,  however,  they  become  laterally  flattened,  and  take  to  living 
on  the  sea-floor,  with  either  the  left  or  right  side  downwards, 
according  to  the  species.  This  side  remains  white  or  pale,  though 
not  for  the  reason  given  in  the  case  of  animals  with  pale  ventral 
surfaces,  and  its  eye  migrates  to  the  side  which  is  kept  upwards ; 
otherwise  it  would  be  of  no  use.  And,  further,  the  upwardly- 
directed  surface  becomes  darkly  pigmented  so  as  to  harmonize 
with  the  sand  or  mud  upon  which  the  animal  lives,  the  resem- 
blance often  being  enhanced,  much  as  in  desert  animals,  by  the 
presence  of  spots  and  blotches  of  darker  or  different  tint.  Here, 
however,  as  in  so  many  other  cases,  protection  is  only  afforded 
by  the  coloration  and  marking  when  the  animal  remains  at  rest. 
As  in  the  case  of  the  model  already  described  (p.  283),  movement 
at  once  destroys  the  illusion,  and  in  the  case  of  a  flat-fish  the 
attention  of  other  animals  must  be  attracted  by  the  display,  to 
a  greater  or  less  extent,  of  the  white  or  light-coloured  side.  The 
fish  would  be  much  better  protected  if  both  sides  were  dark,  but 
the  development  of  pigment  in  the  skin  is  bound  up  with  the 
action  of  light,  which  is  largely  excluded  from  that  side  of  the 
body  which  faces  habitually  downwards. 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  285 

SPECIALIZED  GENERAL  RESEMBLANCE. — The  animals  so  far 
mentioned  harmonize  generally  with  the  background  against  which 
they  are  seen,  but  other  instances  are  known  where  the  form  and 
coloration  are  such  as  to  make  the  creature  appear  part  and 
parcel  of  some  special  object  upon  which  it  lives.  Such  are 
some  cases  which  have  been  described  of  association  between 
certain  Corals  and  Sea-Snails.  There  is,  for  example,  a  North 
American  Coral  (Leptogorgia  virgulata]  which  in  shallow  water 
is  of  an  orange-yellow  colour,  but  of  deep-reddish  tint  in  deeper 
water,  the  position  of  the  individuals  making  up  the  colony  being 
marked  by  white  spots.  A  Sea-Snail  (Ovulum  uniplicatuin)  lives 
upon  the  branches  of  this  Coral,  with  which  it  harmonizes  precisely 
in  colour,  being  orange-coloured  in  one  case,  red  with  white  spots 
in  the  other.  Curiously  enough,  a  similar  close  relation  has  been 
noticed  between  a  Coral  and  a  Sea- Snail  (Gorgonia  verrucosa  and 
Ovulum  patulum)  which  live  in  British  seas,  both  animals  being 
red  in  colour.  The  Snail  in  this  latter  case  (and  no  doubt  in  the 
other  as  well)  is  doubly  benefited,  for  the  Coral  is  distasteful  to 
fish,  and  the  Snail  consequently  has  a  good  chance  of  escaping 
the  dangers  of  a  too  close  inspection.  Large  specimens  are  often 
to  be  seen  in  museums  of  a  Coral  (Gorgonia)  which  protects 
Brittle-Stars  in  much  the  same  way,  these  holding  on  to  the 
Coral  by  twining  the  tips  of  their  slender  arms  round  its  branches. 
A  similar  association  is  recorded  between  a  rose-coloured  Aus- 
tralian Sponge  and  a  small  species  of  Sea-Slug.  Sponges,'  it 
may  be  noted,  are  notoriously  inedible,  which  is,  of  course,  an 
additional  benefit  to  the  mollusc. 

GENERAL  RESEMBLANCE  IN  EGGS  AND  YOUNG. — The  harmon- 
izing by  means  of  form  and  colour  with  the  usual  surroundings,  to 
which  the  name  of  General  Protective  Resemblance  has  been  given, 
is  by  no  means  confined  to  adult  forms,  for  it  is  exemplified  by 
various  earlier  stages  in  existence.  These  have  perhaps  been 
more  fully  worked  out  in  Birds  and  Insects  than  in  other  groups, 
and  one  or  two  examples  taken  from  these  must  suffice.  Birds* 
eggs,  when  laid  in  concealed  places,  free  from  observation,  are 
commonly  white,  but  when  exposed  to  view  are  more  or  less 
coloured  or  marked,  or  it  may  be  both.  And  the  plumage  of  such 
fledglings  as  run  about  on  the  ground  is  usually  speckled  or 
mottled  to  harmonize  with  the  surroundings,  which  renders  them 
extremely  difficult  to  see,  especially  if  the  little  creatures  crouch 


286 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


Fig.  475. — Eggs  of  Ringed  Plover  {A£gUtttti>  hiaticula] 


close  to  the  ground  and  remain  motionless  on  the  first  note  of 
danger,  as  is  commonly  the  case.  Admirable  instances  of  the  kind 
are  afforded  by  the  Ringed  Plover  (sEgialitis  hiaticula)  and 

Kentish  Plover  (sE.  Cantiana), 
both  of  which  lay  grey  eggs 
with  dark  markings  among 
shingle  on  the  sea-shore.  In 
these  and  their  allies  eggs  and 
young  alike  are  exceedingly 
difficult  to  detect  (figs.  475, 
476).  Inspection  of  an  admir- 
able series  of  eggs  and  nests 
with  natural  surroundings  dis- 
played in  the  British  Museum 
(Natural  History)  at  South 
Kensington  will  reward  anyone 
inclined  to  take  an  interest  in 
the  matter.  An  apparent  ex- 
ception to  the  rule  is  afforded 
by  the  eggs  of  Wood- Pigeons, 
which,  although  exposed  to 
observation,  are  white  in  hue. 
But  it  has  been  pointed  out 
that  these  are  liable  to  be  seen 
from  below  through  the  chinks 
in  the  nest,  which  may  be 
compared  to  a  piece  of  open 
basket-work,  and  are  therefore 
seen  against  the  bright  back- 
ground of  the  sky.  We  are 
reminded  here  of  the  light 
under -surfaces  of  marine  ani- 
mals, which  harmonize  with  a 
similar  background  (p.  283). 
Turning  from  Birds  to  Insects,,  we  find  innumerable  instances 
of  all  the  different  stages  in  the  life-history  being  rendered  in- 
conspicuous by  coloration  and  markings  which  blend  with  the 
immediate  surroundings.  Speaking  of  a  native  moth,  Poulton 
(in  his  delightful  book  on  The  Colours  of  Animals,  from  which 
a  number  of  the  illustrations  in  this  part  of  the  subject  are  taken) 


Fig.  476. — Crouching  young  of  Peewit  ( Vanellus  cristatus] 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  287 

remarks: — "  The  caterpillar,  chrysalis,  and  moth  of  the  Black 
Arches  (Psilura  monacha]  are  beautifully  protected  in  this  way. 
The  black  pupa  is  fixed  in  a  chink  in  the  bark  by  a  few  incon- 
spicuous threads;  its  dark  colour  harmonizes  with  the  shadow  in 
the  chink,  while  the  long  tufts  of  greyish  hair  project  and  exactly 
resemble  the  appearance  of  lichen.  Both  larva  and  moth  are 
coloured  so  as  to  resemble  common  appearances  presented  by 


Fig.  477. — A  Beetle  (Lithinus  nigrocristatus}  which  resembles  Lichen 

lichens,  and  both  habitually  rest  on  lichen-covered  bark."  Some 
beetles  exemplify  the  same  device  (fig.  477). 

MASKING. — General  protective  resemblance  to  surroundings  is 
effected  in  a  number  of  animals  belonging  to  widely -different 
groups  by  the  presence  on  the  surface  of  their  bodies  of  plant- 
growths  or  various  foreign  substances.  Some  small  West  Indian 
Land- Snails,  for  instance,  escape  observation  by  reason  of  the  dirt 
with  which  their  shells  are  covered,  but  among  molluscs  a  much 
more  remarkable  case  is  that  of  certain  Sea -Snails  (species  of 
Xenophorus)  (fig.  478).  Speaking  of  one  of  these,  Chun  (in  Aus 
den  Tie/en  des  Weltmeeres]  describes  it  as  "a  snail  which  pos- 
sesses the  remarkable  habit  of  cementing  to  its  shell  in  a  sym- 
metrical manner  the  empty  shells  of  other  snails.  It  might  almost 
be  imagined  that  an  artistic  hand  took  part  in  grouping  these 
foreign  shells."  Bits  of  coral  and  stone  may  also  be  included. 

Even  more  remarkable  devices  are  adopted  by  some  of  the 
Crustacea.  There  are,  for  example,  various  kinds  of  Spider-Crab 
(species  of  Maia,  luachus,  Stenorhynchus,  &c.)  in  which  the  body 
is  covered  with  a  thick  growth  of  sea- weed,  and  it  has  been  shown 
by  Bateson  and  others  that  this  is  not  an  accident,  for  these 


288 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


creatures  voluntarily  convert  the  surfaces  of  their  bodies  into  a 
kind  of  sea- weed  garden.  "  The  Crab  takes  a  piece  of  weed  in 
his  two  chelae,  and,  neither  snatching  nor  biting  it,  deliberately 
tears  it  across,  as  a  man  tears  paper  with  his  hands.  He  then 


Fig.  478. — Upper  side  of  a  Xenophorus  Shell 

puts  one  end  of  it  into  his  mouth,  and  after  chewing  it  up,  pre- 
sumably to  soften  it,  takes  it  out  in  the  chelae  and  rubs  it  firmly 
on  his  head  or  legs  until  it  is  caught  by  the  peculiar  curved  hairs 
which  cover  them.  If  the  piece  of  weed  is  not  caught  by  the 
hairs,  the  Crab  puts  it  back  in  his  mouth  and  chews  it  up  again. 
The  whole  proceeding  is  most  human  and  purposeful.  Many 
substances,  as  hydroids,  sponges,  Polyzoa,  and  weeds  of  many 
kinds  and  colours,  are  thus  used,  but  these  various  substances 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  289 

are  nearly  always  placed  symmetrically  on  corresponding  parts 
of  the  body,  and  particularly  long,  plume-like  pieces  are  fixed 
on  the  head,  sticking  up  from  it "  (Bateson). 

Some  Sea- Urchins  render  themselves  very  inconspicuous  by 
heaping  bits  of  stone  and  shell  upon  their  bodies.  One  would 
be  inclined  to  think  their  firm  spiny  shell  quite  enough  by  way 
of  protection,  but  it  does  not  keep  off  star-fishes. 

The  last  example  of  masking  to  be  noted  here  is  that  of  a 
large  red  Sea -Anemone  (Tealia  crassicornis]  which  abounds  on 
our  coast.  The  body  of  this  creature  is  covered  by  sticky  knobs, 
to  which  small  pieces  of  stone  adhere.  When  uncovered  by  the 
tide  the  animal  draws  in  its  tentacles  and  shrinks  into  a  rounded 
lump,  which,  in  virtue  of  its  extraneous  covering,  looks  like  a 
little  heap  of  gravel,  and  is  commonly  overlooked  by  those  un- 
aware of  the  facts  of  the  case. 

VARIABLE   GENERAL   RESEMBLANCE 

The  examples  of  protective  resemblance  so  far  quoted  are 
mostly  permanent  adaptations  to  one  particular  sort  of  surround- 
ing. There  are,  however,  numerous  animals  which  possess  the 
power  of  adjusting  their  colour  more  or  less  rapidly  so  as  to 
harmonize  with  a  changing  environment. 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  SNOW- ANIMALS. — Some  of  the  best-known 
of  these  cases  are  found  among  those  Mammals  and  Birds  which 
inhabit  countries  more  or  less  covered  with  snow  during  a  part 
of  the  year.  A  good  instance  is  afforded  by  the  Irish  or  Variable 
Hare  {Lepus  variabilis\  which  in  these  islands  is  chiefly  found  in 
Ireland  and  Scotland.  In  summer  this  looks  very  much  like  an 
ordinary  Hare,  though  rather  greyer  in  tint  and  smaller  in  size, 
but  in  winter  it  becomes  white,  with  the  exception  of  the  black 
tips  to  the  ears.  Investigations  which  have  been  made  on  the 
closely-allied  American  Hare  (Lepus  Americanus)  seem  to  show 
that  the  phenomenon  is  partly  due  to  the  growth  of  new  hairs  of 
white  hue,  and  partly  to  a  change  in  colour  which  affects  the  tips 
of  the  ordinary  hairs.  In  both  cases  the  whiteness  would  appear 
to  be  the  result  of  the  presence  of  minute  bubbles  of  carbonic  acid 
gas  in  the  substance  of  the  hairs  themselves,  they  absorbing  the 
gas  from  their  roots,  where  it  would  appear  to  be  generated.  The 
Common  Stoat  (Putorius  ermineus]  (see  figs.  315  and  316)  is  sub- 
ject to  similar  colour -change  in  the  northern  parts  of  its  range. 

VOL.  II.  51 


29o  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

In  summer  it  is  of  a  bright  reddish -brown  colour,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  under  parts,  which  are  yellowish -white,  and  the 
end  of  the  tail,  which  is  black.  But  in  winter  the  entire  coat, 
save  only  the  tip  of  the  tail,  becomes  white,  and  in  that  condition 
the  animal  is  known  as  an  Ermine.  A  similar  example  is  afforded 
by  the  Weasel  (Mustela.  vulgaris\  The  seasonal  change  in  the 
vegetarian  Irish  Hare  is  purely  of  protective  character,  but  in  such 
an  actively  carnivorous  creature  as  a  Stoat  or  Weasel  it  is  aggres- 
sive as  well,  rendering  the  animal  inconspicuous  to  its  prey. 

Among    Birds   no    better  example   can    be  selected  than  the 
Ptarmigan    (Lagopus   mutus)    (fig.    479),    native    to    the    Scottish 


Fig.  479. — Ptarmigan  (Lagopus  mutus),  in  winter  plumage 

Highlands  among  other  places.  The  summer  plumage  of  this 
bird  is  brown  with  darker  markings,  but  in  winter  it  is  pure  white, 
except  that  the  outer  tail-feathers  remain  black,  and  the  male  bird 
retains  a  black  band  in  front  of  the  eye. 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  CHAMELEONS. — The  power  of  adjusting  its 
colour  to  suit  the  surroundings  in  the  Chameleon  is  almost  pro- 
verbial, and  the  change  here  takes  place  with  extreme  rapidity. 
As  in  the  Stoat,  it  is  quite  as  much  aggressive  as  protective  in 
nature.  The  colour -change  in  this  case  is  brought  about  by 
alterations  in  the  size  of  pigment -holding  cells  contained  in  the 
deeper  part  of  the  skin.  Under  the  influence  of  the  nervous 
system  these  can  either  be  contracted  to  mere  spots,  or  relaxed 
into  branching  star-like  forms.  Since  they  are  arranged  in  a 
number  of  layers  and  contain  different  sorts  of  pigment,  it  is 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  291 

clear  that  the  colour  effect  will  vary  according  to  the  number 
which  are  at  a  given  time  in  a  relaxed  condition,  and  the  depth 
in  the  skin  at  which  these  are  situated.  And  it  has  further 
been  proved  that  the  eyes  of  the  animal  must  be  uninjured  if  the 
hues  of  the  body  are  to  be  adjusted,  so  that  the  colours  of  the 
surroundings  first  affect  the  visual  organs,  from  which  nervous 
impulses  are  carried  to  the  brain  and  thence  in  a  roundabout 
way  to  the  skin.  It  will  readily  be  perceived  that  a  case  like 
this  presents  a  physiological  problem  of  no  little  complexity,  the 
nature  of  which  has  only  been  indicated.  It  may  be  here  re- 
marked that  though  the  Chameleon  is  the  most  striking  example 
among  the  Reptiles  of  colour-change,  it  is  by  no  means  the  sole 
member  of  that  class  which  illustrates  the  phenomenon. 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  AMPHIBIANS. — Some  familiar  Amphibians 
vary  in  colour  according  to  the  surroundings,  though  not  so 
rapidly  as  the  last-named  animal,  and  the  nature  and  causes  of 
the  change  are  substantially  the  same.  Our  Common  Frog  (Rana 
temporaria]  has  been  the  subject  of  careful  investigations  in  this 
respect.  It  is  quite  easy  to  produce  the  change  in  a  captive 
specimen.  If  placed  for  a  short  time  in  a  dark  box  it  will  assume 
a  blackish  appearance,  and  if  then  transferred  to  fresh  damp  grass 
and  placed  in  a  bright  place  it  will  speedily  take  on  a  yellowish- 
green  tint.  The  arrangement  is  obviously  protective,  but  it  may 
be  aggressive  as  well,  for  insects  form  a  large  part  of  the  food, 
and  a  good  dinner  may  depend  upon  approaching  them  unobserved 
until  the  long  tongue  can  be  shot  out  with  a  good  chance  of  catch- 
ing them  (see  p.  82). 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  FISHES. — Fishes,  especially  those  which 
are  ground-feeders,  possess  in  many  if  not  all  cases  a  power  of 
colour-adjustment,  the  mechanism  being  the  same  as  in  Reptiles 
and  Amphibia.  The  protective  arrangements  in  Flat- Fishes  have 
already  been  noted  (p.  284),  but  probably  the  description  might 
have  been  given  with  greater  propriety  under  the  present  heading. 
Plaice,  for  example,  are  known  to  be  able  to  vary  their  prevailing 
hue  according  as  the  surrounding  part  of  the  sea-bottom  is  light 
or  dark,  and  a  very  interesting  observation  was  made  many  years 
ago  upon  a  number  of  these  fishes  which  at  the  time  were  resting 
upon  white  sand.  With  the  exception  of  one  specimen  they  had 
all  assumed  a  light  colour,  and  on  closer  examination  that  par- 
ticular fish  proved  to  be  blind,  and  therefore  did  not  possess  the 


292  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

power  of  colour  -  adjustment.  Similar  observations  have  been 
made  in  the  case  of  Trout.  Many  other  fishes  are  well  known 
to  vary  in  hue  according  to  their  surroundings,  and  the  present 
writer  remembers  seeing  a  striking  case  some  years  ago  in  a 
marine  form  known  as  the  Lumpsucker  (Cyclop terus  lumpus). 
This  fish  is  a  ground-feeder,  and  an  example  had  been  caught  at 
the  floating  marine  station  then  existing  at  Granton,  near  Edin- 
burgh. It  was  of  a  forbidding  black  appearance,  and  to  keep  it 
alive  for  further  observation  was  suspended  in  the  clear  sea- water 
within  a  sort  of  drum  made  of  net- work,  the  top  of  this  being  just 
above  the  surface.  After  a  short  time  the  fish  was  pulled  up  for 
re-examination,  and  was  then  found  to  be  of  a  bright-green  colour, 
strikingly  different  from  its  former  sooty  hue,  and  harmonizing 
well  with  the  sea-water. 

It  has  been  proved  for  Frog  and  Chameleon,  and  is  no  doubt 
true  for  fishes  as  well,  that  the  colour-changes  are  brought  about 
by  various  external  agents  which  affect  the  nervous  system,  these 
including  not  only  light  but  also  changes  in  temperature,  contact 
with  surrounding  objects,  and  variations  in  the  amount  of  oxygen 
available  for  breathing. 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  MOLLUSCS.  —  Some  of  the  Sea-Slugs 
exemplify  variable  protective  resemblance.  This  is  the  case, 
for  example,  with  Elysia  viridis,  a  little  creature  closely  re- 
sembling a  Land  -  Slug  in  form  and  method  of  progression. 
Those  specimens  found  among  green  sea-weeds  are  green  in 
colour,  while  brown  weeds  of  various  hue  harbour  individuals 
which  harmonize  with  their  particular  tint.  (See  as  to  what 
has  been  said  on  p.  285  regarding  Ovulum.) 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  CRUSTACEANS.  —  Many  of  the  smaller 
Crustaceans  which  are  translucent,  or  it  may  be  transparent, 
afford  most  instructive  examples  of  variable  protective  resem- 
blance. The  Common  Prawn  (Palczmon  serratus),  for  example, 
has  long  been  known  to  become  dark  in  colour  when  placed  on 
a  dark  surface,  and  colourless  when  allowed  to  rest  on  a  white 
surface,  but  by  far  the  most  remarkable  case  so  far  investigated 
is  that  of  the  ^Esop  Prawn  (Hippolyte  variant],  a  species  which 
is  common  in  low-tide  pools  and  shallow  water.  This  has  been 
the  subject  of  an  elaborate  research  by  Keeble  and  Gamble,  who 
have  confirmed  and  extended  the  results  of  several  previous 
workers.  It  is  found  that  these  Prawns  harmonize  in  the  most 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  293 

perfect  manner  with  the  weeds  among  which  they  happen  to  be 
found,  green,  red,  or  brown  as  the  case  may  be;  and  further,  that 
individuals  adapted  to  live  among  weed  of  one  colour  are  able 
to  adjust  their  appearance,  though  not  very  rapidly,  to  surround- 
ings of  new  form  and  colour.  There  is  further  a  quick  response 
to  alterations  in  the  intensity  of  light.  But  beyond  this  there  is 
a  remarkable  periodic  colour-change,  corresponding  to  the  alter- 
nations of  day  and  night,  the  utility  of  which  is  not  at  present 
known.  To  quote  the  above-named  authors: — "  Every  evening, 
as  darkness  comes  on,  Hippolyte  gradually  loses  its  distinctive 
diurnal  colour.  In  summer  the  change  begins  at  about  9  P.M., 
in  winter  at  about  5  P.M.  Towards  this  or  that  time,  according 
to  the  season,  a  reddish  tint — a  sunset  glow — the  foreshadowing 
of  the  change,  makes  its  appearance.  This  is  followed  by  a  green 
tinge  which  spreads  fore  and  aft  from  the  middle  of  the  body. 
The  green  colour  gradually  melts  into  blue,  and  a  general  increase 
of  transparency  sets  in.  Thus,  as  darkness  falls,  Hippolyte  is 
seen  to  become  of  a  wonderful  azure -blue  colour  and  absolutely 
transparent,  except  in  the  region  of  the  liver  and  stomach,  which 
are  now  very  clearly  visible.  The  depth  of  the  blue  colour  varies 
in  different  specimens;  in  some  it  is  almost  indigo,  in  others  the 
faint  azure  of  a  sky  at  sunset."  The  changes  in  hue  depend  upon 
the  condition  of  branching  colour-bodies  which  are  present.  These 
contain  various  pigments,  the  distribution  of  which  can  be  varied 
as  the  result  of  the  action  of  light  and  other  agents,  that  work 
in  part  through  the  agency  of  the  eyes  and  nervous  system,  and 
in  part  independently  of  these. 

COLOUR-CHANGE  IN  INSECTS. — The  subject  of  variable  pro- 
tective resemblance  must  be  concluded  by  referring  to  some 
extremely  interesting  cases  presented  by  Insects  in  the  various 
stages  of  their  life-history.  Numerous  instances  are  known  where 
caterpillars  of  the  same  kind  vary  in  colour  according  to  the  hues 
of  their  surroundings.  This  may  be  illustrated  by  an  experiment 
of  Poulton's  conducted  on  the  larvae  of  the  Peppered  Moth 
(Amphidasis  betularia).  A  large  batch  of  eggs  taken  from  the 
same  individual  was  divided  into  two  parts,  one  half  being  then 
hatched  out  among  the  green  leaves  and  shoots  of  birch,  and 
the  other  among  dark-brown  twigs  of  the  same  plant  with  a 
certain  admixture  of  leaves.  All  the  caterpillars  of  the  former 
half  were  bright -green,  while  the  large  majority  of  the  other 


294  ANIMAL    DEFENCES 

half  were  dark-brown,  though  about  one  or  two  per  cent  took  their 
colour  from  the  leaves  present.  Adaptability  to  surroundings  as 
regards  appearance  is  exemplified  not  only  by  caterpillars  but  also 
by  the  chrysalides  of  some  moths  and  butterflies.  No  better 
example  could  be  selected  than  the  Small  Tortoise-shell  Butterfly 
(Vanessa  urticcz],  upon  which  Poulton  conducted  a  remarkable 
series  of  experiments.  By  varying  the  surroundings  at  the  time 
when  the  caterpillars  become  quiescent  preparatory  to  passing 
into  the  motionless  pupa-stage,  he  was  able  to  produce  at  pleasure 
dark,  light,  and  gold-coloured  chrysalides.  The  utility  of  a  gilded 
appearance  is  not  at  first  sight  obvious,  but  it  may  be  pointed 
out  that  it  would  harmonize  with  a  rock-surface  which  presented 
such  glittering  minerals  as  mica  (flakes  of  which  are  used  on 
Christmas  trees  and  the  like  to  give  the  glistening  appearance  of 
snow).  Rock-surfaces  in  our  damp  climate  are  generally  dull, 
except  when  freshly  fractured,  but  in  hotter  and  drier  countries 
they  often  present  a  glittering  appearance,  and  in  this  connection 
it  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  word  chrysalis,  which  means 
golden  (Gk.  chrysos,  golden),  is  taken  from  Aristotle,  and  was 
no  doubt  given  from  the  appearance  of  certain  pupae  noticed  by 
the  ancient  Greeks.  Possibly,  therefore,  the  power  of  producing 
gilded  chrysalides  possessed  by  the  caterpillars  under  discussion 
may  be  reminiscent  of  a  time  when  the  ancestors  of  the  Small 
Tortoise-shell  Butterfly  inhabited  more  southern  latitudes  than 
ours.  The  range  of  this  particular  species  at  the  present  time 
includes  a  good  deal  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  the  distri- 
bution of  the  family  to  which  it  belongs  (Nymphalidae)  is  world- 
wide, so  that  there  is  nothing  improbable  about  the  suggestion. 

SPECIAL   PROTECTIVE   RESEMBLANCE 

Here  are  included  cases  where  inconspicuousness  results 
from  resemblance  to  some  special  inedible  object,  instead  of 
being  due  to  properties  of  form  and  colour  whereby  harmony 
with  the  general  surroundings  is  brought  about.  There  is,  how- 
ever, no  sharp  boundary-line  between  these  cases;  e.g.  a  brown 
-^Esop  Prawn  may  not  only  assimilate  generally  to  the  appearance 
of  the  weed  to  which  it  clings,  but  may  also  simulate  a  special 
part  of  this.  Special  Protective  Resemblance,  like  the  other  form 
of  assimilation,  may  be  either  constant  or  variable. 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  295 

CONSTANT  SPECIAL  PROTECTIVE  RESEMBLANCE. — A  good  in- 
stance on  the  border  line  between  general  and  special  resemblance 
is  afforded  by  some  of  the  Sloths,  which  hang  head  downwards 
from  the  branches  of  trees  in  South  American  forests.  The  harsh 
greenish-looking  fur  of  these  creatures  harmonizes  very  completely 
with  the  moss  and  lichen  by  which  they  are  commonly  surrounded, 
and  it  is  very  interesting  to  note  that  the  hairs  are  grooved  or 
fluted  in  a  peculiar  way  so  as  to  afford  a  lodgment  to  a  microscopic 
green  plant  (alga)  which,  favoured  by  the  humidity  of  the  air,  is 
able  to  grow  upon  them.  But,  in  addition  to  this  arrangement 
promoting  general  resemblance,  there  is  another  bringing  about 
special  resemblance,  in  the  form  of  a  round  fawn-coloured  patch 
between  the  shoulders,  and  this  is  the  more  conspicuous  because 
it  has  a  dark  margin.  The  effect  is  similar  to  that  produced  by 
a  rotten  branch  which  has  broken  off  short,  leaving  a  stump  with 
a  light  centre  constituted  by  the  wood,  and  a  dark  margin  due  to 
the  fractured  bark. 

Another  instance  among  Mammals  which  may  more  properly 
be  referred  to  special  resemblance  is  afforded  by  the  Pangolin 
(Manis],  a  scaly  arboreal  Edentate  native  to  East  Africa  and 
Southern  Asia.  If  alarmed  when  climbing  a  tree -trunk,  this 
animal  lets  go  with  its  fore-limbs,  and,  supporting  itself  by  hind- 
limbs  and  tail,  presents  an  appearance  quite  comparable  to  a 
broken  branch. 

Among  Birds,  the  Coot,  Moor- Hen,  and  Grebes  may  possibly 
be  taken,  though  the  matter  is  not  beyond  cavil,  as  illustrations 
of  some  particular  part  being  shaped  so  as  to  confer  special 
protective  resemblance.  The  toes  of  these  birds  are  broadened 
out  in  a  very  curious  manner,  and  it  has  been  suggested  that 
this  gives  them  a  certain  resemblance  to  the  leaves  of  floating 
water-plants,  whereby  rapacious  fishes  are  deceived  and  refrain 
from  nibbling  at  them.  Too  much  stress  must  not  be  laid  on 
this,  however,  as  it  may  be  merely  a  case  of  broadening  for  the 
purpose  of  increased  efficiency  in  swimming.  Or  possibly  two 
ends  may  be  gained  at  the  same  time. 

There  are  also  cases  of  young  birds,  belonging  to  species  in 
which  the  eggs  are  laid  and  hatched  out  in  exposed  situations, 
where  the  colour  and  markings  not  only  harmonize  generally 
with  the  surroundings,  but  also  bring  about  a  protective  resem- 
blance to  a  single  stone  when  the  crouching  attitude  is  assumed 


296  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

on  a  sudden  alarm.      This   is    the    case,    for  instance,   with    the 
young  of  some   Plovers  (see  p.    286). 

A  good  instance  of  special  protective  resemblance  among  the 
lower  Vertebrates  is  afforded  by  Australian  species  (Phyllopteryx 
eques,  and  two  others)  of  the  curious  fishes  known  as  Sea- 
Horses,  of  which  a  less  remarkable  genus  (Hippocampus}  is 
commonly  represented  in  museums.  These  Australian  forms, 
which  may  be  as  much  as  a  foot  long,  are  laterally  flattened, 
and  attach  themselves  by  means  of  their  curly  tails  to  pieces  of 


Fig.  480. — Australian  Sea-Horse  (Phyllopteryx  eques] 

brown  sea-weed  (species  of  Fucus).  Glinther  (in  The  Study  of 
Fishes)  says  of  them: — "  Not  only  their  colour  closely  assimilates 
to  that  of  the  particular  kind  of  sea- weed  which  they  frequent,  but 
the  appendages  of  their  spines  seem  to  be  merely  part  of  the  fucus 
to  which  they  are  attached".  (Fig.  480.) 

Herdman  and  others  have  described  a  number  of  very  inter- 
esting cases  of  protective  form  and  colour  among  Sea-Slugs. 
Some  of  these  (notably  Doto  coronata  and  Dendronotus  arbor- 
escens)  have  their  upper  surfaces  richly  studded  with  brightly- 
coloured  projections  (cerata),  which  at  first  sight  serve  to  make 
them  conspicuous,  but  in  reality  so  closely  resemble  the  branch- 
ing colonies  of  zoophytes  among  which  they  live  as  to  make  them 
difficult  for  their  enemies  to  detect. 

Many  of  the  most  striking  of  the  special  protective  resem- 
blances so  far  described  are  to  be  found  among  Insects  in  various 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS 


297 


stages  of  their  existence.  Among  our  native  Moths,  for  instance, 
there  is  one  group  (Geometers]  containing  over  200  species,  in 
which  the  succulent  caterpillars  move  along  in  a  curious  way 
which  has  earned  for  them  the  name  of  Loopers,  and  is  also 
the  origin  of  the  name  of  the  group.  The  front  part  of  the 
body  bears  three  pairs  of  jointed  legs  corresponding  to  those 
of  the  future  moth,  while  at  the  hinder-end  are  two  pairs  of 
sucker-like  pro-legs.  It  is  by  alternate  use  of  these  fore  and  aft 
groups  of  limbs  that  the  characteristic  movements  are  effected. 
But  the  larvae  in  question  have  also  earned  the  name  of  Stick- 
Caterpillars,  from  the  very  perfect  way  in  which  they  simulate 
resemblance  to  the  twigs  of  plants  on  which  they  live.  Holding 
on  firmly  by  means  of  its  pro  -legs,  and  extending  the  body 
obliquely  outwards,  such  a  caterpillar  remains  motionless  and 
rigid  for  hours,  until  the  cravings  of  hunger  render  it  necessary 
to  crawl  away  and  take  the  next  meal.  Such  a  severe  trial  of 
patience  and  muscular  power  are  rendered  rather  less  trying 
by  a  silken  thread  attaching  the  head  to  a  neighbouring  twig. 
A  Stick-Caterpillar  in  the  motionless  condition  harmonizes  so 
perfectly  with  its  surroundings,  both  as  regards  shape  and  colour, 

that    it    can    only    be    detected    by  an 

unusually    keen   or   practised  observer. 

Poulton  (in  The 

Colours  of  Ani- 

mals)    describes 

as  follows  one  of 

the  most  remark- 

able   cases:  —  "  I 

will  illustrate  the 

extraordinary  de- 

gree   of    resem- 

blance    attained 

in   Geometrce  by 

a   description  of 

fu        1  of  one     Fig.  482.  -Hinder  End  of  Caterpillar  of 

ttl(       laFVa    C  Brimstone  Moth  (magmfied) 

of  our  most  abun- 

dant species,  the  Brimstone  Moth  (Rumia  crat&gata).  The  appear- 
ance of  the  larva  when  seated  among  the  twigs  of  its  commonest 
food-plant  —  hawthorn  —  is  shown  in  fig.  481.  It  will  be  observed 
that  some  of  the  twigs  are  slightly  bent  in  the  middle,  and  that 


Fig.  48i.-Caterpillars  of  Brimstone  Moth 
(Lmia  crataiata],  in  protective  attitudes 


298 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


a  projection  is  placed  on  the  angle;  these  appearances  are 
exactly  reproduced  in  the  larva.  The  hind  part  of  the  larva 
is  represented  in  fig.  482  (magnified  4*5  diameters),  showing 
the  claspers  and  the  fleshy  projections  which  occupy  the  furrow 
between  the  larva  and  the  stem.  The  harmony  of  colour  is 
quite  as  perfect  as  the  resemblance  of  shape.  The  smaller 
branches  of  the  hawthorn  are  partially  covered  by  a  thin  super- 
ficial layer  of  a  bluish-grey  colour  (the  cuticle),  while  the  deeper 
layers  beneath  are  brown  or  green,  or  mixed  brown  and  green; 
these  tints  become  visible  over  a  large  part  of  the  surface,  owing 
to  the  breaking  away  of  the  thin  layer.  Hence  the  colour  of 
the  branches  is  brown  or  green,  mottled  with  grey,  and  not  only 
are  these  the  exact  tints  of  the  larva,  but  the  way  in  which  the 
colours  are  blended  is  precisely  similar  in  the  animal  and  the 
plant.  The  marvellous  fidelity  with  which  the  details  are  thus 
reproduced  probably  implies  that  the  relation  between  the  larva 
and  this  species  of  food-plant  is  extremely  ancient.  .  .  .  This 
caterpillar  can  also  adjust  its  colour  to  that  of  its  individual 
surroundings,  so  that  it  would  become  greenish  if  it  passed  its 
life  among  young  green  shoots,  and  brown  if  it  lived  upon  the 
older  twigs.  It  is  altogether  one  of  the  most  perfectly-concealed 
forms  in  existence." 

No  less  remarkable  cases  of  protective  resemblance  are  found 
among  adult  insects,  one  of  the  most  perfect  (fig.  483)  being  that 


Fig.  483. — Indian  Leaf  Butterfly  (Kallima  inachis]  with  wings  extended,  and  on  twig  in  protective  attitude 

presented  by  certain  Oriental  and  African  Leaf- Butterflies  (species 
of  Kallima)  described  by  Wallace.  When  on  the  wing  these 
insects  are  conspicuous  objects,  owing  to  the  bright  orange  and 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— INCONSPICUOUSNESS  299 

purple  tints  which  adorn  the  upper  sides  of  their  wings.  Ob- 
servers who  have  watched  them  in  the  dry  forests  which  they 
haunt,  call  attention  to  their  rapid  flight,  and  the  sudden  way 
in  which  they  settle  on  twigs  and  in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye 
transform  themselves  into  the  semblance  of  withered  leaves.  In 
this  resting  attitude  the  wings  are  folded  together  so  as  to  con- 
ceal the  bright  colours  and  expose  their  under  sides,  which  in 
both  colour  and  markings  harmonize  in  the  minutest  details  with 
the  objects  they  resemble,  even  to  the  presence  of  spots  com- 
parable to  diseased  patches.  On  each  fore-wing  two  small  round 
areas  are  devoid  of  scales,  leaving  the  transparent  membrane 
quite  bare,  and  when  these  two  spots  are  applied  to  their  fellows 
an  appearance  is  brought  about  comparable  to  a  hole,  such  as 
might  be  produced  in  a  leaf  by  the  attack  of  an  insect  larva. 
Antennae,  head,  and  body  are  hidden  between  the  folded  wings, 
which  offer  a  continuous  outline  just  like  that  of  one  of  the  neigh- 
bouring dead  leaves,  the  fore- wings  being  pointed  in  front,  and 
the  hind-wings  backwardly  produced  into  narrow  tails  which  pass 
muster  as  a  leaf-stalk.  The  legs  of  the  Butterfly  are  so  slender  as 
not  to  destroy  the  illusion. 

Many  of  our  native  moths  are  so  coloured  and  marked  as  to 
be  readily  mistaken  for  dead  leaves,  and  one  kind,  the  Buff- tip 
Moth  (Pygara  bucephala),  is,  when  at  rest,  a  very  perfect  counter- 
part of  a  bit  of  rotten  stick  which  has  snapped  across  so  as  to  give 
a  flattish  yellowish-brown  surface  at  the  end. 

The  Stick-  and  Leaf- Insects  of  the  Locust  and  Grasshopper 
order  (Orthoptera)  closely  resemble  the  objects  after  which  they 
are  named.  Sharp  (in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History)  remarks 
of  the  latter: — "  The  resemblance  presented  by  different  kinds 
of  Orthoptera  to  leaves  is  so  remarkable  that  it  has  attracted 
attention  even  in  countries  where  Natural  History  is  almost  totally 
neglected;  in  many  such  places  the  inhabitants  are  firmly  con- 
vinced that  the  Insects  are  truly  transformed  leaves,  by  which 
they  understand  a  bud  developing  into  a  leaf  and  subsequently 
becoming  a  walking-leaf  or  Insect.  To  them  the  change  is  a 
kind  of  metamorphosis  of  habit ;  it  grewr  as  a  leaf  and  then  took 
to  walking." 

Spiders  also,  in  a  number  of  cases,  closely  resemble  special 
objects,  the  end  being  in  this  case  aggression  as  well  as  pro- 
tection. There  is,  for  instance,  a  Mascarene  species  (Carosfais 


3oo  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

mitralis)  which  when  at  rest  might  readily  be  mistaken  for  a 
projecting  knot,  while  other  sorts  have  been  described  in  which 
splashes  of  birds'  excrement  are  faithfully  copied. 

The  foregoing  examples  will  perhaps  suffice  to  illustrate  pro- 
tective resemblance  more  or  less  constant  in  kind  to  special 
objects,  and  a  few  instances  will  now  be  given  of  the  somewhat 
rarer  phenomenon  of  variable  resemblance  of  the  same  kind. 

VARIABLE  SPECIAL  PROTECTIVE  RESEMBLANCE. — So  far  as  the 
species  is  concerned,  the  Leaf- Butterflies  (Kallima)  already 
described  might  very  well  be  placed  here,  for  there  is  great 
variability  in  the  colouring  of  individuals,  just  as  there  is  among 
the  dead  leaves  to  which  the  colours  give  resemblance.  But  cases 
are  also  known  where  the  same  individual  is  capable  of  altering  its 
appearance  so  as  to  copy,  as  it  were,  more  than  one  sort  of  ex- 
ternal object.  The  power  of  doing  this  is  suspected  in  far  more 
numerous  instances  than  those  for  which  it  has  actually  been 
proved,  but  Poulton  (in  The  Colours  of  Animals]  gives  a  strik- 
ing and  unequivocal  example  in  the  stick -caterpillar,  which  is 
the  larval  stage  of  the  Early  Thorn  Moth  (Selenia  illunaria), 
a  native  species.  When  resting  on  a  brown  twig  this  cater- 
pillar conceals  itself  in  the  way  already  described  for  a  similar 
form,  but  when  feeding  upon  a  green  leaf  that  method  would 
be  impossible.  Yet  by  throwing  its  body  into  several  sharp 
kinks,  and  remaining  motionless,  it  assumes  a  resemblance  to  a 
shrivelled  bit  of  dead  leaf  or  some  other  object  such  as  might  be 
expected  to  occur  on  the  foliage. 

We  have  now  discussed  at  some  length  cases  of  precautionary 
measures  (see  p.  276)  depending  upon  bodily  characteristics  which 
make  for  inconspicuousness,  and  we  must  now  turn  to  instances  of 
precisely  opposite  kind,  where  bodily  characteristics  make  their 
possessor  very  conspicuous. 


CHAPTER  XXVI 

ANIMAL   DEFENCES— BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS 
PRODUCING   CONSPICUOUSNESS 


CONSPICUOUSNESS    AS    A    MEANS    OF   WARDING   OFF    ATTACKS. 

Numerous  animals  are  possessed  of  stings,  poison-glands,  stink- 
glands,  and  the  like,  which  are  capable  of  making  them  disagree- 
able or  dangerous  to  their  enemies,  and  many  such  creatures  are 
practically  inedible.  But  as  at  close  quarters  they  might  be  killed, 
even  if  not  eaten,  a  device  for  advertising  noxious  qualities  has 
been  evolved  in  the  form  of  what  is  known  as  WARNING  COLORA- 
TION, to  which  are  closely  allied  certain  other  warning  methods 
independent  of  colour-effects.  No  doubt  a  considerable  number  of 
these  conspicuous  forms  must  fall  victims  to  the  attacks  of  inex- 
perienced aggressors,  who,  however,  taught  by  experience,  are  not 
likely  to  continue  their  investigations,  so  that  the  warning  species 
is  on  the  whole  benefited.  And  the  welfare  of  the  individual  is 
always  subordinate  to  that  of  the  species. 

t  Warning  devices  carry  in  their  train  a  very  extraordinary 
phenomenon,  for  many  perfectly  harmless  and  edible  kinds  of 
animal  trade  upon  the  evil  reputation,  so  to  speak,  of  warning 
noxious  forms,  by  coming  to  resemble  these  in  a  very  detailed 
manner.  This  is  technically  known  as  PROTECTIVE  MIMICRY, 
though  of  course  the  imitation  is  a  purely  unconscious  one. 
Mimicking  forms  enjoy  considerable  immunity  from  attack,  by 
means  of  sailing  under  false  colours.  It  will  be  most  convenient 
to  consider  the  phenomena  involved  by  warning  under  two 
separate  headings:  GENUINE  WARNING  and  SPURIOUS  WARNING 
(Mimicry). 

GENUINE   WARNING 

The  best -known  cases  of  such  warning  are  found  among 
lower  forms,  but  one  typical  case  within  the  class  of  Mammals  is 
known  in  the  person  of  the  American  Skunk  (Mephitis  suffocant) 
(fig.  484),  a  creature  that  possesses  glands  the  secretion  of  which 


301 


302 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


exhales  a  most  disgusting  and  penetrating  odour.  In  colour  it 
is  black  and  white,  so  distributed  as  to  make  it  extremely  con- 
spicuous, for  the  ^lpper  side  is  white  instead  of  the  lower,  as  in 


Fig.  484.— American  Skunk  (Mephitis  suffocans] 

cases  where  inconspicuousness  is  the  end  to  be  attained  (see  p. 
282).  The  possession  of  a  large  bushy  white  tail,  which  is 
carried  erect,  makes  the  animal  still  more  easy  to  see,  and  it  is 
in  ^the  habit  of  progressing  at  an  easy  pace,  which  it  does  not 
quicken  even  when  attack  is  threatened.  Should  these  danger- 
signals  be  ignored  by  an  inexperienced  enemy,  the  Skunk  defends 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  303 

itself  very  effectively  by  ejection  of  the  noxious  fluid  already 
mentioned,  and  of  which  Hudson  says  (in  The  Naturalist  in  La 
Plata)'. — "  Men  have  been  blinded  for  ever  by  a  discharge  of  the 
fiery  liquid  full  in  their  faces.  On  a  mucous  membrane  it  burns 
like  sulphuric  acid,  say  the  unfortunates  who  have  had  the  ex- 
perience." The  same  author  quotes  from  the  Ibis  a  description 
given  by  Mr.  Ernest  Gibson  of  an  encounter  between  an  eagle- 
vulture  (Polyborus  tharus]  and  a  skunk.  "  Riding  home  one  after- 
noon he  spied  a  skunk  '  shuffling  along  in  the  erratic  manner  usual 
to  that  odoriferous  quadruped ' ;  following  it  at  a  very  short  dis- 
tance was  an  eagle-vulture,  evidently  bent  on  mischief.  Every 
time  the  bird  came  near,  the  bushy  tail  rose  menacingly;  then  the 
caranco  would  fall  behind,  and,  after  a  few  moments'  hesitation, 
follow  on  again.  At  length,  growing  bolder,  it  sprung  forward, 
seizing  the  threatening  tail  with  its  claw,  but  immediately  after 
'  began  staggering  about  with  dishevelled  plumage,  tearful  eyes, 
and  a  profoundly  woebegone  expression  on  its  vulture  face.'  The 
skunk,  after  turning  and  regarding  its  victim  with  an  I-told-you-so 
look  for  a  few  moments,  trotted  unconcernedly  off." 

A  number  of  Poisonous  Snakes  exemplify  warning  by  colour 
or  other  means,  and  the  reason  for  this  is  not  immediately  ob- 
vious, for  these  creatures  possess  very  efficient  defensive  weapons 
in  their  fangs.  But,  as  Poulton  points  out  (in  The  Colours  of 
Animals],  snake -poison  does  not  kill  immediately,  and  the 
aggressor  would  have  time  to  despatch  his  quarry  before  suc- 
cumbing to  it.  Besides  which,  the  amount  of  this  poison  available 
for  the  time  being  is  but  small,  and  a  snake  which  has  used  its 
fangs  is  thereby  left  for  some  time  in  a  comparatively  helpless 
condition. 

The  Coral-Snakes  of  Asia,  Africa,  America,  and  Australia  are 
among  the  best  examples  of  Reptiles  exhibiting  warning  colora- 
tion. One  of  the  most  striking  species  (Elaps  corallinus),  native 
to  South  America  and  the  West  Indies,  is  of  a  bright-red  colour, 
marked  with  broad  black  rings,  the  margins  of  which  are  greenish- 
white. 

Some  snakes  employ  terrifying  or  warning  attitudes  as  a 
means  of  warding  off  attack,  notably  the  Cobras,  which,  when 
threatened,  raise  the  front  part  of  the  body  from  the  ground  and 
inflate  the  neck,  on  the  back  of  which  is  a  prominent  spectacle- 
like  marking.  The  Puff-Adders  of  Africa  swell  up  their  bodies 


3°4 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


under   similar   circumstances,    and    this    possibly    prevents    other 
animals  from  assaulting  them. 

Many  poisonous  serpents  are  accredited  with  producing  terri- 
fying or  warning  sounds,  which  may  or   may  not  be  associated 
with  the  other  warning  methods  above  described.     The  character- 
istic hissing  is   probably  a 
case  in  point,  and  very  pro- 
bably the  rattle  of  the  pro- 
tectively -  coloured    Rattle- 
snake may  answer  the  same 
purpose  (fig.  485). 

It  is  well  known  that  the 
skin  of  Amphibians  is  pro- 
vided  with  numerous  small 

Fie.  485. — Rattle  of  Rattlesnake,     a,  In  section;  b,  exterior  -  -  r         1    .    i          i 

glands  of  which  the  secre- 
tion is  more  or  less  poisonous,  and  the  common  Toad,  for  example,, 
is  on  this  account  treated  with  a  fair  amount  of  respect  by  Dogs,, 
Cats,  and  the  like. 

There  are  certain  species  of  Amphibia  where  these  poisonous, 
properties  are  advertised  by  the  presence  of  warning  colours.  The 
conspicuous  black -and -orange  hues  of  the  Spotted  Salamander 
(Salamandra  maculosa)  may  be  of  this  nature,  though  a  clearer 
case  is  afforded  by  a  small  red-and-blue  frog  described  by  Belt 
(in  A  Naturalist  in  Nicaragua).  The  observer  mentioned,  sus- 
pecting from  its  bold  demeanour  and  glaring  colours  that  this 
species  was  inedible,  found  by  experiment  that  it  was  invariably 
rejected  by  fowls  and  ducks.  A  still  more  interesting  case  has 
recently  been  described  by  Annandale  (in  The  Proceedings  of  the 
Zoological  Society  of  London,  1900)  of  an  Amphibian  which  only 
shows  bright  colours  when  alarmed.  This  is  a  species  of  Toad 
(Callula pulchrd]  "which  is  found  not  uncommonly  in  the  Siamese 
States,  among  the  rubbish  which  collects  under  the  houses  and 
in  like  situations.  In  this  species,  the  upper  surface  of  which  is 
otherwise  of  a  warm  brown  colour,  a  broad  yellowish  stripe  runs 
along  either  side  of  the  back;  but  the  peculiar  looseness  of  the 
skin  and  the  folds  into  which  it  naturally  falls  prevent  this  stripe 
from  becoming  conspicuous.  When  the  animal  is  disturbed,  how- 
ever, it  draws  air  into  its  lungs  until  its  body  becomes  almost 
globular,  and  the  skin  is  stretched  in  such  a  way  that  its  con- 
trasting colours  are  displayed  to  their  best  advantage."  This  and 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  305 

the  examples  already  given  will  show  that  warning  colours  are 
of  such  a  kind  and  arranged  in  such  a  way  as  to  secure  con- 
spicuousness,  a  fact  which  will  be  exemplified  by  still  further 
instances.  The  primary  colours,  especially  red  and  yellow,  are 
the  commonest  in  this  connection,  and  the  patterns  in  which  they 
are  arranged  commonly  include  spots,  bands,  and  blotches. 

Hudson  (in  The  Naturalist  in  La  Plata)  gives  a  vivid  account 
of  the  curious  Horned  Toad  (Ceratophrys  ornata)  (fig.  486)  of 
South  America,  an  aggressive  creature  in  which  the  poisonous 


Fig.  486. — Horned  Toad  (Ceratophrys  ornata} 

secretion  is  unusually  virulent.  Bright -green  in  colour,  with 
chocolate  patches  and  yellow  lips,  this  Toad  is  unusually  for- 
bidding in  appearance,  and  very  conspicuous,  except  when,  half- 
buried  in  some  damp  spot,  it  lies  in  wait  for  the  small  vertebrates 
upon  which  it  feeds.  "  When  teased,  the  creature  swells  itself 
out  to  such  an  extent  one  almost  expects  to  see  him  burst;  he 
follows  his  tormentors  about  with  slow  awkward  leaps,  his  vast 
mouth  wide  open,  and  uttering  an  incessant  harsh,  croaking 
sound." 

It  is  probable  that  brilliant  or  striking  coloration  in  some 
Fishes  is  to  be  correlated  with  poisonous  or  other  unpleasant 
qualities,  but  the  matter  still  requires  working  out.  Garstang 
(quoted  by  Poulton  in  The  Colours  of  Animals]  thinks  that  an 
example  is  afforded  by  our  native  Weever-Fish  (Trachinus 
vipera],  which  possesses  poison-spines  on  its  gill-covers,  and  is 
distinguished  by  the  intense  black  colour  of  its  first  dorsal  fin. 
It  is  in  the  habit  of  burying  itself  in  the  sand,  this  fin  alone 

VOL.  II.  52 


306  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

projecting,  perhaps  as  a  warning  to  Gurnards  and  other  pre- 
daceous  Fishes,  which  prey  upon  the  Dragonet  (Callionymus 
fyra),  that  is  not  unlike  it  and  has  similar  habits,  though  quite 
devoid  of  poisonous  properties.  Annandale  (in  the  paper  already 
quoted)  applies  this  explanation  to  the  Globe -Fishes  (genus 
Tetrodon,  &c.),  "which  have  earned  the  name  of  Balloon- Fish 
among  Europeans,  and  .  .  .  Pillow- Fish  among  Malays,  by  the 
manner  in  which  they  gulp  down  air  into  their  stomachs,  so 
causing  the  brilliant  coloration  of  many  of  them  to  become  con- 
spicuous, and  also  the  spines  with  which  they  are  armed  to  be 
erected." 

Numerous  instances  of  warning  coloration  are  to  be  found 
among  the  Protochordates.  Some  of  the  compound  Ascidians, 
for  example,  are  very  brightly  coloured,  and  this  is  associated 
with  an  unpleasant  odour.  This  correlation  of  facts  suggested 
to  Garstang  that  they  are  probably  unpalatable  to  Fishes,  and  a 
series  of  experiments  conducted  by  him  proved  this  actually  to 
be  the  case.  A  better  example  of  the  scientific  method  could 
scarcely  be  found:  hypothesis  based  on  facts,  and  then  confirmed 
by  experiment. 

The  different  species  of  Acorn-headed  Worms  (Balanoglossus) 
are  more  or  less  brightly  coloured  and  endowed  with  an  unplea- 
sant odour,  which  makes  it  probable  that  they  too  are  possessed 
of  unpalatable  qualities. 

Warning  Colours  of  Molluscs. — The  bright  tints  of  certain 
Gastropods  undoubtedly  have  a  warning  significance,  though,  as 
in  other  cases,  it  is  necessary  to  watch  the  animals  in  their  natural 
surroundings  before  coming  to  a  definite  conclusion,  for  colours 
and  colour-schemes  which  in  themselves  are  extremely  striking 
may  notwithstanding  be  well  adapted  to  effect  concealment  when 
their  possessor  is  "at  home".  A  good  example  described  by 
Herdman  is  that  of  the  Sea-Slug  (Nudibranch)  Eolis,  the  upper 
surface  of  which,  as  in  so  many  of  its  kind,  is  beset  with  tentacle- 
like  projections  (cerata)  of  brilliant  colour,  which  in  this  particular 
case  do  not  harmonize  with  the  natural  surroundings.  When  it 
is  added  that  the  tips  of  the  cerata  are  provided  with  stinging  cells 
much  like  those  of  Jelly- Fishes  and  Sea- Anemones,  it  is  not 
surprising  to  learn  that  actual  experiment  proved  Eolis  to  be 
unpalatable  to  fishes. 

Striking  colours  were  proved  by  Garstang  to   be   associated 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  307 

with  inedibility  in  another  Sea- Slug  (Pleurobranchus  membrana- 
ceus),  which  is  distinguished  by  its  conspicuous  yellow  and  reddish 
markings,  while  its  skin  secretes  an  acid.  The  two  examples 
given  will  suffice  for  purposes  of  illustration,  but  the  bright  colours 
of  many  other  Gastropods,  and  perhaps  also  of  some  bivalve 
molluscs,  may  very  likely  be  explained  on  the  same  lines. 

Warning  Colours  of  Insects. — So  many  cases  have  been  de- 
scribed of  genuine  warnings  among  Insects  of  various  kind,  that 
the  difficulty  here  lies  in  the  selection  of  material.  Good  examples 
are  to  be  found  among  those  members  of  the  Hymenoptera  which 
possess  a  sting,  as,  e.g.,  Wasps  and  Hornets,  which  are  rendered 
very  conspicuous  by  alternating  rings  of  black  and  yellow.  Similar 
markings  and  colours  are  exhibited  by  many  Bees,  though  in  their 
case  red  is  often  substituted  for  yellow. 

The  largest  Butterfly  to  be  found  in  Britain  is  the  Black-veined 
Brown  (Anosia  erippus\  an  American  form  which  appears  to  be 
doing  well  in  the  struggle  for  existence,  for  its  area  of  distribution 
is  steadily  getting  wider.  The  wings  are  of  an  orange-brown 
colour,  marked  with  conspicuous  black  veins,  and  edged  with 
black  upon  which  white  spots  are  displayed.  The  under  side 
is  as  conspicuous  as  the  upper,  contrary  to  the  rule  for  most 
Butterflies.  This  form  is  known  to  be  distasteful  to  insectivorous 
animals,  and  what  is  even  more  interesting,  Scudder  has  shown 
that  its  eggs  and  caterpillars  are  not  attacked  by  certain  parasitic 
insects  that  play  an  important  part  in  keeping  down  the  numbers 
of  many  other  Butterflies  and  Moths. 

The  Magpie  Moth  (Abraxas  grossulariata]  is  a  good  example 
of  a  British  species  possessed  of  distasteful  qualities,  and  warn- 
ingly  coloured  in  all  three  stages  of  its  existence.  The  caterpillar 
presents  black -and -orange  markings  on  a  cream  ground,  the 
chrysalis  is  black  with  yellow  bands,  and  the  wings  of  the  perfect 
insect  are  yellowish-white  with  conspicuous  black  spots. 

Numerous  experiments  have  been  conducted  by  several  natural- 
ists regarding  the  edibility  or  otherwise  of  a  large  number  of 
caterpillars,  and  as  the  result  of  these  it  may  be  stated  as  a  general 
rule  that  insectivorous  animals  such  as  Lizards,  Birds,  &c.,  reject 
conspicuously-coloured  forms,  but  eagerly  devour  those  which  are 
more  or  less  inconspicuous  in  their  natural  surroundings.  It  may 
therefore  fairly  be  concluded  that  the  colours  and  markings  which 
make  certain  caterpillars  easy  to  see  are  of  a  warning  nature.  As 


3o8  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

regards  adult  Butterflies  and  Moths,  colours  and  markings  of  the 
kind  may  either  be  genuine  warnings  or  belong  to  the  category 
of  spurious  warnings,  which  will  be  described  in  the  sequel. 

Certain  unpalatable  Beetles  exhibit  warning  colours,  and  of 
these  good  examples  are  afforded  by  the  various  species  of  Lady- 
bird (Coccinella),  which  exhibit  red  spots  on  a  dark  ground. 

Warning  Coloitrs  of  Arachnida. — The  colours  of  this  group 
have  not  been  studied  in  the  same  detail  as  those  of  Insects,  and 
perhaps  the  best-known  case  of  warning  is  that  afforded  by  a 
black-and-red  Australian  Spider  (Latrodectus  scelid),  which  has 
already  been  described  (p.  127). 

Warning  Colours  of  Lower  Invertebrates.— There  can  be  no 
doubt  that  the  bright  hues  of  many  marine  Bristle-Worms  have 
a  wrarning  significance,  though  we  have,  at  present,  but  little 
evidence  on  the  subject.  There  is,  however,  at  least  one  clear 
case,  i.e.  Poly  cirrus  aurantiacus,  a  bright-red  worm  with  very 
numerous  long  tentacles  of  an  orange  colour,  which  has  been 
the  subject  of  investigation  by  Garstang.  This  animal  belongs 
to  a  family  (Terebellidte)  of  tube-inhabiting  worms,  but  has  given 
up  this  mode  of  life,  and  is  found  crawling  on  stones  and  sea-weed 
in  pursuit  of  food.  When  alarmed  it  coils  itself  up  so  as  to  be 
surrounded  by  its  tentacles,  and  it  was  shown  that  these  are  very 
distasteful  even  to  voracious  sorts  of  fish.  It  is  an  interesting  fact 
that  when  irritated  these  tentacles  gleam  with  a  phosphorescent 
light,  and  this  no  doubt  serves  as  a  warning  to  the  numerous  fishes 
which  are  in  the  habit  of  feeding  by  night.  It  would  be  unsafe, 
however,  to  conclude  from  this  and  similar  cases  that  the  wide- 
spread phenomenon  of  phosphorescence  always  has  a  warning 
significance.  It  no  doubt,  just  like  colour,  serves  various  ends 
(see  p.  86),  though  it  cannot  be  said  that  its  function  is  well 
understood  in  a  large  number  of  cases. 

Among  unsegmented  worms  it  is  probable  that  some  of  the 
brightly- coloured  conspicuous  Planarians,  which  do  not  attempt 
to  conceal  themselves,  possess  noxious  properties,  and  Gamble 
(in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History]  suggests  that  this  may  be 
the  case  with  two  large  Mediterranean  forms,  of  which  one 
(Pseudoceros  velutinus)  is  jet-black,  and  the  other  (Yungia 
aurantiaca)  bright-orange  in  hue. 

Sea -Anemones  and  Coral -Animals  are  often  of  the  most 
brilliant  colours,  and  these  may  well  be  of  warning  nature,  for 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSN ESS  309 

the  stinging-cells  with  which  these  creatures  are  richly  endowed 
make  them  very  undesirable  morsels.  The  bright  hues  of  many 
Jelly-Fishes  are  similarly  associated  with  cells  of  the  sort,  and 
these  creatures  have  been  aptly  styled  "sea-nettles".  Although 
Sponges  are  not  provided  with  stinging  -  cells  they  are  often 
extremely  malodorous,  and  the  sharp  limy  or  flinty  spicules  which 
abound  in  their  tissues  cannot  add  to  their  acceptability  as  an 
article  of  diet.  Their  unpleasant  properties  are  commonly  asso- 
ciated with  bright  colours,  orange  being  a  favourite  tint. 

SPURIOUS  WARNING   OR   MIMICRY 

Genuine  Warning  having  now  been  briefly  considered,  we  may 
turn  to  a  class  of  facts  coming  under  the  head  of  Spurious  Warning 
or  Mimicryo  This  embraces  cases  where  an  animal  devoid  of  any 
noxious  qualities  resembles  in  form  or  colour,  or  both,  some  other 
creature  which  is  notoriously  unpalatable  and  advertises  this  fact 
by  means  of  warning  coloration.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  recall 
a  statement  made  elsewhere  to  the  effect  that  the  so-called  mimicry 
is  a  purely  unconscious  process.  We  are  here  only  concerned 
with  the  fact  that  such  mimicking  forms  would  appear  to  benefit 
more  or  less  by  their  resemblance  to  such  well-defended  species, 
being  probably  treated  with  respect  by  natural  enemies  which  would 
otherwise  be  pressing  in  their  attentions.  It  may,  however,  be  as 
well  to  state  here  that  there  has  been  too  great  a  tendency  to 
assume  offhand  that  given  animals  are  illustrations  of  mimicry, 
warning  coloration,  or  what  not,  without  making  them  the  objects 
of  careful  experiment.  As  a  matter  of  fact  the  meaning  of  colours 
or  markings  in  particular  cases  is  often  obscure,  and  it  is  better 
to  suspend  one's  judgment  than  to  come  to  a  hasty  conclusion. 

MIMICRY  AMONG  VERTEBRATES.  —  Wallace  (in  Darwinism) 
cites  the  resemblance  between  Cuckoos  and  certain  other  Birds  as 
an  instance  of  imperfect  mimicry,  and  that  between  East  Indian 
Orioles  and  Friar  Birds  as  a  more  perfect  example  of  the  same 
phenomenon.  Cuckoos  are  not  well  provided  with  the  means  of 
defence,  and  it  is  remarkable  that  the  Common  Cuckoo  is  not 
unlike  a  Sparrow-hawk  in  appearance  and  mode  of  flight,  while 
other  species  are  known  which  are  liable  to  be  mistaken  for 
Drongo-shrikes,  Starlings,  and  Pheasants  respectively.  All  the 
forms  supposed  to  be  mimicked  are  more  powerful  and  less  liable 
to  be  attacked  than  the  Cuckoos  which  resemble  them. 


3IO  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

The  other  case  is  much  more  remarkable.  Among  the  Birds 
inhabiting  the  Austro-Malay  islands  (i.e.  the  eastern  half  of  the 
East  Indies)  are  weak  Orioles  and  comparatively  powerful  Friar- 
Birds  or  Honey-eaters,  which  are  provided  with  strong  beaks 
and  claws.  Each  of  the  large  islands  possesses  its  own  peculiar 


Fig.  487. — A  Friar-Bird  (Philemon  Timor laoensis],  right,  mimicked  by  an  Oriole  (Oriolus  decipiens},  left 

species  of  Friar- Bird,  and  also  a  species  of  Oriole  corresponding  to 
it  in  appearance  and  thereby  enjoying,  it  is  believed,  a  less  worried 
existence  than  would  otherwise  be  the  case.  Forbes  discovered 
such  a  pair  in  Timor-laut  (Oriolus  decipiens  and  Philemon  Timor- 
laoensis)  (fig.  487),  and  (in  A  Naturalist's  Wanderings  in  the 
Eastern  Archipelago]  speaks  of  them  as  follows: — "  For  some 
time  I  was  quite  puzzled  by  the  difference  of  behaviour  of  certain 
individuals  in  flocks  of  these  Birds  [i.e.  Honey-eaters]  on  the 
trees.  Only  after  the  closest  comparison  of  the  dead  Birds  in 
my  hand  was  the  enigma  solved  by  my  perceiving  that  the  Birds 
were  distinct  species  of  widely -removed  families,  and  I  learned 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  311 

later  that  I  had  obtained  new  examples  of  that  most  curious  case 
of  mimicry  first  detected  (among  Birds)  by  Mr.  Wallace,  where 
an  Oriole  constantly  derives  protection  from  its  foes  by  acquiring 
the  dress  of  a  Bird  always  of  the  same  powerful  and  gregarious 
Honey -eaters.  .  .  .  When  my  collection  was  laid  out  for  de- 
scription by  Dr.  Sclater,  the  Oriole's  and  the  Honey- eater's 
dress  were  so  strikingly  similar  that  the  sharp  eye  of  that  dis- 
tinguished ornithologist  was  deceived,  and  the  two  birds  were 
described  by  him  as  the  same  species." 

Among  Reptiles,  Poisonous  Snakes  are  so  universally  feared 
by  other  animals  that  we  should  naturally  expect  them  to  be 
mimicked  by  harmless  forms.  As  in  the  case  of  Birds,  the 
imitation  may  be  either  of  a  general  kind  or  carried  out  into 
detail.  The  former  is  exemplified  by  a  number  of  non-poisonous 
Snakes  which,  when  threatened  or  attacked,  behave  as  if  they 
were  venomous.  The  same  thing  is  true  for  the  harmless  Blind- 
worm,  which  is  not  a  snake  at  all,  but  a  snake-like  Lizard. 

Probably  the  best  example  of  Poisonous  Serpents  exhibiting 
warning  colours  copied  by  innocuous  species  is  afforded  by  the 
Coral  Snakes  of  South  America  and  the  West  Indies  (see  p.  303). 
Different  species  of  these  are  copied  with  extreme  accuracy 
by  harmless  Snakes  belonging  to  several  genera,  and  a  par- 
ticular poisonous  species  may  have  more  than  one  kind  of 
imitator. 

MIMICRY  AMONG  INSECTS. — The  phenomena  of  mimicry  are 
better  illustrated  by  Insects  than  any  other  animals,  and  indeed 
the  matter  was  first  placed  on  a  scientific  basis  by  the  researches 
of  Bates  upon  the  Butterflies  of  the  Amazon  valley.  It  will  there- 
fore be  convenient  to  make  Butterflies  and  Moths  our  point  of 
departure.  There  are  three  sub -families  of  the  former  which 
have  their  head-quarters  in  the  tropics,  and  are  possessed  of 
properties  which  cause  them  to  be  avoided  by  insectivorous 
animals.  The  technical  names  of  these  three  groups  are  Danaids, 
Acraeids,  and  Heliconids,  the  members  of  all  three  being  distin- 
guished by  colours  and  patterns  that  are  regarded  as  having  a 
warning  meaning. 

Heliconids. — This  sub-family  is  limited  to  and  very  charac- 
teristic of  tropical  America,  and  it  is  the  one  specially  studied 
by  Bates  as  mentioned  above.  He  showed  that  a  considerable 
number  of  the  included  species  are  copied  in  a  very  faithful 


3i2  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

manner  by  palatable  Butterflies  belonging  to  several  other  families, 
and  also  by  certain  Moths.  Many  of  the  mimicking  species  belong 
to  the  Pieridae,  which  includes  the  common  white  Butterflies  of 
our  fields  and  gardens,  and  these  are  naturally  so  unlike  the 
forms  they  mimic  that  Wallace  remarks  (in  Darwinism): — "  These 
differences  are  as  large  and  important  as  those  between  pigs  and 
sheep,  or  between  swallows  and  sparrows;  while  English  entomo- 
logists will  best  understand  the  case  by  supposing  that  a  species 
of  Pieris  in  this  country  was  coloured  and  shaped  like  a  small 
tortoise-shell,  while  another  species  on  the  Continent  was  equally 
like  a  Camberwell  beauty — so  like  in  both  cases  as  to  be  mistaken 
when  on  the  wing,  and  the  difference  only  to  be  detected  by  close 
examination  ". 

The  Danaids  are  found  in  the  warmer  parts  both  of  the  Old 
and  New  Worlds,  though  they  are  most  abundant  in  the  tropical 
parts  of  Asia.  Their  various  species  are  mimicked  to  a  very 
large  extent,  and  one  of  these,  the  Black  -  veined  Brown  or 
Monarch  (Anosia  erippus),  is  interesting  as  an  American  form 
which  has  extended  its  range  to  this  country.  In  its  original 
home  it  is  imitated  by  a  harmless  Butterfly  (Limenitis  misippus) 
belonging  to  another  family  and  closely  allied  to  one  of  our 
native  forms,  the  White  Admiral  (Limenitis  sibylla). 

It  is  evidently  more  important  for  the  well-being  of  the  race 
that  the  female  should  be  protected  than  the  male,  and  it  is  a 
fact  that  only  the  female  Butterfly  in  some  mimicking  species 
assumes  the  garb  of  an  unpalatable  species  living  in  the  same 
area.  The  difference  between  the  two  sexes  in  such  cases  is  so 
great  that  they  are  liable  to  be  mistaken  for  distinct  species. 
But  this  is  quite  a  simple  matter  by  comparison  with  a  case 
described  in  detail  by  Trimen,  in  which  the  females  of  a  South 
African  Swallow  -  tail  Butterfly  (Papilio  merope]  are  of  three 
different  sorts,  unlike  the  male  and  unlike  one  another.  The 
reason  for  this  is,  that  each  of  the  three  kinds  mimics  a  distinct 
species  of  Danais  (D.  echeria,  D.  niavius,  and  D.  chrysippus). 
Comparison  with  a  closely-allied  Swallow-tail  (Papilio  meriones) 
from  Madagascar  gives  us  an  idea  of  what  the  female  of  P.  merope 
was  originally  like.  In  this  case  there  is  no  question  of  mimicry, 
and  the  two  sexes  are  very  similar. 

Acr&ids. — The  members  of  the  third  Butterfly  group  notorious 
for  inedibility,  i.e.  the  Acraeids,  is  found  chiefly  in  tropical  Africa, 


ANIMAL   COLORATION 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  313 

where  the  various  species  are  mimicked  by  a  number  of  edible 
Butterflies  belonging  to  other  families. 

Mimicking  Moths. — The  three  groups  of  Lepidoptera  so  far 
mentioned  are  by  no  means  the  only  ones  which  are  more  or 
less  endowed  with  noxious  properties,  as  a  result  of  which  they 
have  been  the  subject  of  imitation  by  their  cousins.  Cases  among 
Moths  are  known  even  among  British  forms,  the  most  familiar 
example  being  that  of  the  White  Ermine  Moth  (Spilosoma 
menthastri),  which  is  copied  by  the  female  of  the  Muslin  Moth 
(Diaphora  mendica).  The  colour  is  white,  spotted  with  black, 
and  the  species  imitated  is  known  to  be  unpopular  among  insect- 
eating  animals. 

Clear-wing  Moths. — Some  of  the  adult  Lepidoptera  imitate 
members  of  other  orders  better  endowed  than  they  are  with 
means  of  defence.  A  very  good  instance  of  this  is  afforded  by 
the  " clear- wing"  Moths,  so-called  because  the  wing-membranes 
have  to  a  large  extent  lost  the  covering  of  scales  which  is  so 
characteristic  of  the  lepidopterous  order.  Our  two  native  species 
of  Hornet  Clear- wing  (Trochilium  apiformis  and  T.  crabroni- 
formis),  for  example,  look  very  like  Hornets  as  a  result  of  this 
special  character,  with  accompanying  modifications  of  the  pro- 
portions, colours,  and  markings  of  the  body.  It  is  even  stated 
that  when  caught  they  make  a  pretence  of  stinging.  That  this 
is  really  a  case  of  mimicry  is,  however,  doubted  by  some  natural- 
ists, as,  e.g.,  by  Sharp,  who,  speaking  of  the  Clear- wing  family  (in 
The  Cambridge  Natural  History),  says: — "Some  of  the  species 
have  a  certain  resemblance  to  Hymenoptera,  which  is  probably  in 
most,  if  not  in  all,  cases  merely  incidental ". 

Mimicking  Caterpillars. — The  larvae  or  caterpillars  of  a  num- 
ber of  Butterflies  and  Moths  would  appear  also  to  be  protected 
by  mimetic  devices,  including  more  particularly  the  assumption, 
when  frightened,  of  alarming  or  warning  attitudes  of  deceptive 
nature.  A  remarkable  case  is  that  of  the  caterpillar  of  the 
Lobster  Moth  (Stauropus  fagi)  (fig.  488),  which,  under  ordinary 
circumstances,  is  more  or  less  protected  by  its  resemblance  in 
colour  and  form  to  a  distorted  and  withered  leaf.  When  alarmed, 
however,  it  rears  up  the  ends  of  its  body  and  vibrates,  presenting 
a  sort  of  bogey-like  aspect,  which  may  be  described  as  half  spider- 
like  with  the  other  half  bug-like.  Another  remarkable  caterpillar 
is  that  of  the  Puss- Moth  (Cerura  vinula),  which,  when  frightened, 


3I4  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

assumes  a  comic  appearance  which  has  been  compared  to  that 
of  a  small  reptile,  the  front  end  being  broadened  out  into  a  surface 
looking  like  the  caricature  of  a  face  with  red  margin  and  dark 
eyes,  while  from  the  hinder  end  two  pink  whips  are  shot  out, 
these  being  specializations  of  the  last  pair  of  larval  legs  (pro- 
legs).  A  gland  from  which  an  irritant  acid  fluid  can  be  squirted 
out  opens  on  the  lower  part  of  the  apparent  "  face  ".  Some  large 


Fig.  488.— Caterpillars  of  the  Lobster  Moth  (Stauropusfagi) 

caterpillars  possess  eye-like  markings  which  give  them  a  remote 
resemblance  to  snakes,  as,  for  example,  in  the  case  of  those  belong- 
ing to  the  Large  and  Small  Elephant  Hawk-Moths  (Charocampctr 
elpenor  and  C.  porcellus). 

Mimicking  Flies. — A  good  example  of  mimicry  among  two- 
winged  flies  (Diptera)  is  that  of  the  Drone- Fly  (Eristalis  tenax) 
(see  fig.  390),  which  closely  resembles  a  bee  in  appearance  and 
movements,  besides  which  its  loud  buzz  is  suggestive  of  the  more 
powerful  insect  it  is  generally  supposed  to  imitate. 

Mimicking  Beetles.  —  Beetles  (Coleoptera)  present  a  variety 
of  cases  usually  believed  to  illustrate  mimicry.  As  in  the  case 
of  insects  belonging  to  other  orders,  a  number  of  beetles  would 
appear  to  ward  off  attack  by  taking  on  the  appearance  of  wasps 
or  bees.  Poulton  instances  a  British  form  (Clytus  arietis]  which 
looks  and  moves  very  like  a  wasp,  although  the  wings  of  the 
latter  are  not  imitated.  This,  however,  is  not  so  remarkable  as 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  315 

a  Bornean  beetle  (Coloborkombus  fasciatipennis],  which  is  ex- 
tremely like  a  large  black  wasp  (Mygnimia  aviculus]  from  the 
same  region.  Beetles  usually  keep  their  transparent  hind-wings 
folded  up  except  during  flight,  and  covered  over  by  the  hard 
fore-wings,  which  constitute  wing-cases  (elytra).  But  here  the 
latter  are  reduced  to  inconspicuous  scales,  while  the  former  are 
kept  expanded,  in  which  condition  they  closely  resemble  in  form 
and  colouring  the  wings  of  the  wasp. 

Tiger- Beetles  are  avoided  on  account  of  their  ferocity,  many 
Weevils  because  they  are  hard  and  indigestible,  while  other  species 
of  Coleoptera  are  protected  by  stink-glands.  All  these  protected 
groups  are  mimicked  by  their  weaker  brethren. 

Mimicking  Grasshoppers  and  Crickets. — The  cockroach  and 
grasshopper  order  (Orthoptera)  is  rich  in  illustrations  of  mimicry. 
Semper  (in  Animal  Life),  for  example,  cites  two  Philippine 
Grasshoppers,  one  of  which  (Scepastus  pachyrhyncoides)  pre- 
sents a  deceptive  resemblance  to  a  hard  weevil  (Apocyrtus), 
while  the  other  is  a  respectable  imitation  (Pkoraspis)  of  an  un- 
palatable lady-bird  beetle  (Coccinella).  A  Cricket  (Condylodeira 
tricondyloides]  from  the  same  islands  is  wonderfully  like  a  tiger- 
beetle  (species  of  Tricondyla)  found  in  the  same  part  of  the  world. 

Mimicking  Orthoptera.  —  Some  of  the  Orthoptera  when 
alarmed  display  eye-like  markings,  reminding  one  of  the  cater- 
pillars already  described.  In  the  Praying  Mantis  (Mantis  re- 
ligiosa)  and  other  members  of  the  same  family  such  markings 
are  found  on  the  inner  sides  of  the  thighs  (femora)  of  the 
fore-legs,  which  members  are  usually  forwardly-directed,  ready 
to  catch  insect  prey.  An  interesting  new  theory  regarding  such 
markings  is  quoted  by  Annandale  (in  the  paper  already  men- 
tioned), who  says: — "I  do  not  know  that  a  function  has  ever 
been  assigned  to  marks  situated  in  this  position  except  by  the 
Russian  naturalist  Porschinsky.  ...  [He]  has  a  theory  that  all 
eye-like  markings  on  insects  represent  glands,  which  may  be 
imagined  to  secrete  a  noxious  fluid.  He  supposes  that  such 
markings  simulate  the  liquid  which  has  issued  forth,  with  the 
blue  sky  or  some  other  object  reflected  in  it,  and  points  out 
that  the  display  of  such  spots  is  sometimes  accompanied  by  a 
sound  which  might  be  taken  to  imitate  liquid  hissing  out  of 
a  narrow  opening,  such  as  the  duct  of  a  gland.  Mantis  religiosa 
is  one  of  his  examples.  He  says  that  there  is  a  large  blue  '  eye  ', 


3i6  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

ringed  with  black,  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  femur  of  the  fore- 
limb  in  this  species;  and  that  the  eye  is  concealed  when  the 
mantis  is  at  rest,  because  the  two  limbs  are  held  folded  together 
in  front  of  the  body.  '  But  when  danger  threatens ',  to  quote  his 
own  words,  '  the  praying  mantis  assumes  a  very  peculiar  and 
interesting  attitude,  which,  so  far  as  I  know,  was  first  described 
by  Goureau.  The  long  and  narrow  pro-thorax  assumes  a  ver- 
tical position,  so  that  the  body  is  supported  only  by  its  two 
pairs  of  hind-legs.  Under  these  circumstances  the  insect  widely 
separates  the  front  pair  of  legs,  giving  to  its  long  femora  a 
horizontal  position,  so  that  the  distal  ends  of  them  are  directed 
on  opposite  sides.  In  this  way  the  eye-spots,  which  are  situated 
at  their  bases,  stand  out  conspicuously  and  are  most  obvious 
owing  to  their  colour.  The  tibiae  of  the  front  pair  of  legs  are 
directed  vertically  upwards.  At  the  same  time  the  insect  lifts 
up  its  tegmina  [i.e.  wing-covers]  and  unrolls  its  wings,  giving 
them  a  horizontal  position,  and  it  begins  quickly  to  raise  and 
lower  its  abdomen,  which,  rubbing  against  the  posterior  edge  of 
the  wings  at  the  same  time  as  these  continual  movements,  pro- 
duces a  sound.  The  mantis  can  produce  the  latter  artificially 
by  rubbing  its  wings  against  some  extraneous  object."  All 
this  is  very  speculative,  but  it  would  appear  to  be,  at  any  rate, 
an  instance  of  a  spurious  warning. 

Mimicking  Plant-Bugs. — The  last  case  of  mimicry  among 
insects  to  be  described  here  is  in  some  ways  the  most  remark- 
able of  all.  An  account  has  elsewhere  been  given  (see  p.  208) 
of  the  leaf-cutting  ants  of  South  America,  which  cut  off  and 
carry  home  pieces  of  leaf.  W.  L.  Sclater  has  pointed  out 
that,  associated  with  these  ants,  there  is  a  kind  of  plant-bug 
which,  in  colour  and  shape,  actually  resembles  such  an  ant, 
together  with  the  piece  of  leaf  it  is  carrying  (fig.  422). 

MIMICRY  AMONG  SPIDERS.  —  Spiders  often  form  a  favourite 
diet  with  insectivorous  birds,  but  it  would  appear  that  in  various 
parts  of  the  world  some  kinds  of  these  creatures  obtain  a  little 
peace  and  quietness  by  pretending  to  be  ants.  A  very  instruc- 
tive North  American  species  (Synageles  picata]  of  the  kind  is  de- 
scribed by  Peckam.  Not  only  does  this  form  resemble  an  ant 
in  general  form,  but  also  in  gait  and  general  behaviour;  while  its 
second  pair  of  legs  are  held  up  like  feelers,  the  remaining  three 
pairs  masquerading  as  the  six  legs  of  an  insect. 


BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS— CONSPICUOUSNESS  317 

A  sufficient  number  of  examples  illustrating  special  bodily 
characteristics  have  now  been  given,  though  it  must  not  be 
supposed  to  be  a  phenomenon  limited  to  the  groups  which  have 
been  drawn  upon.  We  pass  on  to  protective  measures  constituted 
by  certain  habits  not  necessarily  associated  with  peculiarities  of 
colour. 


CHAPTER   XXVII 
ANIMAL    DEFENCES— SPECIAL    PRECAUTIONARY    HABITS 


We  have  so  far  considered  PRECAUTIONARY  MEASURES  whereby 
enemies  are  warded  off,  so  far  as  they  depend  upon  bodily  charac- 
teristics producing  inconspicuousness  or  studied  conspicuousness, 
but  certain  PRECAUTIONARY  HABITS  of  quite  different  kind  are 
equally  important,  and  deserve  a  little  attention.  A  great  deal 
of  what  might  be  said  has  of  necessity  been  anticipated,  for  the 
form  and  structure  of  animals  can  only  be  properly  understood 
when  considered  along  with  habits  and  surroundings. 

It  has  already  been  pointed  out  that  animals  are  most  ex= 
posed  to  the  attacks  of  enemies  when  they  are  on  the  move. 
Excluding  forms  such  as  sponges,  corals,  sea-lilies,  &c.,  we  may 
say  that  movements  are  more  or  less  necessary  for  the  purpose 
of  obtaining  food.  The  risk  thus  incurred,  however,  may  be 
reduced  by  feeding  at  suitable  times  and  in  suitable  places,  while 
safety  between  whiles  may  be  gained  by  the  existence  of  dwellings, 
retreats,  and  temporary  resting-places. 

FEEDING   AT    FAVOURABLE    TIMES— NOCTURNAL 
ANIMALS.     (Fig.  489) 

This  subject  requires  working  out,  so  that  only  a  few  points 
can  be  here  presented  for  consideration.  A  very  large  number 
of  those  animals  most  exposed  to  attack  turn  night  into  day, 
and,  in  certain  cases  at  any  rate,  the  nocturnal  habit  may  have 
been  acquired  as  a  protective  measure.  It  is  necessary  here, 
however,  to  be  guarded  in  statement,  since  many  factors  have 
to  be  considered,  and  consequently  every  case  must  be  weighed 
carefully.  It  is  not  unlikely,  for  example,  that  the  nocturnal  habit 
may  be  a  very  ancient  one,  having  no  special  protective  signifi- 
cance, and  that  its  continuance  in  many  recent  forms  is  due  to 


318 


8 


Fig.  489. — Heads  of  Nocturnal  Animak 

i,  Hawk-Owl  (Sumia  ulula};  2,  Owl-Parrot  (Stringops  Jiabroptiius] ;  3,  Slow  Lemur  ( Nycticelus  tardigradus] • 
4,  Spectre -Tarsier  (Tarsius  spectrum};  5,  Night -Monkey  (Nyctipithecus  trivirgatus] ;  6,  Egyptian  Jerboa 
(Dipns  jaculus)  •  7,  Wall-Gecko  ( Tarentola  Mauritanica) ;  8,  Flying  Frog  (Rhacopfwrus  Reintwardti) ;  9, 
Phosphorescent  Sardine  (Scopelus  engraulis). 

319 


32o  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

the  action  of  heredity  through  a  long  series  of  ages.  In  very 
hot  climates,  too,  the  question  of  temperature  has  to  be  taken 
into  consideration.  And  even  where  we  may  suppose  the  habit 
to  be  protective  it  can  only  be  partially  effectual,  for  many 
predaceous  animals  are  notoriously  nocturnal,  and  some  of  them, 
at  any  rate,  have  become  so  because  their  prey  took  to  feeding 
at  night  as  a  protective  measure.  We  may  feel  sure  that  every 
new  life-preserving  device  that  has  been  evolved  among  animals 
which  are  preyed  upon  results  in  some  counter-move  among  the 
aggressors. 

Some  few  monkeys  are  nocturnal  in  habit,  and  among  these 
may  be  particularly  mentioned  the  Owl-faced  Night -Monkeys 
(species  of  Nyctipithecus],  widely  distributed  in  South  America. 
The  time  at  which  these  small  animals  feed  is  indicated,  as  in 
many  other  cases,  by  their  large  eyes,  around  which  the  hair 
is  arranged  in  a  radiating  manner,  the  two  features  combined 
giving  a  very  owl-like  appearance.  The  chief  enemies  of  the 
inhabitants  of  South  American  forests  are  climbing  snakes  and 
carnivores,  and  probably  the  attacks  of  these  are  to  some  ex- 
tent avoided  by  the  practice  of  feeding  at  night.  But  it  must 
be  borne  in  mind  that  these  night-monkeys  themselves  feed  upon 
insects  and  birds,  which  are  more  easy  to  surprise  in  the  dark,  so 
that  in  this  case  the  nocturnal  habit  would  appear  to  serve  a 
double  purpose. 

Primitive  groups  of  animals  often  include  a  number  of  noc- 
turnal members,  and  this  is  well  seen  in  the  order  of  Lemurs, 
many  of  the  smaller  kinds  of  which  are  endowed  with  large 
staring  eyes.  Examples  are  the  Aye-aye  (Chiromys)  of  Mada- 
gascar, and  the  Pottos  (Perodicticus  and  Arctocebus)  and  Galagos 
(Otolicnus)  of  Continental  Africa,  together  with  the  Loris  (Nyc- 
ticebus)  and  Spectre-Tarsiers  (Tarsius]  of  the  East  Indies.  As, 
however,  most  of  these  live  largely  or  mainly  upon  insects  and 
small  vertebrates,  the  night-feeding  habit  is  probably  useful  in 
two  ways,  as  in  the  case  of  the  owl-faced  night-monkeys  already 
described.  If,  as  has  been  asserted,  the  West  African  Galagos 
subsist  only  upon  fruit  and  gum,  the  nocturnal  arrangement  may 
possibly  be  purely  protective. 

Bats  are  perhaps  the  most  thorough-going  night-forms  among 
Mammals,  but  as  the  great  majority  prey  at  dusk  upon  insects 
which  fly  at  that  time,  the  habit  is  probably  in  relation  to  this. 


SPECIAL   PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS  321 

Even  the  Fruit- Bats  (Pteropus)  partly  affect  an  animal  diet, 
devouring  various  small  vertebrates,  from  fishes  to  mammals. 
The  large  majority  of  the  Insectivora  are  night-feeders,  pro- 
bably because  their  prey  is  more  easily  secured  at  that  time 
than  for  the  sake  of  protection. 

So  powerful  a  creature  as  the  Elephant  seems  at  first  sight 
to  require  no  special  means  of  protection,  and  its  nocturnal 
habits  are  no  doubt  largely  due  to  its  dislike  of  heat  and  desire 
to  avoid  the  unpleasant  attention  of  flies.  No  animal,  however, 
is  more  persecuted  by  the  arch-enemy  man,  who  is  more  par- 
ticularly given  to  hunting  during  the  day,  so  that  nocturnal  forms 
have  the  best  chance  of  avoiding  him. 

Many  of  the  Ungulates  feed  at  night,  partly,  it  would  seem, 
for  the  sake  of  thereby  lessening  the  chance  of  attack,  but  also 
in  order  to  avoid  heat  and  flies.  The  habit  is  particularly  well 
developed  in  the  case  of  certain  forms  which  affect  damp  surround- 
ings and  wooded  country,  of  which  good  examples  are  afforded 
by  Hippopotami,  Tapirs,  Swine,  some  kinds  of  Deer,  and  Cape 
Buffaloes.  Regarding  the  Hippopotamus,  Vogt  (in  The  Natural 
History  of  Animals)  says: — "The  hippopotamus  is  on  the  whole 
a  nocturnal  animal,  and  where  it  has  made  acquaintance  with 
firearms  leaves  the  water  only  by  night,  or  if  by  day,  only  to 
bask  in  the  sun  on  sand-banks  and  islands  out  of  the  range 
of  bullets ".  Regarding  the  Cape  Buffalo  the  same  writer  re- 
marks : — "  It  is  fond  of  plains  and  marshy  forests,  and  delights 
to  remain  the  whole  day  buried  in  mud  up  to  the  shoulders  in 
order  to  protect  itself  against  insects  by  which  it  is  infested,  and 
from  which  it  is  partly  delivered  by  birds  that  settle  on  its  back  ". 

The  Gnawers  or  Rodents  constitute  a  very  large  and  widely- 
distributed  order  of  Mammals,  living  mainly  on  vegetable  food, 
mostly  of  small  size  and  ill-provided  with  the  means  of  defence, 
on  which  account  they  are  particularly  liable  to  the  attacks  of 
predaceous  forms.  Taking  all  these  facts  into  consideration,  we 
shall  probably  not  be  far  wrong  in  attributing  a  protective  func- 
tion to  the  nocturnal  habits  by  which  most  of  them  are  charac- 
terized. Rats  and  Mice  may  be  regarded  as  a  case  in  point,  and 
the  ordinary  House-mouse  (Mus  musculus)  in  particular  would 
have  but  a  poor  chance  of  existence  if  all  its  depredations  were 
carried  on  during  the  day.  Another  feature  of  interest  in  this  case 
is  that  it  presents  a  pretty  clear  case  of  a  protective  habit  which 

VOL.  II.  53 


322  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

has  been  rendered  less  useful  because  it  has  also  been  adopted 
by  certain  natural  enemies,  i.e.  Owls,  which  are  among  the  most 
persistent  foes  of  small  rodents.  In  these  birds  the  nocturnal 
habit  has  almost  certainly  been  acquired  for  aggressive  pur- 
poses. It  is  interesting  to  note  that  some  members  of  the  order 
possess  the  large  eyes  characteristic  of  thorough -going  nocturnal 
species.  This  is  the  case,  e.g.,  with  the  Egyptian  Jerboa  (Dipus 
^Egyptiacus}. 

The  Edentates,  like  many  other  ancient  and  primitive  groups, 
are  markedly  nocturnal,  and  the  leaf-eating  Sloths  in  particular 
probably  derive  a  good  deal  of  protection  from  the  habit.  The 
same  remarks  apply  to  the  more  defenceless  vegetable -feeders 
among  the  Marsupials,  such  as  the  Phalangers,  Koalas,  and 
Wombats.  The  more  powerful  Kangaroos,  on  the  other  hand, 
feed  by  day,  while  the  rapacious  Dasyures  and  the  Tasmanian 
Wolf  prey  at  night  on  weaker  animals. 

The  feeble  members  of  the  lowest  group  of  Mammals,  the 
Monotremes,  are  nocturnal  in  habit,  the  Spiny  Ant-eaters  entirely, 
and  the  Duck-billed  Platypus  largely  so. 

Birds  are  essentially  a  day-loving  class,  and  when  nocturnal 
habits  have  been  acquired,  as  in  owls  and  night-jars,  they  chiefly 
have  reference  to  the  nature  of  the  prey.  In  some  few  cases, 
however,  the  night-feeding  practice  would  appear  to  have  a  pro- 
tective meaning,  as,  e.g.,  in  two  New  Zealand  birds,  the  Owl- Parrot 
or  Kakapo  (Stringops  habroptilus]  and  the  Kiwi  (Apteryx).  The 
former  feeds  chiefly  on  vegetable  matter,  and  being  practically 
devoid  of  flying  powers  is  singularly  defenceless;  its  time  of 
activity  might  be  divined  by  the  owl-like  character  of  its  head. 
The  Kiwi  is  the  smallest  and  most  defenceless  of  the  running  birds. 

Among  Reptiles, —  Crocodiles  and  large  Snakes,  such  as 
Pythons,  are  respectively  largely  and  entirely  nocturnal,  but  pro- 
tection is  not  the  end  to  be  attained.  A  case,  however,  of  which 
the  meaning  is  probably  partly  protective,  is  afforded  by  most  of 
the  species  of  the  little  climbing  lizards  known  as  Geckos,  of  which 
large  eyes  are  characteristic,  and  these  organs  exhibit  the  vertical 
pupils  often  found  among  nocturnal  forms.  The  specialization 
even  here,  however,  has  no  doubt  as  much  reference  to  the  pursuit 
of  certain  sorts  of  insects  under  favourable  conditions  as  to  protec- 
tion ;  indeed,  the  former  may  be  the  chief  object  of  the  habit. 

Although  Amphibians  constitute  a  group  which   is  predomi- 


SPECIAL   PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS  323 

natingly  nocturnal,  this  habit,  though  perhaps  partly  protective, 
is  primarily  due  to  the  fact  that  a  large  amount  of  moisture  is 
essential  to  these  creatures,  for  any  great  amount  of  evaporation 
from  their  skin  (which  helps  in  breathing)  would  be  deleterious, 
if  not  fatal.  Large  eyes  are  often  possessed  by  them,  and  the 
Flying  Frog  (species  of  Rhacophorus)  are  particularly  well  en- 
dowed in  this  respect. 

Many  Fishes  are  of  nocturnal  habit,  and  there  can  be  little 
doubt  that  in  some  cases  protection  is  one  of  the  ends  thus 
attained.  But,  precisely  as  in  land -vertebrates,  the  value  of 
this  arrangement  is  much  reduced  by  the  fact  that  predaceous 
forms  may  have  the  same  habit.  As  fishes  commonly  discover 
their  food  by  means  of  touch  and  smell,  darkness  is  not  the 
same  hindrance  to  feeding  that  might  be  anticipated. 

Many  Invertebrates  are  nocturnal,  but  our  knowledge  of  their 
habits  is  too  scanty  in  most  cases  to  permit  of  more  than  some- 
what vague  conjecture.  It  is  highly  probable,  however,  that  the 
practice  of  feeding  at  night  exemplified  by  such  insects  as  Cock- 
roaches, Crickets,  and  Moths  acts  more  or  less  as  a  protection. 
Nor  is  it  impossible  that  this  may  be  one  of  the  ends  served  by 
the  phosphorescence  of  certain  insects.  This  phenomenon  is 
perhaps  most  strikingly  seen  among  the  Fire- Flies,  which  con- 
stitute a  family  (Lampyrida)  of  tropical  beetles. 

Many  marine  invertebrates,  belonging  to  widely -differing 
groups,  are  more  active  by  night  than  day.  Hosts  of  creatures 
which  during  the  latter  are  submerged  to  some  depth  rise  to 
the  surface  when  the  sun  goes  down,  especially  when  the  weather 
is  calm.  It  is  not  known  how  far  this  habit  has  to  do  with  pro- 
tection, nor  is  the  use  of  the  phosphorescence  characteristic  of 
many  such  forms  fully  understood. 

We  have  now  seen  that  certain  animals  gain  a  measure  of 
protection  from  their  foes  by  feeding  during  the  night,  but  as  the 
same  end  is  attained  in  other  cases  by  feeding  during  the  day, 
it  may  be  in  such  a  way  as  to  court  rather  than  avoid  observa- 
tion. Space  forbids  the  mention  of  more  than  a  few  typical 
instances. 

FEEDING   AT   FAVOURABLE   TIMES— DIURNAL   ANIMALS 

Many  herbivorous  animals  possessed  of  rapid  means  of  pro- 
gression, and  endowed  with  keen  senses  by  which  the  approach 


324 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


of  enemies  may  be  perceived,  feed  boldly  during  the  day,  relying 
upon  their  powers  of  rapid  retreat  in  the  case  of  attack.  This 
is  particularly  noticeable  in  those  species  which  obtain  their  food 
in  places  where  a  wide  outlook  over  the  surrounding  country  is 
obtainable.  Wild  Horses  and  their  allies,  Giraffes,  Antelopes, 
Goats,  Sheep,  Kangaroos,  and  Ostriches,  will  serve  as  examples. 

It  is  also  obvious  that  species  exhibiting  warning  coloration, 
and  mimicking  animals,  are  specially  equipped  to  secure  their 
protection  during  the  day,  provided  that  the  current  interpretation 
of  these  phenomena  rests  on  a  firm  basis.  The  same  thing  is 
probably  very  largely  true  of  protective  resemblance,  whether  this 
is  special  or  general,  as  after  dusk  no  useful  end  can  be  served  by 
such  arrangements,  except  perhaps  on  bright  moonlight  nights. 

Having  now  discussed  in  a  tentative  fashion  cases  where  some 
amount  of  protection  is  gained  by  animals  which  are  active  at 
certain  Times,  we  come  to  instances  where  the  Place  of  feeding 
is  useful  in  this  respect. 

ANIMALS   PROTECTED    BY   FEEDING   IN    SUITABLE 

PLACES 

Under  this  heading  may  be,  in  the  first  place,  included  all 
those  forms  which  exhibit  protective  resemblance,  whether  general 
or  special.  It  is  quite  clear,  for  example,  that  a  colour-scheme 
which  harmonizes  with  certain  surroundings  so  as  to  result  in 
inconspicuousness,  may  be  very  conspicuous  if  viewed  against 
some  other  kind  of  background.  Romanes  (in  Darwin  and 
After  Darwin],  in  describing  a  particularly  good  instance  of  this, 
says: — "  .  .  .  Hares  and  rabbits  .  .  .  instinctively  crouch  upon 
those  surfaces  the  colours  of  which  they  resemble;  and  I  have 
often  remarked  that  if,  on  account  of  any  individual  peculiarity 
of  coloration,  the  animal  is  not  able  thus  to  secure  concealment, 
it  nevertheless  exhibits  the  instinct  of  crouching  which  is  of 
benefit  to  all  its  kind,  although,  from  the  accident  of  its  own 
abnormal  colouring,  this  instinct  is  then  actually  detrimental  to 
the  animal  itself.  For  example,  every  sportsman  must  have 
noticed  that  the  somewhat  rare  melanic  [i.e.  black]  variety  of 
the  common  rabbit  will  crouch  as  steadily  as  the  normal  brownish- 
grey  type,  notwithstanding  that,  owing  to  its  abnormal  colour,  a 
'  nigger-rabbit '  thus  renders  itself  the  most  conspicuous  object  in 
the  landscape." 


SPECIAL   PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS  325 

As  mentioned  in  a  preceding  paragraph,  certain  forms  endowed 
with  the  power  of  rapid  movement  are  comparatively  safe  when 
feeding  in  places  from  which  a  wide  outlook  is  obtainable,  and 
this  may  be  flat  or  undulating  country,  such  as  is  favoured  by 
giraffes,  many  antelopes,  wild  horses,  kangaroos,  and  ostriches, 
or  it  may  be  of  the  mountainous  rocky  character  affected  by  wild 
sheep  and  goats,  conies,  baboons,  and  many  other  creatures. 
Even  where  the  powers  of  locomotion  are  not  very  extraordinary, 
open  places  afford  comparatively  safe  feeding-ground  if  a  suitable 
retreat  is  close  by.  Young  Rabbits,  for  example,  commonly  feed 
quite  close  to  the  mouth  of  their  burrow,  into  which  they  imme- 
diately disappear  on  the  least  alarm.  Similarly  arboreal  forms 
which  feed  to  some  extent  on  the  ground,  as  is  the  case  with  a 
number  of  Old- World  monkeys,  are  pretty  safe  so  long  as  trees 
are  at  hand.  This  naturally  suggests  the  next  case  to  be  con- 
sidered, i.e.  the  arboreal  or  tree-inhabiting  habit  as  a  means  of 
protection. 

ARBOREAL  ANIMALS. — Several  causes  have  had  to  do  with  the 
evolution  of  climbing  animals,  and  the  remarks  already  made  in 
reference  to  the  nocturnal  habit  (see  p.  318)  are  equally  applicable 
here.  Such  an  infinite  variety  of  animals  exist,  and  they  increase 
so  rapidly,  that  the  struggle  for  existence  is  exceedingly  keen,  and 
every  possible  kind  of  food  is  liable  to  be  commandeered.  And 
since  (see  p.  164)  practically  all  animals  are  dependent  on  plants 
either  directly  or  indirectly,  it  would  be  extraordinary  if  woods 
and  forests  had  not  attracted  a  large  population,  which  has  be- 
come more  or  less  specialized  in  accordance  with  the  exigencies 
of  an  arboreal  life.  The  following  remarks  made  by  Bates  (in 
The  Naturalist  on  the  Amazons],  in  reference  to  the  animal 
population  of  the  virgin  forests  of  South  America,  forcibly  illus- 
trate this  point.  After  speaking  of  certain  climbing  plants,  he 
says: — "  The  number  and  variety  of  climbing  trees  in  the  Amazon 
forests  are  interesting,  taken  in  connection  with  the  fact  of  the 
very  general  tendency  of  the  animals  also  to  become  climbers. 
All  the  Amazonian — and  in  fact  all  South  American — monkeys 
are  climbers.  There  is  no  group  answering  to  the  baboons  of 
the  Old  World,  which  live  on  the  ground.  The  Gallinaceous 
birds  of  the  country,  the  representatives  of  the  fowls  and  pheasants 
of  Asia  and  Africa,  are  all  adapted  by  the  position  of  the  toes  to 
perch  on  trees,  and  it  is  only  on  trees,  at  a  great  height,  that  they 


326  ANIMAL    DEFENCES 

are  to  be  seen.  A  genus  of  Plantigrade  Carnivora,  allied  to  the 
bears  (Cercoleptes\  found  only  in  the  Amazonian  forests,  is  entirely 
arboreal,  and  has  a  long  flexible  tail  like  that  of  certain  monkeys. 
Many  other  similar  instances  could  be  enumerated,  but  I  will 
mention  only  the  Geodephaga,  or  carnivorous  ground  beetles,  a 
great  proportion  of  whose  genera  and  species  in  these  forest 
regions  are,  by  the  structure  of  their  feet,  fitted  to  live  exclu- 
sively on  the  branches  and  leaves  of  trees.  .  .  .  The  largest  and 
most  interesting  portion  of  the  Brazilian  mammal  fauna  is  arboreal 
in  its  habits;  this  feature  of  the  animal  denizens  of  these  forests 
I  have  already  alluded  to.  The  most  intensely  arboreal  animals 
in  the  world  are  the  South  American  monkeys  of  the  family 
Cebidse,  many  of  which  have  a  fifth  hand  for  climbing  in  their 
prehensile  tails,  adapted  for  this  function  by  their  strong  muscular 
development,  and  the  naked  palms  under  their  tips.  This  seems 
to  teach  us  that  the  South  American  fauna  has  been  slowly 
adapted  to  a  forest  life,  and  therefore  that  extensive  forests  must 
have  always  existed  since  the  region  was  first  peopled  by  mam- 
malia." Enough  has  been  said  to  show  that  food-supply  alone 
must  have  had  a  great  deal  to  do  with  the  evolution  of  arboreal 
forms,  and  it  would  be  easy  to  draw  up  a  number  of  cases  on  the 
model  of  The  Ho^lse  that  Jack  Built  to  illustrate  chains  of  causes 
and  effects  that  have  arisen  as  a  result.  Trees  have  produced 
fruits  and  seeds,  fruits  and  seeds  have  led  to  the  evolution  of 
fruit-  and  seed-eating  monkeys,  &c.,  fruit-  and  seed-eating  monkeys, 
&c.,  have  led  to  the  specialization  of  climbing  carnivores.  Simi- 
larly the  wood  and  bark  of  trees  have  afforded  nutriment  to 
various  insects,  and  this  has  resulted  in  the  evolution  of  wood- 
peckers and  other  arboreal  insectivorous  forms. 

All  this  may  be  the  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth,  but  it  is 
by  no  means  the  whole  truth.  It  is  practically  certain  that  some 
animals  have  taken  to  feed  among  trees,  not  merely  for  the  sake 
of  the  aliment  there  present,  but  also  in  order  to  avoid  enemies 
living  upon  the  ground.  In  such  cases  the  arboreal  habit  is  partly 
a  protective  measure.  Why,  for  example,  should  the  carnivorous 
ground-beetles  of  the  Amazon  forests  have  taken  to  live  among 
the  trees,  as  stated  by  Bates  in  the  extract  given  above?  A 
possible  solution  to  this  is  given  by  the  same  zoologist  elsewhere. 
"  It  is  vain  to  look  for  the  Geodephaga,  or  carnivorous  beetles, 
under  stones,  or  anywhere,  indeed,  in  open,  sunny  places.  The 


SPECIAL   PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS  327 

terrestrial  forms  of  this  interesting  family,  which  abound  in 
England  and  temperate  countries  generally,  are  scarce  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Para;  in  fact  I  only  met  with  four  or  five 
species.  On  the  other  hand,  the  purely  arboreal  kinds  were 
rather  numerous.  The  contrary  of  this  happens  in  northern 
latitudes,  where  the  great  majority  of  the  species  and  genera 
are  exclusively  terrestrial.  .  .  .  The  remarkable  scarcity  of 
ground -beetles  is  doubtless  attributable  to  the  number  of  ants 
and  termites  which  people  every  inch  of  surface  in  all  shady 
places,  and  which  would  most  likely  destroy  the  larvae  of 
Coleoptera." 

Some  of  the  members  of  certain  ancient  groups  now  on  the 
decline  have  taken  to  an  arboreal  life,  trees  affording  them  a 
refuge  which  at  the  same  time  yields  an  abundance  of  food. 
Such,  for  example,  are  the  defenceless  leaf-eating  Sloths,  crea- 
tures of  comparatively  small  size,  which  are  remarkably  special- 
ized in  structure  to  fit  them  for  their  life  among  the  trees  of  the 
South  American  forests.  The  explanation  here  suggested  is  sup- 
ported by  the  fact  that  tree -dwelling  sloths  are  a  young  group, 
geologically  speaking,  and  find  their  nearest  allies  among  extinct 
forms  in  the  Ground- Sloths,  which,  though  they  appear  to  have 
lived  on  foliage,  were  quite  unable  to  climb.  Some  of  these 
creatures  attained  a  very  large  size,  Megatherium,  for  example, 
rivalling  the  elephant  in  that  respect.  The  Neomylodon  of  Pata- 
gonia, perhaps  even  yet  living,  is,  or  was,  a  similar  kind  of 
animal. 

PARACHUTE  ANIMALS. — Certain  climbing  forms  have  developed 
folds  of  skin  converting  them  into  what  may  be  termed  "  parachute 
animals",  an  arrangement  which  facilitates  progress  from  one  tree 
to  another,  and  is  protective  in  so  far  as  it  may  be  supposed  to 
facilitate  escape  from  enemies.  Such  among  mammals  are  Flying 
Squirrels,  while  lizards  present  the  case  of  Flying  Dragons,  and 
Flying  Frogs  are  found  among  amphibians.  From  this  kind  of 
apology  for  flight  we  naturally  pass  to  flying  animals  proper. 

FLYING  ANIMALS. — The  geological  record  proves  that  Insects 
led  the  way  in  the  conquest  of  the  air,  thereby  vastly  facilitating 
their  progress  from  place  to  place  in  pursuit  of  prey,  and  affording 
more  or  less  protection  by  thwarting  many  of  the  attacks  of  wing- 
less enemies.  And  it  is  noteworthy  that  the  oldest  known  insects 
find  their  nearest  allies  among  recent  Orthoptera  of  the  cockroach 


328  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

kind,  and  were  presumably  vegetarian.  The  evolution  of  flying 
insects  made  the  realm  of  air  a  new  food-producing  territory,  and 
this  may  have  been  one  of  the  factors  helping  to  bring  about  the 
evolution  of  Birds,  Flying  Reptiles  (long  since  extinct),  and  Bats. 
Be  that  as  it  may,  the  flying  habit  in  recent  birds  and  bats  affords 
a  certain  amount  of  protection,  though  the  device  is  so  ancient 
that  its  efficacy  in  this  respect  has  been  largely  discounted  by  the 
appearance  of  rapacious  types  with  powers  of  flight.  Insects,  the 
oldest  fliers,  have  naturally  suffered  most  from  this  cause,  for  they 
prey  upon  one  another,  and  are  mercilessly  thinned  out  by  birds 
and  bats.  Birds,  which  come  next  in  order  of  antiquity,  prey 
upon  one  another,  and  it  would  appear  that  bats,  the  youngest 
(so  far  as  our  knowledge  goes)  of  flying  groups,  enjoy  the  largest 
share  of  protection  from  their  power  of  progression  through  the 
air.  It  would  be  rash  to  even  conjecture  why  flying  reptiles 
should  have  become  extinct.  Perhaps  the  competition  with  birds 
became  too  keen;  at  any  rate  the  experiment  turned  out  a  failure, 
though  in  justice  to  their  class  it  should  be  remembered  that  birds 
are  probably  of  reptilian  stock,  which  may  therefore  be  said  to 
have  made  two  series  of  attempts  at  flight,  conducted  on  different 
lines,  and  one  of  which  has  been  crowned  with  success. 

UNDERGROUND  ANIMALS. — We  have  now  seen  how  certain 
forms  of  life  have  withdrawn  themselves  from  the  keen  com- 
petition which  takes  place  upon  the  surface  of  the  ground,  and 
gained  more  or  less  protection,  while  at  the  same  time  improving 
their  chances  of  getting  sufficient  food,  by  adopting  an  arboreal 
or  an  aerial  habit.  Another  line  has  been  struck  out  by  creatures 
which  have  taken  to  live  entirely  underground.  The  subterranean 
parts  of  plants  and  the  organic  matter  contained  in  earth  have 
offered  food  to  vegetarian  forms,  and  these  again  have  led  to  the 
evolution  of  carnivorous  species  suited  for  progression  below  the 
surface  of  the  soil.  This  way  of  life  has  proved  of  advantage  to 
many  sorts  of  animal,  since  it  affords  protection  as  well  as  food. 

Among  vegetarian  forms  of  the  kind  may  be  more  particularly 
mentioned  Earth- Worms,  certain  adult  Insects  (e.g.  Mole-Crickets), 
and  many  Insect  larvae  (e.g.  Cockchafer  Grubs).  Among  carni- 
vorous forms  most  specialized  in  accordance  with  underground 
habits  are  found  members  of  widely -different  groups.  As  to 
Mammals,  we  have,  for  instance,  the  Moles,  belonging  to  the 
large  and  primitive  order  of  Insectivora,  and  the  Pouched- Mole 


SPECIAL   PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS  329 

(Notoryctes)  of  Australian  deserts,  belonging  to  the  still  lower 
order  of  Marsupialia.  Such  Reptiles  as  the  small  degenerate 
Burrowing- Snakes  (Typhlopida)  and  certain  Snake-like  Lizards 
(Ampkisbanida)  are  further  examples,  and  still  another  instance 
is  afforded  by  the  curious  tropical  Caecilians,  constituting  an  order 
in  >Amphibia  which  present  a  superficial  resemblance  to  Serpents. 
It  may  be  noted  here,  too,  that  a  rich  fauna  inhabits  certain  caves. 

This  section  may  appropriately  be  concluded  by  a  few  remarks 
on  protective  measures  as  to  place  of  feeding  which  have  been 
adopted  by  aquatic  forms. 

CERTAIN  MARINE  ANIMALS  WHICH  HAVE  GAINED  PROTECTION 
BY  MIGRATING  TO  NEW  FEEDING-GROUNDS. — There  is  good  reason 
for  believing  that  the  sea  is  the  original  home  of  life,  and  from 
very  ancient  times  its  shallow  waters  up  to  high-tide  mark  have 
been  the  scene  of  very  keen  competition  for  food.  By  migration 
from  shallow  water  in  different  directions  certain  forms  tapped 
fresh  sources  of  food-supply,  and,  for  a  time  at  any  rate,  succeeded 
in  reducing  the  toll  levied  upon  them  by  predaceous  forms.  It 
is  extremely  probable  that  many  Land-Animals  originally  took 
origin  from  the  fauna  existing  between  tide-marks,  the  conditions 
there  being  such  as  to  afford  a  preparatory  training  for  terrestrial 
existence  pure  and  simple.  Backboned  Land-Animals  most  likely 
sprang  from  freshwater  forms  (see  next  paragraph),  and  these 
again  claim  marine  ancestry.  The  land,  once  peopled,  soon  pre- 
sented a  struggle  for  existence  as  keen  as  that  obtaining  in  the 
sea,  and  in  the  ways  already  indicated  the  pressure  was  partially 
relieved.  Another  particularly  interesting  case  here  deserves 
mention,  i.e.  that  of  various  forms  which,  after  becoming  thorough- 
going land  animals,  returned  to  the  original  home  of  life,  and 
underwent  a  second  series  of  specializations  fitting  them  for  a 
new  sort  of  marine  existence.  In  this  way  two  of  the  orders 
of  Mammals  have  been  evolved:  Cetacea,  including  Whales, 
Porpoises,  &c. ;  and  Sirenia,  comprising  Manatees  and  Dugongs. 
Among  the  Carnivora,  too,  we  have  the  Pinnipedia  (Walruses, 
Sea- Lions,  and  Seals),  which  live  more  in  the  sea  than  out  of 
it.  A  similar  policy  has  been  pursued  by  members  of  some 
other  classes  of  land  Vertebrates.  Penguins,  for  example,  have 
given  up  flight,  and  spend  a  large  part  of  their  lives  in  the  sea, 
using  their  modified  wings  as  paddles.  Several  groups  of  extinct 
Reptiles  appear  to  have  lived  entirely  in  the  sea;  why  they  died 


33o  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

out  it  is  difficult  to  understand.  One  reptilian  experiment  in  this 
direction,  however,  has  been  more  successful,  for  Marine  Snakes 
thrive  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  Among  Invertebrates  the  lung- 
breathing  Snails  and  Slugs  (Pulmonata)  are  very  much  special- 
ized to  fit  them  for  a  life  on  land,  yet  certain  slugs  (species  of 
Oncidium^  &c.)  have  taken  to  a  shore -life,  though  they  can 
scarcely  be  called  marine.  Insects  are  perhaps  the  most  charac- 
teristic of  land-animals,  yet  a  few  of  them  are  found  living  on 
the  surface  of  the  sea.  Certain  allies  of  the  Earth- Worm  have 
been  found  burrowing  along  the  shore. 

RIVERS  AND  LAKES  AS  A  HAVEN  OF  REFUGE. — The  waters  of 
the  land  have  afforded  protection  to  a  number  of  hard-pressed 
marine  forms,  estuarine  conditions  affording  a  sort  of  half-way 
house.  Fishes  afford  the  most  striking  illustration,  for  all  of  those 
inhabiting  rivers  and  lakes  have  probably  sprung  from  a  marine 
stock.  At  the  present  time,  for  example,  Lung- Fishes  (Dipnoi) 
are  limited  to  some  of  the  rivers  of  Africa,  South  America,  and 
Australia,  though  originally  the  group  to  which  they  belong 
included  only  marine  species,  as  shown  by  geological  evidence. 
All  the  marine  species  have  now  become  extinct,  having  been 
unable  to  cope  with  the  competition  offered  by  other  forms,  but 
those  which  have  taken  to  fresh  water  have  so  far  been  able 
to  hold  their  own.  Amphibians  appear  to  have  been  evolved 
from  ancestors  resembling  Lung- Fishes  in  many  ways,  while 
Reptiles,  Birds,  and  Mammals  probably  sprang  from  an  am- 
phibian stock. 

FLOATING  AQUATIC  FORMS  (Plankton). — The  surface  layers  of 
the  sea  swarm  with  animal  life,  and  have  very  likely  (though  this 
is  not  quite  certain)  received  their  population  from  shallower 
water.  The  gulf-weed  which  floats  on  the  Sargasso  Sea  in  the 
North  Atlantic  has  quite  a  fauna  of  its  own,  and  no  doubt  plants 
took  to  floating  life  before  animals,  which  were  attracted  by  the 
food-supply  thus  offered.  There  is  reason  to  believe  that  in  very 
remote  geological  times  far  larger  areas  of  the  ocean  surface  were 
covered  by  drifting  sea-weed  than  is  the  case  at  present.  Such 
floating  animals  are  also  found  in  lakes. 

DEEP-WATER  LIFE  (Benthos).  —  Profound  ocean  depths  are 
peopled  by  a  large  and  strange  collection  of  animal  forms,  many 
of  which  seem  to  have  been  driven  out  of  shallower  water  by 
the  force  of  competition.  Otherwise  they  would  most  likely  have 


SPECIAL   PRECAUTIONARY   HABITS  331 

become  extinct,  so  that  their  taking  to  deep-sea  life  has  proved 
a  protective  measure.  The  nature  of  these  forms  and  the  con- 
ditions under  which  they  live  will  be  discussed  elsewhere.  Lakes 
also  possess  a  deep-water  fauna. 

BURROWING  MARINE  FORMS. — As  explained  elsewhere  (p.  249), 
many  marine  Bivalve  Molluscs  provided  with  siphons  are  able 
to  feed  and  breathe  when  buried  in  sand  or  mud,  the  tips  of  the 
siphons  only  projecting.  This  is  a  very  effective  protective  measure, 
especially  as  sense-organs  are  present,  which  enable  their  owner  to 
distinguish  between  degrees  of  light  and  darkness.  As  one  result 
of  this,  a  passing  shadow,  often  an  indication  of  the  presence  of 
enemies,  causes  the  siphons  to  be  drawn  in.  Other  bivalves 
burrow  in  stone  or  wood,  and  the  same  is  true  for  the  members 
of  some  other  groups.  A  large  number  of  Marine  Worms  dwell 
in  mud  or  sand  like  their  terrestrial  brethren,  and  enjoy  a  certain 
amount  of  protection  as  a  result,  though  here  again  certain  pre- 
daceous  forms  have  adopted  the  same  mode  of  life  with  intentions 
the  reverse  of  benevolent. 


CHAPTER   XXVIII 
ANIMAL   DEFENCES— PASSIVE   DEFENCE 


A  sketch  having  now  been  given  of  PRECAUTIONARY  MEASURES, 
we  come  to  the  various  kinds  of  RESISTANCE,  by  which  the  attacks 
of  enemies  when  delivered  are  met,  and,  it  may  be,  foiled. 

It  is  clear  that  defence  may  be  either  PASSIVE  or  ACTIVE,  and 
the  two  cases  are  best  considered  separately. 

PASSIVE    DEFENCE 

As  in  the  case  of  Precautionary  Measures,  it  may  conduce  to 
clearness  if  we  look  at  this  matter  from  two  different  but  closely- 
connected  standpoints:  i.e.  (i)  Bodily  Characteristics;  (2)  Special 
Habits;  (3)  Fecundity,  as  a  means  of  defending  the  species,  also 
requires  consideration. 

BODILY   CHARACTERISTICS   OF   USE   IN   PASSIVE 

DEFENCE 

UNPALATABLENESS  AND  INDIGESTIBILITY.  —  In  dealing  with 
warning  coloration  (see  pp.  301-309),  it  has  been  pointed  out 
that  unpalatable  or  indigestible  forms  are  often  distinguished 
by  colours  and  markings  which  are  more  striking  than  artistic. 
Such  animals,  however,  are  liable  to  "experimental  tasting"  on 
the  part  of  inexperienced  enemies,  and  though  some  of  these, 
if  rapidly  ejected  on  account  of  their  objectionable  properties, 
may  escape  with  their  lives,  many  or  most  are  not  so  fortunate. 
Even  these,  however,  contribute  to  the  defence  of  the  species, 
as  they  assist  in  the  education  of  enemies.  At  least  this  is  the 
current  explanation,  and,  so  far  as  some  animals  are  concerned, 
it  is  based  on  actual  experiments,  though  whether  these  are 
sufficiently  numerous  and  extended  to  form  a  safe  basis  for 
generalization  has  been  doubted.  However  this  may  be,  we 
are  on  safe  ground  as  regards  those  animals  which  are  provided 


PASSIVE    DEFENCE 


333 


with  defensive  plates  and  spines    which  oppose  considerable  re- 
sistance to  attack. 

ARMOURED  ANIMALS. — Both  plate-armour  and  spiny  coverings 
are  found  in  many  groups  of  the  animal  kingdom,  the  former 
simply  warding  off  teeth  and  claws,  while  the  latter  are  calcu- 
lated to  inflict  injury  upon  enemies  coming  to  close  quarters. 
Several  orders  of  Mammals  possess  arrangements  of  the  kind. 
Among  Edentates, 
for  instance,  Arma- 
dilloes  are  pro- 
tected by  cuirasses 
composed  of  bony 
plates,  and  Pango- 
lins by  scale -ar- 
mour. Among  Ro 
dents,  the  Porcu- 
pines are  clothed 
with  effective  spines  (sometimes  barbed),  as  are  Hedgehogs  among 
Insectivores,  and  Spiny  Ant- Eaters  among  Monotremes. 

Birds  are  provided  with  scale-armour  on  their  legs,  and  their 
feathers  constitute  a  protective  coating  by  which,  no  doubt,  many 


Fig.  490. — Diagram  of  varieties  of  Reptilian  Armour,  as  seen  in  section 
A,  Granular  scales.     B,  Flat  scales  or  shields,     c,  Overlapping  scales.     D,  The 
same,  with  underlying  bony  plates  (scutes),     ft,  Hard  outer  layer  of  epidermis; 
s,  deeper  layer  of  epidermis;  /;  dermis;  <?,  bony  plates. 


Fig  491.—  Nile  Crocodile.     Two  scutes,  covered  by  horny  epidermal  plates.     From  a  photograph 

bites  and  stings  are  prevented  from  taking  effect  upon  the  under- 
lying skin,  which  is  here  unusually  thin  and  delicate.  Armoured 
Reptiles  are  common  (fig.  490),  Crocodilians  (fig.  491)  and  Chelo- 
nians  (turtles  and  tortoises)  affording  the  best  instances  of  protec- 
tive plates,  while  one  of  the  Australian  Lizards  (Moloch  horridus] 


334 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


will  serve  as  an  illustration  of  a  spiny  covering.  The  defences  of 
tortoises  and  turtles  have  been  already  described  (vol.  i,  p.  214), 
but  it  may  be  repeated  here  that  such  an  animal  is,  as  it  were,  en- 
closed in  a  firm  box  (fig.  492),  mostly  formed  of  an  upper  (carapace) 

and  a  lower  (plastron)  shield. 
Head,  tail,  and  limbs  can  be 
more  or  less  drawn  back 
into  the  shelter  thus  af- 
forded. The  rear  defences 
are  strengthened  by  an 
ingenious  device  in  the 
Hinged  Tortoises  of  Africa. 
In  these  creatures  the  hin- 
der part  of  the  carapace  is 
connected  with  the  region 
in  front  of  it  by  a  sort  of 
transverse  hinge  formed  by 
an  elastic  ligament,  so  that 
when  tail  and  hind-legs  are 
drawn  in,  the  movable  part 
of  the  shell  closes  like  a 
spring  -  door  and  protects 
these  parts  from  attack. 

Armour  is  singularly  deficient  in  recent  Amphibians,  but  the 
members  of  one  extinct  order  of  these  creatures  (Stegocephald) 
were  well  off  in  this  respect.  A  very  extraordinary  arrangement 
is  found  in  two  living  species  of  newt,  i.e.  the  Spanish  Newt 
(Triton  Waltli\  and  another  form  (Tylototriton  Anderson?) 
native  to  the  Loo-Choo  Islands.  These  creatures  possess  long 
sharp  ribs,  which  sooner  or  later  penetrate  the  skin.  Afterwards, 
as-  Gadow  remarks  (in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History],  "  the 
wounds  heal  up,  the  skin  forming  a  neatly -finished -off  hole 
through  which  the  spike  projects,  not  as  a  formidable,  but  as  a 
sufficiently  awkward,  protective  weapon".  Protection  of  the  kind 
is  well  developed  in  many  Fishes.  Good  examples  of  firm  plates 
are  found  in  the  Bony  Pike  (Lepidosteus),  the  Bichir  of  the  Nile 
(Polypterus\  and  Coffer- Fishes  (Ostracion).  Short,  strong  spines 
abound  on  the  Thornback  Ray  (Raia  clavatd],  and  the  Globe- 
Fishes  (Diodon  and  Tetrodon)  are  covered  by  more  numerous 
and  longer  defences  of  the  sort.  In  a  large  number  of  forms 


Fig.  492. — Carapace  and  Plastron  of  a  Tortoise,  from  which 
the  external  horny  plates  have  been  removed 

ne^-nez,  Neural  plates  or  broadened  tops  of  vertebrae;  co-cas, 
costal  or  rib  plates;  nu,  nuchal  or  neck  plate;  py1,  #y2,  pygidial 
or  tail  plates;  ml-m11,  marginal  plates;  epp,  hyop,  hypp,  xyp, 
paired  plates  of  plastron;  enj>,  unpaired  plate  of  plastron. 


PASSIVE    DEFENCE 


335 


sharp  spines  are  connected  with  some  of  the  fins,  and  as  it  is  the 
dorsal  ones  which  are  best  off  in  this  respect,  we  may  infer  that 
such  fishes  are  most  likely  to  be  attacked  from  above  by  enemies. 


Fig.  493. — Method  of  growth  in  Gastropod  Shells.     The  three  upper  figures  show  upper  surface,  while  the  two 
others  are  side  views,     a,  b,  c,  d,  e,  represent  successive  additions  to  the  shell. 

Cat- Fishes  (Ckimara  and   Callorhynchus],   the   Piked   Dog- Fish 
(Acantkias),  and  Perch-like  Fishes  may  be  taken  as  examples. 

Many  of  the  Mollusca  are  more  or  less  perfectly  enclosed  in 
shells,  which  receive  successive  additions  as  their  owners  increase 
in  size,  and  these  are  usually  indicated  by 
lines  of  growth  visible  on  the  outer  sur- 
face. The  shape  of  a  Gastropod  varies 
in  shape  according  to  the  way  in  which 
additions  are  made  (fig.  493),  and  the 
same  thing  is  also  true  of  the  shell  of  a 
bivalve.  A  shell  of  the  latter  kind  is 
shown  in  section  in  fig.  494,  and  the 
various  stages  of  its  growth  are  indicated 
in  a  diagrammatic  way. 

Molluscan  shells  may  be  either  of  the 
nature  of  plate-armour,  or  may  be  pro- 
vided with  sharp  projecting  spines. 
Among  the  former  are  Pearly  Nautilus 
(Nautilus pompilius},  Garden  Snail  (Helix 
aspersa),  and  Freshwater  Mussels  (Unio  and  Anodonta). 

Among  the   spiny  Sea- Snails   may   be   mentioned   species   of 


Fig.  494._Growth  of  Bivalve  sheii  as 


336 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


the  genus  Murex  (fig.  495),  also  Scorpion -Shells  (Pteroceras\ 
while  Thorny  Oysters  (Spondylus)  and  the  Spiny  Cytherea 
(Cytherea  dione]  are  good  illustrations  of  spiny  bivalves.  It  is. 
particularly  interesting  to  notice  in  the  last  case  that  the  spines  are 
massed  at  the  posterior  end  of  the  shell,  the  part  most  exposed 
to  attack,  for,  although  the  animal  may  bury  itself  in  the  loose 
covering  of  the  sea-floor,  the  siphons  projecting  from  its  hinder- 
end  must  be  placed  so  that  currents  of  water  may  enter  and 
leave  (see  p.  249)  by  the  apertures  there  present,  respectively 


Fig.  495. — A  spiny  Sea-Snail  (Murex] 


Fig.  496.— Opercula  of  various  Gastropods. 

a,  River  Snail  (Paludina);  b,  Whelk  (Buccinum};  c,  Murex; 
d,  Cyclostoma;  e,  Trochus;f,  Nerita. 


carrying  food  and  oxygen  inwards,  and  waste  products  of  all  sorts 
outwards. 

In  many  univalve  Molluscs  (Gastropoda]  the  shell  is  so  roomy 
that  the  animal  can  withdraw  entirely  into  it.  Such  a  creature 
often  possesses  a  special  plate  (operculum)  by  means  of  which  it 
can,  as  it  were,  close  the  door  behind  it  (fig.  496).  This  plate 
may  be  simply  horny,  as  in  a  Whelk  or  Periwinkle,  though  not 
infrequently  it  is  composed  of  dense  shelly  material,  as,  for  in- 
stance, in  Nerita  and  Neritina. 

Some  of  the  'tween-tide  Gastropods  which  live  on  rocks,  such 
as  the  Limpet  (Patella]  (p.  197),  are  descended  from  ancestral 
forms  which  possessed  a  large  spiral  shell  into  which  the  body 
could  be  withdrawn.  The  conical  structure  by  which  this  has 
been  superseded  is,  however,  a  very  efficient  defence,  for  when 
alarmed  a  Limpet  holds  on  with  great  force  by  means  of  its 
powerful  foot,  and  pulls  down  the  shell  so  that  its  edges  touch 
the  surrounding  rock.  To  dislodge  the  animal  from  its  hold 


PASSIVE   DEFENCE  337 

requires  great  force  if  it  is  once  allowed  to  fix  itself  firmly 
although,  if  taken  unawares,  a  smart  tap  is  generally  sufficient. 

Jointed-limbed  Invertebrates  (Arthropods]  are  invested  in  a 
firm,  horny  external  skeleton,  sometimes  thick  enough  to  con- 
stitute veritable  plate-armour,  and  not  infrequently  garnished  with 
protective  spines.  Insects  and  Crustacea  afford  the  best  ex- 
amples. 

Insect  Armour. — Beetles  are  often  distinguished  by  the  thick- 
ness of  their  integuments,  and,  as  previously  mentioned  (see  p. 


Fig.  497. — Caddis- Worm  Tubes  of  various  kinds  (enlarged) 

315),  some  of  the  weevils  are  so  well  oft;  in  this  respect  as  to  be 
avoided  by  insectivorous  birds.  Certain  tropical  beetles  (of  the 
genus  Hispd]  present  a  chevaux-de-frise  of  long,  sharp-pointed 
spines. 

The  larvae  of  Caddis- Flies,  commonly  known  as  "  caddis- 
worms  ",  make  protective  tubes  by  cementing  together  all  sorts 
of  available  substances  (fig.  497). 

Crustacean  Armour. — To  illustrate  the  smooth  variety  of 
defensive  armour-plating  among  Crustaceans,  a  better  example 
could  hardly  be  chosen  than  the  common  Edible  Crab  (Cancer 
pagurus].  Here  the  greater  part  of  the  body  is  enclosed  in 


VOL.  II. 


338  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

an  extremely  thick  carapace,  strengthened  by  the  deposit  of 
lime-salts,  and  the  insignificant  tail  which,  if  left  sticking  out, 
would  constitute  a  weak  place  in  the  defences,  is  kept  tucked 
up  out  of  harm's  way  into  a  depression  on  the  under  surface. 
The  walking-legs,  too,  can  be  folded  up  under  the  body,  and 
the  great  pincers  brought  together  in  front.  The  Northern 
Stone-Crab  (Lithodes  maia)  (fig.  498),  pleasingly  termed  the 


Fig.  498.— The  Northern  Stone-Crab  (Lithodes  maia),  reduced 

Devil-Crab  by  the  Norwegians,  and  allied  species  from  Japan 
and  elsewhere,  are  so  thickly  covered  with  sharp  spines,  pincers, 
walking-legs  and  all,  that  they  would  undoubtedly  prove  rather 
trying  mouthfuls  to  even  the  most  sharp-set  of  enemies.  The 
front  part  of*  the  body  of  the  Rock- Lobster  (Palinurus]  (see  vol.  i, 
p.  412)  is  also  pretty  well  off  in  the  matter  of  spines,  though  at 
first  sight  it  seems  odd  that  its  large  tail  should  be  quite  smooth, 
while  part  of  the  tail-fin  is  soft.  The  seeming  anomaly  is  cleared 
up  when  we  remember  that  this  animal  is  in  the  habit  of  watching 
for  prey  with  the  smooth  tail  sheltered  in  a  crevice,  so  that  only 
the  thorny  part  of  the  body  is  exposed  to  the  attacks  of  more 
powerful  creatures.  Accommodation  of  armour  to  growth  is 
effected  in  this  group  by  a  method  differing  entirely  from  the 
economical  Molluscan  plan.  A  Crustacean,  in  fact,  undergoes  a 
series  of  "  moults  "  until  the  adult  maximum  size  is  reached,  and 
these  are  very  frequent  in  early  life.  At  such  times  the  entire 
hard  covering  of  the  body  is  cast  off,  and  also  the  firm  lining  of 
the  stomach  (see  vol.  i,  p.  407). 

In  free-living  Bristle- Worms  (Chatopoda)  the  bristles  may  be 


PASSIVE    DEFENCE  339 

sufficiently  well-developed  and  numerous  to  constitute  a  means 
of  defence,  as,  for  instance,  in  the  Sea-Mouse  (Aphrodite  aculeata) 
(p.  147)  and  the  Porcupine  Worm  (Hermione  hystrix).  The 
tube-dwelling  worms,  which  are  closely  allied  to  the  preceding, 
construct  habitations  of  the  most  varied  kind,  which  may  either 
(like  the  shells  of  Molluscs)  be  entirely  secreted  by  their  pos- 
sessors, or  may  be  made  up  of  foreign  bodies  firmly  cemented 
together.  We  may  contrast  the  long  parchment-like  tube  of 
HyaKncecia  with  the  curved  or  undulating  calcareous  tubes  of 
Serpula  (see  p.  258)  and  its  allies,  and  the  spiral  house  of  Spiror- 
bis  made  up  of  similar  material.  In  these  forms,  too,  one  of  the 
tentacles  carried  on  the  head  is  converted  into  a  stopper  or  oper- 
culum,  by  which  the  tube  is  closed  when  the  animal  is  withdrawn. 
The  most  varied  foreign  bodies  are  used  for  tube-construction, 
nor  are  these  necessarily  associated  in  a  haphazard  manner.  Of 
this  matter  Benham  (in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History]  says: — 
"  But  the  process  of  tube-making  is  not  a  simple  one,  for  in  many 
cases,  at  least,  the  worms  exhibit  definite  powers  of  choice.  Thus 
some  species  of  Sabella  choose  only  the  very  finest  particles  of 
mud;  Terebella  conchilega  chooses  fragments  of  shell  and  grains 
of  sand;  Onuphis  conchilega  employes  small  stones  more  or  less 
of  a  size;  Sabellaria  makes  use  only  of  sand  grains.  Whilst 
some  worms,  like  Terebella,  Nichomache,  and  others,  make  a  very 
irregular  tube,  Pectinaria  builds  a  most  remarkably  neat  house, 
open  at  each  end,  which  it  carries  about  with  it,  the  narrow  end 
uppermost;  the  grains  of  sand  are  nearly  all  of  the  same  size  and 
only  one  layer  in  thickness,  embedded  in  abundant  '  mucus ',  and 
with  the  outer  surface  quite  smooth." 

Moss- Polypes  (Poly zoo)  are  for  the  most  part  colonial  animals, 
collectively  forming  a  mass  of  the  most  varied  shape,  flattened 
("  sea-mats  "),  shrub-like,  as  encrustations  on  sea-weeds,  &c.  The 
members  of  the  colony  are  invested  by  horny  coverings,  some- 
times hardened  by  calcareous  deposits,  and  each  of  them  can  be 
withdrawn  into  a  little  cup,  which  is  in  some  cases  closed  by  a  lid 
or  operculum.  The  defences  of  the  colony  may  be  strengthened 
by  the  addition  of  projecting  spines. 

Lamp- Shells  (Brachiopoda)  are  enclosed  in  bivalve  shells,  but 
these  are  quite  different  in  character  from  those  possessed  by 
bivalve  molluscs,  and  are  also  differently  placed  in  relation  to  the 
body  (see  vol.  i,  p.  439).  Each  valve  is  lined  by  a  fold  of  skin 


340 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


(mantle),  and  in  nearly  all  cases  the  edge  of  this  is  provided  with 
projecting  bristles,  which  probably  serve  as  a  protection,  though 
they  may  also  constitute  a  sort  of  filter  for  sifting  the  inflowing 
currents  of  sea-water  (set  up  by  ciliary  action)  by  which  the 
animal  gets  its  food  and  oxygen.  The  shells  of  some  extinct 
lamp-shells  were  beset  with  spines. 

Echinoderms  are  remarkable  for  the  calcareous  plates  which 
are  imbedded  in  the  skin,  and  which  are  well  seen,  for  instance, 
in  the  ordinary  Star- Fishes,  Brittle- Stars,  and  especially  in  Sea- 


Fig.  499. — A  Sea-Urchin  (Echinus  lividits],  showing 
protective  covering  of  spines 


Fig.  500.— Part  of  Sea- 
Urchin  test,  showing  knobs 
for  attachment  of  spines. 


Urchins,  where  they  are  united  together  in  a  very  regular  manner 
by  their  edges,  to  form  a  "  test  ".  Spines  may  also  be  present, 
and  these  are  particularly  well -developed  in  the  Sea- Urchins 
(Eckinoids)  (figs.  499,  500),  which  have  earned  their  ordinary 
name  from  this  fact,  for  "urchin"  is  an  old  English  word  for 
hedgehog.  In  some  of  these  forms  the  spines  (which  are  riot 
fixed,  but  united  to  the  test  by  ball-and-socket  joints)  are  so  long 
and  sharp  as  to  constitute  a  defence  of  really  formidable  character. 
Armoured  Zoophytes  (Ccelenterata). — Passive  defence  is  not 
the  chief  means  of  defence  in  this  group,  which,  however,  presents 
many  examples  of  it.  The  colonial  branching  Hydroid  Zoophytes, 
so  often  mistaken  for  sea-weeds,  are  invested  in  horny  coverings 


PASSIVE    DEFENCE  34I 

much  as  in  the  Moss- Polypes,  but  only  some  species  are  provided 
with  cups  into  which  the  individual  members  can  be  withdrawn, 
nor  are  such  cups  provided  with  lids.  The  Organ-pipe  Coral 
(  Tubipora  musica)  is  another  good  instance.  The  colony  is  made 
up  of  a  number  of  calcareous  tubes  (composed  of  fused  spicules), 
one  for  each  individual,  and  the  members  of  the  colony  when 
alarmed  draw  themselves  back  into  their  tubes.  A  common 
British  Sea- Anemone  (Tealia  crassicornis)  gains  protection  by 
means  of  small  stones  which  adhere  to  its  sticky  body.  When 
the  animal  contracts,  this  stony  covering  not  only  forms  a  pro- 
tection, but  renders  the  creature  very  inconspicuous  (see  p.  289). 

Armoured  Sponges  and  Animalcules. — The  bodies  of  most 
Sponges  are  traversed  in  all  directions  by  sharp  needles  of  lime  or 
flint,  some  of  which  may  project  at  the  surface  to  form  a  chevaux- 
de-frise.  Anyone  who  has  incautiously  handled  such  sponges  can 
testify  to  the  penetrating  power  of  these  structures  (see  vol.  i. 
p.  485).  As  most  persons  are  only  familiar  with  the  ordinary 
bath-sponges,  it  may  not  be  superfluous  to  repeat  what  has 
elsewhere  been  said,  that  this  particular  kind  does  not  possess 
spicules,  its  skeleton  being  merely  a  close  network  of  fibres  of 
horny  consistency. 

Among  the  Animalcules  {Protozoa)  protecting  shells  charac- 
terize the  Foraminifera  and  Radiolaria  (see  vol.  i,  p.  489),  and  in 
the  former  they  may  be  made  up  of  foreign  particles  cemented 
together,  though  usually  calcareous  in  nature.  The  shells  of 
Radiolarians  are  commonly  flinty,  and  in  many  cases  possess 
radiating  spines.  Horny  shells  are  present  in  some  of  the 
freshwater  Rhizopods  allied  to  the  Proteus  Animalcule  (Amoeba), 
and  particles  of  sand  are  worked  into  such  shells  in  certain 
species  (e.g.  Difflugia). 

PASSIVE   DEFENCE   BY   MEANS   OF   SPECIAL   HABITS 

There  is  no  sharp  boundary  between  this  and  defence  by 
armour,  for  it  often  happens  that  such  armour  is  only  fully  effec- 
tive when  disposed  in  a  particular  manner. 

A  very  interesting  case  in  point  is  what  may  be  termed  the 
ROLLING-UP  HABIT,  practised  by  animals  of  which  only  the  upper 
sides  are  properly  defended.  In  the  Three- Banded  Armadillo  or 
Mataco  ( Tolypeutes  tricinctus),  for  example,  this  can  be  done  very 


342  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

perfectly,  the  shape  of  the  armour-covered  head  and  tail  enabling- 
them  to  be  snugly  tucked  away  side  by  side.  In  the  following 
passage  Darwin  (in  A  Naturalist's  Voyage)  speaks  of  it  thus: — 
''It  has  the  power  of  rolling  itself  into  a  perfect  sphere,  like  one 
kind  of  English  wood-louse.  In  this  state  it  is  safe  from  the  attack 
of  dogs ;  for  the  dog,  not  being  able  to  take  the  whole  in  its  mouth, 
tries  to  bite  one  side,  and  the  ball  slips  away.  The  smooth,  hard 
covering  of  the  mataco  offers  a  better  defence  than  the  sharp 
spines  of  the  hedgehog."  The  scaly  Pangolins  of  South  Africa 
and  South- East  Asia  practise  the  same  tactics.  Both  the  Com- 
mon Porcupine  (Hystrix  cristatus)  and  the  Common  Hedgehog 
(Erinaceus  Europczus]  roll  themselves  up  when  threatened  by 
enemies,  the  quills  or  spines  being  at  the  same  time  erected. 

Among  Primitive  Molluscs  the  curious  Mail-Shells  (Chiton, 
&c.)  are  defenceless  below,  but  are  provided  with  eight  protec- 
tive plates  above.  These  overlap  in  such  a  way  as  to  form  a 
complete  investment  when  the  animal  rolls  up,  as  it  is  in  the 
habit  of  doing  when  alarmed.  Two  Arthropod  examples  will 
serve  to  further  illustrate  the  same  method  of  defence.  One  is 
that  of  the  long  since  extinct  Trilobites,  rolled-up  specimens  of 
which  are  frequently  found  in  the  fossil  condition.  Some  members 
of  the  group  of  land-crustaceans,  popularly  known  as  Wood- Lice, 
have  earned  the  name  of  "  Pill  Bugs  "  from  the  fact  that  they 
practise  this  mode  of  defence,  a  common  British  species,  the  Pill 
Wood- Louse  (Armadillidium  vulgare},  being  a  good  illustration. 

We  now  pass  on  to  the  consideration  of  habits  not  related  to 
the  effective  use  of  defensive  armour. 

DEATH -FEIGNING  HABIT.  —  Many  carnivorous  animals  which 
pursue  living  prey  will  not  condescend  to  touch  dead  bodies,  and 
hence  the  fact  that  a  number  of  forms,  when  suddenly  attacked  or 
hard  pressed  by  their  foes,  pass  into  a  state  of  "  apparent  death  ", 
may  perhaps  be  explained  as  a  defensive  arrangement.  Various 
views  have  been  held  regarding  this  phenomenon.  Some  believe 
it  to  be  a  deliberate  action,  an  actual  "feigning"  of  death,  others 
suppose  it  to  be  a  kind  of  paralysis  induced  by  fright,  while  the 
suggestion  has  also  been  made  that  it  is  comparable  to  a  state 
of  trance  or  catalepsy  induced  by  hypnotic  (mesmeric)  influence. 
It  is  not  likely  that  the  same  explanation  will  apply  in  all  cases, 
and  the  heading  of  this  section  is  adopted  solely  for  convenience, 
and  does  not  express  belief  in  the  first  way  of  explanation. 


PASSIVE   DEFENCE 


343 


Many  stories  have  been  related  regarding  the  death-feigning 
habit  as  exhibited  by  the  Australian  Dingo  (Cam's  dingo],  and  it  is 
so  well  exemplified  by  the  Opossums  of  America,  that  "  to  play 
'possum  "  has  become  a  proverb.  Hudson  (in  The  Naturalist  in 
La  Plata]  gives  a  description  of  the  "  death-simulating  swoon  " 
into  which  a  species  of  South  American  Fox  (Cants  azarce]  (fig. 
501)  falls  if  caught  in  a  trap  or  worried  by  dogs,  and  expresses  it 


Fig.  501. — A  species  of  South  American  Fox  (Cants  azarez) 

as  his  opinion  that  the  animal  does  not  altogether  lose  conscious- 
ness, though,  judging  from  the  fact  that  it  bears  without  flinching 
various  cruelties  practised  upon  it  by  gauchos,  he  also  states:— 
"  I  can  only  believe  that  the  fox,  though  not  insensible,  as  its 
behaviour  on  being  left  to  itself  appears  to  prove,  yet  has  its  body 
thrown  by  extreme  terror  into  that  benumbed  condition  which 
simulates  death,  and  during  which  it  is  unable  to  feel  the  tortures 
practised  upon  it".  Some  Birds  also  feign  death  when  hard 
pressed,  the  Spotted  Tinamou  (Nothura  maculosa)  of  the  Pampas 
being  given  as  an  example  by  the  author  just  quoted.  Lloyd 
Morgan  (in  Habit  and  Instinct)  quotes  from  Canon  Atkinson 
an  amusing  description  of  death-feigning  by  Land- Rails  and 
Water- Rails  when  caught.  "  A  gentleman's  dog  catches  a  land- 
rail and  brings  it  to  his  master,  unhurt,  of  course,  as  is  the  well- 
trained  dog's  way,  but  to  all  appearance  perfectly  dead.  The  dog 
lays  the  bird  down  at  his  master's  feet,  and  he  turns  it  over  with 


344  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

his  toe.  It  simply  moves  as  it  is  moved,  all  its  limbs  limp.  Con- 
tinuing to  regard  it,  however,  the  man  sees  an  eye  opened,  and  he 
takes  it  up.  The  *  artful  dodger '  is  quite  dead  again  in  a  moment, 
head  hanging  and  dangling,  limbs  loose,  and  no  sign  of  life  any- 
where. It  is  put  in  its  captor's  pocket,  and,  not  liking  the  confine- 
ment, begins  to  struggle.  When  taken  out  it  is  just  as  lifeless  as 
before;  but  being  put  down  on  the  ground  and  left  undisturbed — the 
gentleman  having  stepped  to  one  side,  but  continuing  to  watch — 
it  lifts  its  head  in  a  minute  or  so,  and,  seeing  all  apparently  serene, 
it  starts  up  on  a  sudden  and  *  cuts  its  lucky '  with  singular  speed." 

"  In  the  case  of  the  water- rail  which  came  under  my  own 
observation,  it  was  picked  up  on  a  snowy  day  by  the  most  intimate 
of  the  friends  of  my  youth  and  early  manhood.  He  assumed  that 
it  was  dazed  with  cold,  and  perhaps  what  we  Yorkshire  folks  call 
'hungered'  as  well.  So  he  brought  it  home  with  him,  and  laid 
it  on  a  footstool  in  front  of  the  dining-room  fire.  Five  minutes 
passed — ten  were  gone — and  still  the  lifeless  bird  lay  as  it  was 
put  down,  dead  to  all  seeming;  only  not  stiff,  as  it  ought  to  have 
been  if  dead  of  cold  as  well  as  hunger.  A  few  minutes  later,  my 
friend,  who  was  very  still,  but  yet  with  an  eye  to  the  bird,  saw 
it — not  lift  its  head,  like  the  land-rail,  and  take  a  view,  but — start 
off  in  a  moment  with  no  previous  intimation  of  its  purpose,  and 
begin  to  career  about  the  room  with  incredible  rapidity.  It  never 
attempted  to  fly.  Any  other  captive  bird  in  its  position  would 
have  made  for  the  window  at  once,  and  beaten  itself  half  to  pieces 
against  the  glass.  Not  so  the  rail.  With  it,  in  its  helter-skelter 
and  most  erratic  course,  it  was  anywhere  rather  than  the'  window 
or  the  fire.  Round  the  room,  across  the  room,  under  the  sofa, 
under  the  table,  from  corner  to  corner,  steering  itself  perfectly, 
notwithstanding  legs  of  chairs,  legs  of  tables,  the  sofa-feet,  foot- 
stools, or  what  not,  on  and  on  it  careered ;  and  it  was  not  without 
some  patience  and  many  attempts  that  it  was  eventually  secured." 

There  are  also  some  Reptiles  which  feign  death  when  attacked, 
and  a  Lizard  which  illustrates  this  habit  is  described  by  Darwin 
(in  A  Naturalist's  Voyage),  when  speaking  of  the  fauna  of  Bahia 
Blanca  on  the  Argentine  coast: — "  Of  Lizards  there  were  many 
kinds,  but  only  one  (Proctotretus  multimaculatus]  remarkable  from 
its  habits.  It  lives  on  the  bare  sand  near  the  sea-coast,  and  from 
its  mottled  colour,  the  brownish  scales  being  speckled  with  white, 
yellowish  red,  and  dirty  blue,  can  hardly  be  distinguished  from 


PASSIVE   DEFENCE  345 

the  surrounding  surface.  When  frightened,  it  attempts  to  avoid 
discovery  by  feigning  death,  with  outstretched  legs,  depressed 
body,  and  closed  eyes.  If  further  molested,  it  buries  itself  with 
great  quickness  in  the  loose  sand.  This  Lizard,  from  its  flattened 
body  and  short  legs,  cannot  run  quickly."  Similar  observations 
have  been  made  as  regards  some  Amphibians. 

Spiders  are  notorious  for  the  way  in  which  they  simulate  death, 
drawing  in  their  legs  and  remaining  perfectly  motionless  until  an 
opportunity  of  escape  offers.  The  same  habit  is  characteristic  of 
many  Beetles. 

FECUNDITY   OF   ILL-DEFENDED   ANIMALS 

Many  comparatively  defenceless  animals  are  extraordinary  fer- 
tile, and  this  may  be  looked  upon  as  a  special  means  of  defence  for 
the  species  (which  might  otherwise  become  extinct),  though  it  is 
of  no  service  to  the  individual.  A  great  many  ill-defended  forms, 
indeed,  would  seem  to  have  as  their  chief  function  the  furnishing 
of  a  food-supply  to  other  animals.  The  astonishing  fertility  which 
compensates  for  such  ravages  has  enabled  many  such  weak  crea- 
tures not  only  to  hold  their  own,  but  actually  to  become  the  most 
abundant  species  on  the  face  of  the  earth.  The  Rodents,  among 
Mammals,  furnish  a  good  example  of  this.  They  are  the  most 
cosmopolitan  of  their  class  (with  the  possible  exception  of  bats), 
and  are  represented  by  a  very  large  number  of  species  and  an 
enormous  number  of  individuals.  Yet  these  creatures  are  mostly 
of  small  size,  and  are  exposed  to  the  attacks  of  innumerable 
enemies  against  which  they  are  not  particularly  well  defended. 
On  the  average,  it  may  be  said  that  the  total  number  of  individuals 
of  any  particular  rodent  remain  fairly  steady,  i.e.  the  ravages  of 
enemies  prevents  the  rapid  production  from  having  any  marked 
effect;  but  how  largely  such  animals  help  to  feed  more  powerful 
forms  has  been  demonstrated  by  cases  where,  for  some  special 
reason,  the  toll  levied  upon  them  has  been  lessened.  The  Rabbit, 
for  example,  is  proverbial  for  its  rapid  powers  of  increase,  not- 
withstanding which  its  numbers  in  this  country  appear  to  remain 
much  about  the  same  from  year  to  year.  But  when  this  same 
animal  was  introduced  into  Australia,  a  country  comparatively  free 
from  predaceous  forms,  it  multiplied  with  such  enormous  rapidity 
as  to  become  a  serious  nuisance  to  mankind.  In  Europe  all  this 


346  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

superfluous  rabbit-flesh  would  have  been  used  up  as  food  by  more 
powerful  animals. 

Insects  again,  as  we  have  had  occasion  to  learn,  furnish  food 
to  a  great  variety  of  other  animals,  notwithstanding  the  large 
number  of  protective  devices  exhibited  within  the  limits  of  their 
class.  And  it  is  only  by  means  of  immense  powers  of  increase 
that  the  ravages  of  their  enemies  are  made  good;  indeed  so  great 
are  these  powers,  that  there  are  more  insects  in  the  world  than 
any  other  land  animals.  A  single  illustration  will  perhaps  suffice 
(taken  from  Wallace's  Darwinism).  Speaking  of  the  rapid  in- 
crease of  organisms  this  author  says: — "  In  the  lower  orders  this- 
increase  is  particularly  rapid,  a  single  flesh-fly  (Musca  carnaria) 
producing  20,000  larvae,  and  these  growing  so  quickly  that  they 
reach  their  full  size  in  five  days ;  hence  the  great  Swedish 
naturalist,  Linnaeus,  asserted  that  a  dead  horse  would  be  devoured 
by  three  of  these  flies  as  quickly  as  by  a  lion.  Each  of  these 
larvae  remains  in  the  pupa  state  about  five  or  six  days,  so  that  each 
parent  fly  may  be  increased  ten  thousand-fold  in  a  fortnight. 
Supposing  they  went  on  increasing  at  this  rate  during  only  three 
months  of  summer,  there  would  result  one  hundred  millions  of 
millions  of  millions  for  each  fly  at  the  commencement  of  the 
summer — -a  number  greater,  probably,  than  exists  at  any  one 
time  in  the  whole  world.  And  this  is  only  one  species,  while 
there  are  thousands  of  other  species  increasing  also  at  an  enor- 
mous rate ;  so  that,  if  they  were  unchecked,  the  whole  atmosphere 
would  be  dense  with  flies,  and  all  animal  food  and  much  of  animal 
life  would  be  destroyed  by  them."  The  following  example  will 
serve  to  show  how  the  numbers  of  a  particular  species  may  be 
kept  down  by  even  a  single  kind  of  enemy. 

"  During  a  very  cold  winter  in  the  district  of  Hanau  several 
thousand  old  oaks  were  cut  down,  in  the  hollow  trunks  of  which 
many  tens  of  thousands  of  bats  sheltered  during  the  rigorous  part 
of  the  year.  As  the  trees  were  felled  and  sawn  into  pieces  most 
of  these  useful  animals  perished,  either  of  cold  or  maltreatment  at 
the  hands  of  boys.  In  the  following  year  much  larger  numbers 
than  usual  were  seen  of  the  Oak  Procession- Moth  (Cnethocampa 
processioned),  and  for  a  number  of  years  after  the  caterpillars  of 
this  moth  became  a  most  destructive  pest  in  the  Hanau  district, 
over  an  area  of  miles  in  circumference.  Not  only  were  oaks 
stripped  of  leaves,  but  also  a  large  number  of  other  forest  trees 


PASSIVE   DEFENCE  347 

as  well  as  fruit  trees.  Before  this  time  procession  caterpillars  were 
not  wanting  from  the  Hanau  district,  but  the  large  number  of 
bats  flying  about  in  the  night  had  caught  and  devoured  so  many 
moths  that  great  increase  of  this  pest  was  prevented.  When 
almost  all  the  bats  in  the  district  had  been  destroyed,  a  great 
caterpillar  infestation  could  not  be  avoided,  the  insect  being  freed 
from  almost  all  its  enemies.  For  the  mature  winged  stage  is  of 
nocturnal  habit,  and  exposed  only  to  the  attacks  of  bats  and 
goatsuckers,  the  latter  never  being  present  in  more  than  limited 
numbers.  The  caterpillars  are  so  well  protected  with  hairs  that 
scarcely  anything  but  cuckoos  can  devour  them,  and  the  chrysa- 
lides are  sheltered  by  a  thick  cocoon  from  the  attacks  of  most 
enemies.  The  eggs  alone  are  largely  eaten  during  the  winter  by 
gipsy  migrants  (tits,  tree-creepers,  nuthatches,  &c.).  The  pro- 
cession-moth, in  fact,  has  always  so  few  enemies,  that  it  invariably 
increases  largely  in  numbers  if  the  chief  of  them  happens  to  be 
rapidly  exterminated."  (Extracted  from  Gloger,  by  Ritzema  Bos, 
in  Animal  Friends  and  jFoes. 


CHAPTER   XXIX 
ANIMAL   DEFENCES— ACTIVE   DEFENCE 


PASSIVE  DEFENCE  having  now  been  pretty  fully  considered, 
we  may  pass  on  to  ACTIVE  DEFENCE,  remembering  at  the  same 
time  that  this  may  be  preceded  or  followed  by  retreat. 

ACTIVE    DEFENCE   AGAINST    ENEMIES 

For  this  purpose  either  ordinary  AGGRESSIVE  WEAPONS  may 
be  used,  or  else  those  special  structures  to  which  the  name  of 
ACTIVELY  DEFENSIVE  WEAPONS  is  applicable,  and  these  may  be 
parts  of  the  body  which  are  commonly  employed  for  other  pur- 
poses. 

AGGRESSIVE  WEAPONS   IN   DEFENCE 

The  possibility  here  suggested  is  so  very  obvious  that  there 
is  no  need  to  say  very  much  about  it.  A  carnivorous  Mammal, 
e.g.  a  Leopard,  depends  upon  teeth  and  claws  for  capture  and 
immolation  of  its  prey,  but  it  is  clear  that  these  same  weapons 
are  just  as  valuable  for  purposes  of  self-defence,  if  the  occasion 
should  arise.  This  it  is  pretty  sure  to  do,  for  aggressive  forms 
have  numerous  enemies,  just  as  well  as  the  more  peaceful  vege- 
tarians. The  beak  and  talons  of  a  bird  of  prey,  the  formidable 
teeth  of  a  crocodile,  the  poison-fangs  of  a  venomous  snake,  the 
sting  of  a  scorpion,  the  strong  jaws  of  a  tiger-beetle,  and  the 
stinging-cells  of  a  jelly-fish  will  serve  as  further  instances  of 
aggressive  weapons  which  may  be  of  equal  use  for  defensive 
purposes. 

ACTIVELY   DEFENSIVE   WEAPONS 

Actively  Defensive  Weapons  of  Mammals.  —  Apes  and 
Monkeys,  especially  the  larger  species,  defend  themselves  very 
effectively  with  their  teeth,  the  canines  of  the  male  often  being 


348 


ACTIVE   DEFENCE 


349 


in  the  form  of  large  tusks.  The  large  man-like  apes,  when  driven 
to  bay,  prove  formidable  antagonists  to  man  himself,  and  once 
grasped  by  their  powerful  limbs  the  sequel  is  apt  to  be  disagree- 
able. Wallace  (in  The  Malay  Archipelago]  thus  describes  the 
result  of  an  attack  by  some  of  the  Dyaks  of  Borneo  upon  a  Mias 
or  Orang-utan: — "A  few  miles  down  the  river  there  is  a  Dyak 
house,  and  the  inhabitants  saw  a  large  Orang  feeding  on  the 
young  shoots  of  a  palm  by  the  river-side.  On  being  alarmed  he 
retreated  towards  the  jungle  which  was  close  by,  and  a  number 
of  the  men,  armed  with  spears  and  choppers,  ran  out  to  intercept 
him.  The  man  who  was  in  front  tried  to  run  his  spear  through 
the  animal's  body,  but  the  Mias  seized  it  in  his  hands,  and  in  an 
instant  got  hold  of  the  man's  arm,  which  he  seized  in  his  mouth, 
making  his  teeth  meet  in  the  flesh  above  the  elbow,  which  he 
tore  and  lacerated  in  a  dreadful  manner.  Had  not  the  others 
been  close  behind,  the  man  would  have  been  more  seriously 
injured,  if  not  killed,  as  he  was  quite  powerless;  but  they  soon 
destroyed  the  creature  with  their  spears  and  choppers.  The  man 
remained  ill  for  a  long  time,  and  never  fully  recovered  the  use 
of  his  arm."  The  Chimpanzee  and  Gorilla  of  tropical  Africa 
would  appear  to  be  equally  formidable  when  driven  to  defend 
themselves,  though  many  exaggerations  are  current,  largely  based, 
no  doubt,  upon  the  accounts  given  by  natives. 

Some  of  the  social  monkeys  combine  for  the  purpose  of 
defence,  and  may  even  resort  to  the  use  of  missiles,  an  often- 
described  case  being  that  of  certain  Baboons,  which,  when  hard 
pressed  among  the  rocks,  hurl  down  stones  among  the  intruders. 

The  formidable  tusks  which  are  constituted  by  the  upper 
incisors  of  the  Walrus  form  no  mean  weapons  of  defence,  but  this 
is  apparently  their  least  important  use.  These  animals  mainly 
employ  them  in  digging  up  the  bivalve  molluscs,  &c.,  which  serve 
as  their  food,  and  also  to  assist  in  progression  on  ice  or  land. 
They  figure  besides  in  those  furious  fights  between  the  males 
which  form  a  regular  episode  in  the  season  of  courtship,  and  this 
particular  use  for  weapons  is  one  of  which  many  examples  can 
be  given,  especially  noteworthy  being  cases  where,  as,  e.g.,  in  most 
deer,  the  male  only  is  provided  with  structures  suitable  for  such 
a  purpose.  More  will  be  said  about  this  elsewhere. 

Elephants  are  so  powerful  that  they  are  pretty  free  from  the 
attacks  of  other  animals,  man  only  excepted,  nor  do  they  court 


35o  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

attack.  When  obliged  to  fight,  however,  their  tusks  are  pretty 
nearly  as  useful  as  those  of  the  walrus,  being,  however,  of  different 
nature,  i.e.  they  are  not  canines  but  huge  incisors,  and  continue 
to  grow  through  life.  The  powerful  trunk  is  also  used  in  defence, 
and  many  a  tiger  has  found  to  his  cost  that  to  be  stepped  or 
knelt  upon  by  an  elephant  is  a  serious  matter. 

The  different  species  of  Rhinoceros  are  as  well  if  not  better 
defended  than  the  elephant,  but  in  an  entirely  different  manner. 
The  chief  weapons  of  the  African  forms  are  the  two  sharp  horns, 
which  are  entirely  epidermal  in  nature.  Of  these  the  front  and 
longer  one  is  carried  on  the  nasal  region,  and  the  other  one  farther 
back.  The  common  Indian  Rhinoceros  has  only  one  horn,  cor- 
responding to  the  first  of  these,  though  it  is  by  no  means  so 
formidable  as  a  weapon,  this  being  fully  compensated,  however, 
by  the  presence  of  two  sharp  tusks  in  the  lower  jaw,  which  are 
used  like  the  tusks  of  a  wild  boar.  Many  accounts  have  been 
given  of  the  ferocity  of  rhinoceroses,  but  the  balance  of  evidence 
appears  to  show  that  they  are,  for  the  most  part,  only  dangerous 
when  hard  pressed  by  enemies  and  thoroughly  aroused.  The 
different  species,  however,  and  different  individuals  of  the  same 
species,  would  appear  to  differ  greatly  in  this  matter. 

Horses  and  their  allies  fall  next  to  be  considered,  and  in  these 
the  first  instinct  appears  to  be  retreat,  though  when  forced  to 
defend  themselves  they  are  able  not  infrequently  to  discomfit  their 
enemies  by  vigorous  kicks,  the  formidable  nature  of  which  is 
greatly  enhanced  by  the  hard  hoofs,  structures  whose  primary  use 
is  related  to  swift  locomotion.  The  powerful  teeth  are  also  em- 
ployed against  some  of  their  enemies.  The  following  quotation 
from  Vogt  (Natural  History  of  Mammals)  regarding  wild  horses, 
illustrates  combination  for  defence  on  the  part  of  social  animals: — 
"  The  herds  live  under  the  leadership  of  some  old  males,  which 
have  to  watch  over  the  well-being  of  their  subjects.  We  cannot 
but  admire  the  courage  of  these  proud  creatures,  which,  seeming 
to  rejoice  in  battle,  dart  down  upon  an  attacking  carnivore,  the 
whole  herd  arranging  itself  in  a  circle  with  the  foals  in  the  middle, 
and  all  ready  to  strike  with  the  hoofs  of  their  hind-legs.  In 
fighting  with  wolves,  stallions  try  to  seize  their  antagonists  with 
their  teeth  by  the  nape  of  the  neck,  then  to  lift  them  up  and  dash 
them  to  the  ground,  after  which  they  trample  them  underneath 
their  feet.  But  these  battles,  from  which  perhaps  the  military 


THE    FALLOW    DEER    (DAMA  VULGARIS) 

DRAWN    FROM    THE    LIFE    BY    F.    SPECHT 


ACTIVE    DEFENCE  351 

art  has  derived  the  formation  of  squares,  are  only  exceptions  to 
the  rule,  and  take  place  only  in  cases  of  sudden  attack  or  when 
the  herds  are  driven  to  straits.  Usually  the  herd  seeks  its  safety 
in  rapid  flight.  Tearing  along  in  furious  gallop,  with  ears  and 
mane  erect,  the  herd  dashes  away  with  the  speed  of  the  wind, 
driving  their  young  ones  before  them,  the  males  galloping  on  the 
flanks  and  at  the  end  of  the  column  to  protect  the  herd  in  its 
hurried  flight."  The  military  square,  however,  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  copied  from  the  horse.  It  is  believed  to  have  been 
invented  by  Sir  William  Wallace,  who  arranged  his  pikemen  in 
serried  circles  to  resist  the  onslaughts  of  the  English  knights  at 
the  battle  of  Falkirk.  The  squaring  of  these  circles,  if  the  ex- 
pression may  be  permitted,  was  a  further  stage  in  evolution. 

Man  is  the  only  serious  enemy  of  the  Hippopotamus,  which 
is  an  animal  of  peaceable  disposition  except  when  attacked,  but  is 
then  very  formidable  on  account  of  its  immense  strength,  backed 
by  an  armoury  of  tusk-like  incisors  and  canines.  Most  Swine 
rely  for  defence  on  their  upwardly -directed  tusk -like  canines, 
which  are  kept  sharp  by  constantly  rubbing  against  one  another, 
and  are  particularly  well  developed  in  the  male.  These  creatures 
are  naturally  peaceable,  but  when  brought  to  bay,  thrusts  from 
their  sharp  tusks,  given  laterally  or  else  from  below,  are  capable 
of  ripping  up  most  antagonists.  The  little  Peccaries  of  South 
America  defend  themselves  by  biting,  as  their  canines,  though 
sharp,  are  small,  and  not  adapted  for  thrusting,  the  upper  ones 
also  being  turned  downwards,  as  is  usually  the  case  among 
Mammals.  They  live  in  large  herds,  and  co-operate  for  defence 
against  enemies,  man  included. 

Most  Ruminants  are  provided  with  defensive  weapons  in  the 
form  either  of  antlers  or  horns.  Antlers,  characteristic  of  deer, 
are  bony  outgrowths  usually  possessed  by  the  male  only,  and 
shed  annually.  Although  the  two  last  facts  are  enough  to  prove 
that  the  primary  object  of  these  structures  is  not  defence,  their 
hardness  and  sharpness  nevertheless  makes  them  very  effective  for 
this  purpose.  Sir  Samuel  Baker  (in  Wild  Beasts  and  their  Ways] 
describes  as  follows  the  way  in  which  on  one  occasion,  in  Ceylon, 
an  Axis  or  Spotted  Deer  (Cervus  axis]  defended  himself: — "  I  saw 
Killbuck  reach  the  flank,  but  before  he  had  time  to  make  a  spring, 
the  stag  threw  his  head  upon  one  side,  and  backwards,  so  as  to 
strike  the  dog  with  the  extreme  points  of  his  long  antlers.  A 


352  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

short  time  after,  the  stag  came  to  bay  upon  firm  open  ground, 
and  fought  the  dog  face  to  face.  I  saw  Killbuck  rush  straight  at 
the  deer's  face,  and  instead  of  receiving  the  attack  passively,  the 
deer  quickly  lowered  his  head,  and  not  only  met,  but  charged,  the 
dog,  rolling  him  over,  and  following  him  up  as  he  drove  his  sharp 
tines  deep  into  his  body." 

The  horns  of  Antelopes  (fig.  502),  Oxen,  Sheep,  and  Goats,  are 
quite  different  from  antlers,  and  have  earned  for  these  creatures 
the  name  of  "hollow-horned"  Ruminants  (Cavicornid).  Many 
female  antelopes  do  not  possess  them,  but  in  some  species  of  that 
group,  and  in  the  other  animals  mentioned,  they  are  present  in 
both  sexes,  though  always  more  powerful  in  the  male.  The 
hornless  or  "  polled"  condition  of  certain  races  of  cattle,  sheep, 
and  goats  is  a  result  of  domestication.  The  horns  of  these 
various  creature  are  epidermal  structures,  and  consist  of  un- 
branched  hollow  sheaths  composed  of  the  material  indicated  by 
their  name,  supported  by  "  horn  cores  ",  which  are  conical  bony 
outgrowths  from  the  skull.  Unlike  antlers  they  are  never  shed. 
Goats  and  Sheep  defend  themselves  by  butting  with  their  horns; 
Oxen,  Buffaloes,  &c.,  and  at  any  rate  some  of  the  Antelopes,  use 
them  for  stabbing,  or  goring,  to  employ  the  word  more  specially 
applicable. 

Horns  commonly  extend  so  far  to  the  side,  as  in  buffaloes,  or  to 
the  back,  as  in  many  antelopes,  that  they  can  only  be  used  for  side- 
thrusts,  which,  however,  may  be  very  effective.  Both  in  African 
and  Indian  Buffaloes  (in  which  latter  the  horns  sometimes  exceed 
12  feet  from  tip  to  tip)  part  of  the  defensive  tactics  consists  in 
trying  to  force  the  enemy  to  the  ground,  either  by  "  charging  "  or 
utossing  "  him.  Should  this  move  be  successful,  a  combination  of 
goring  and  trampling  generally  polishes  off  the  assailant. 

The  Sable  Antelope  {Hippotragus  niger)  is  one  of  the  most 
powerful  of  his  kind,  the  backwardly-curved  horns  being  often 
quite  3  */2  feet  long  in  the  male,  though  somewhat  shorter  in  the 
female.  When  attacked,  this  animal  is  said  to  lie  down,  apparently 
inviting  attack  from  behind.  By  lateral  movements  of  the  head 
the  horns  can  then  be  swept  over  the  back,  transfixing  any  foe 
that  has  been  rash  enough  to  attack  that  part  of  the  body.  Selous 
says: — "The  sable  antelope  is  often  very  savage  when  wounded, 
and,  like  the  roan  antelope  and  gemsbok,  will  commit  terrible 
havoc  among  a  pack  of  dogs.  Indeed,  I  have  known  one  to  kill 


ACTIVE   DEFENCE 


353 


Fig.  502. — Horns  of  Gazelles 

i,  GazelLi  Saemmeringt,  male;  2,  G.  dorcas,  male;  3,  G.  dorcas,  female;  4,  G.  Cjcvieri,  male;  5,  G.  Cuvieri, 

female;  6,  G.  Arabica,  male;  7,  G.  Granti,  male;  8,  G.  euchore,  male. 
VOL.  II.  55 


354  ANIMAL    DEFENCES 

three  dogs  with  three  successive  sweeps  of  its  long  scimitar-shaped 
horns."  Even  the  lion  sometimes  meets  his  match  in  this  well- 
defended  form. 

Kangaroos  seek  safety  in  flight,  but  when  forced  to  defend 
themselves,  can  use  their  powerful  hind-legs  with  considerable 
effect.  Semon  (in  In  the  Australian  Busk]  states  that  this 
animal,  when  "  driven  to  bay,  will  seek  its  last  refuge  by  leaning 
its  back  against  a  tree  and  defending  itself  against  its  pursuers  by 
kicking  and  scratching  with  its  hind-legs,  the  fourth  toe  of  which 
bears  a  long  and  pointed  claw.  On  carelessly  approaching  an  old 
kangaroo  male  bent  on  his  defence,  dogs  will  often  be  clutched  by 
his  fore-legs,  suffocated  by  his  powerful  embrace,  or  scratched  to 
death.  .  .  .  Some  kangaroos,  when  at  their  wits'  end,  sometimes 
manage  to  escape  into  a  river  or  lagoon,  in  the  deep  water  of 
which  they  stand  fully  erect  and  drown  any  dog  swimming  up  to 
them."  This  description,  of  course,  applies  to  the  artificial  con- 
ditions of  a  kangaroo  hunt  conducted  by  mounted  men  with  dogs. 
But  it  is  clear  that  the  powers  of  swift  locomotion  and  active 
defence  possessed  by  these  animals  were  evolved  in  relation  to 
older  conditions,  and  were  amply  sufficient  to  enable  them  to  hold 
their  own  against  natural  enemies,  of  which,  as  usual,  man  was  by 
far  the  most  formidable. 

The  Skunk  (Mephitis  sujfocans}  has  already  been  mentioned  as 
an  example  of  warning-coloration  among  Mammals  (see  p.  301). 
If  the  warning  be  neglected  and  an  attack  made,  the  animal 
ejects  a  superlatively  offensive  fluid  from  its  stink-glands,  and  in 
most  cases  escapes  with  its  life. 

Actively  Defensive  Weapons  of  Birds  and  Reptiles. — The 
larger  running  birds,  such  as  Ostrich  and  Emeu,  are  able  to 
defend  themselves  very  effectively  by  kicking,  it  being  said  that 
the  former  is  not  far  inferior  to  a  horse  in  this  respect.  Although 
not  provided  with  special  defensive  weapons,  many  birds  of  social 
habit,  such  as  rooks,  combine  for  the  purpose  of  repelling  the  attacks 
of  enemies,  more  particularly  when  these  are  birds  of  prey. 

Among  Reptiles,  it  is  possible  that  the  two  American  Lizards 
(species  of  Helodermd]  (fig.  503),  which  are  the  only  two  members 
of  their  order  known  to  be  poisonous,  use  their  special  weapons 
rather  for  defence  than  offence.  These  consist  of  slender  grooved 
teeth  loosely  attached  to  the  jaw,  and  resembling  the  fangs  of 
venomous  snakes.  At  the  base  of  each  tooth  is  a  small  poison- 


ACTIVE   DEFENCE 


355 


gland,  the  secretion  of  which  is  fatal  to  small  mammals,  and  suffi- 
ciently virulent  to  be  dangerous  even  to  human  beings. 

Actively  Defensive  Weapons  of  Amphibia  and  Fishes. — Re- 
garding Amphibians,  it  need  only  be  stated  here  that  the  poison- 
glands  in  the  skin,  already  spoken  about  (see  p.  304),  are  in  many 


Fig.  503. — Poisonous  Mexican  Lizard  (Heloderma  horridum} 

cases  sufficiently  potent  to  deserve  mention  under  active  defences 
as  well  as  under  passive. 

Fishes  are  not  infrequently  provided  with  poison-spines  (fig.  504) 
of  varying  degrees  of  complexity  in  structure,  but  all  serving  the 
purpose  of  defence.  The  most  remarkable  examples  are  found 
among  some  of  the  ordinary  bony  forms  (Teleostei\  The  most 
elaborate  case  is  that  presented  by  certain  small  ground-fishes 
(species  of  Thalassophryne]  from  the  coasts  of  Central  America. 
These  creatures  possess  four  sharp  spines,  two  on  the  back 
and  one  on  each  gill-cover  or  operculum.  Each  of  these  spines 
is  constructed  on  the  same  plan  as  the  poison-fang  of  a  viper, 
being  traversed  by  a  canal  which  is  open  at  the  base  and  also 
on  one  side  near  the  tip,  an  arrangement  which  prevents  blockage 
when  in  use,  just  as  in  the  needle  of  a  hypodermic  syringe.  A 


356 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


small  poison-bag  is  situated  at  the  base  of  each  spine,  and  should 
some  other  animal  blunder  against  the  sharp  point  of  this,  the 
pressure  causes  the  venom  to  be  ejected  into  the  wound.  An 
equally  if  not  more  effective  arrangement  is  possessed  by  some 
fishes  (species  of  Synanceia)  from  the  tropical  parts  of  the  Indian 


Fig.  504. — Poison  Spines  of  Fishes 

A,  Spines  on  tail  of  an  Eagle-Ray  (Aetobatis)  (part  of  one  drawn  on  larger  scale  at  A').  B,  Dorsal  spine  of  Synanceia- 
p.gl.  poison-bags;  c,  Side  view  of  gill-cover  in  Thalassophryne :  p.sp  projecting  tip  of  spine;  p.gl.  poison-bag 
(exposed  by  dissection),  c',  Spine  isolated,  the  projecting  tip  on  right  and  bristle  placed  in  canal. 

and  Pacific  oceans.  Here  there  is  a  series  of  sharp  dorsal  spines, 
of  which  the  extremities  are  grooved  at  the  sides,  a  small  poison- 
bag  lying  in  each  groove.  Of  these  fishes  Glinther  (in  The  Study 
of  Fishes)  says: — "  The  native  fishermen,  well  acquainted  with  the 
dangerous  nature  of  these  fishes,  carefully  avoid  landing  them ;  but 
it  often  happens  that  persons  wading  with  naked  feet  in  the  sea, 
step  upon  the  fish,  which  generally  lies  hidden  in  the  sand.  One 
or  more  of  the  erected  spines  penetrate  the  skin,  and  the  poison 


ACTIVE   DEFENCE  357 

is  injected  into  the  wound  by  the  pressure  of  the  foot  on  the 
poison-bags.  Death  has  not  rarely  been  the  result."  Two  of  our 
native  sea-fishes,  the  Greater  and  Lesser  Weevers  (Trachinus 
draco  and  T.  viperd]  are  poisonous  to  a  less  extent,  being  pro- 
vided with  grooved  spines  on  the  back  and  operculum.  There 
are  here  no  poison-bags,  but  the  slime  which  covers  the  spines 
has  venomous  properties. 

Among  Elasmobranchs,  the  Sting- Rays  (Trygonidce)  and  Eagle- 
Rays  (Myliobatida)  commonly  possess  one  or  more  saw-edged 
spines  on  the  tail,  by  the  lashing  movements  of  which  they  can 
be  used  to  inflict  jagged  wounds,  these  injuries  being  at  the  same 
time  rendered  more  dangerous  by  the  poisonous  nature  of  the  slime 
which  covers  the  spines.  The  range  of  one  species,  the  Common 
S ting- Ray  (Trygon  pastinacd),  includes  the  south  coast  of  England. 

Actively  Defensive  Weapons  of  Mollusc  a.  —  In  the  tropical 
Cone- Shells  the  horny  ribbon  of  the  rasping  organ  bears  barbed 
teeth,  upon  each  of  which  a  poison-gland  opens  (p.  97).  The 
living  animal  requires  careful  handling,  for  it  promptly  makes  use 
of  its  means  of  defence.  Another  arrangement  is  found  in  some  of 
those  Sea-Slugs  (species  of  sEolis)  in  which  a  number  of  club- 
shaped  outgrowths  (ceratd)  spring  from  the  back,  for  these  struc- 
tures are  armed  with  stinging-cells  much  like  those  characteristic 
of  jelly-fishes,  sea-anemones,  &c. 

In  some  of  the  large  Bivalve  Molluscs  the  mere  closing  of  the 
shell  constitutes  a  defence  which  may  prove  fatal  to  an  attacking 
animal.  A  good  example  of  this  is  given  by  Semon  (in  In  the 
Australian  Busk),  where,  in  speaking  of  the  natural  history  of 
Torres  Straits,  he  says: — "A  certain  precaution  has  to  be  observed 
when  collecting  on  the  reefs.  In  the  shallow  water  lie,  their  sides 
unfolded,  the  gigantic  Tridacna-shells,  such  as  are  sometimes  used 
in  Europe  as  a  font  for  holy  water  in  Catholic  churches,  or  as 
ornaments  in  halls  and  gardens.  Woe  to  him  who,  in  wading 
through  the  water,  carelessly  touches  one  of  them.  Many  a 
searcher  of  tripang  has  met  with  this  accident,  and  has  had  his 
foot  cut  through  to  the  bone  by  the  shells,  which  shut  up  with 
enormous  force.  No  human  power  can  open  the  shell,  and  a 
man  thus  caught  can  only  be  relieved  by  his  companions  cutting 
the  adductor  muscles  of  the  shell  with  a  knife." 

Actively  Defensive  Weapons  of  Insects. — The  most  formidable 
structure  calling  for  description  here  is  the  sting  with  which  the 


353 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


tip  of  the  abdomen  is  provided  in  bees,  wasps,  and  ants.  This 
weapon  may  be  used  in  some  cases  more  for  offence  than  defence, 
as  in  those  digging  wasps  (see  p.  106)  which  lay  up  a  store  of 
spiders  or  insects  for  the  benefit  of  their  larvse,  but  in  ordinary 
bees  its  chief  use  would  appear  to  be  that  of  defence.  The  hard 
parts  of  a  Bee's  sting  (fig.  505)  consist  of  three  rods,  of  which  one 

acts  as  a  " director",  along  which  the 
other  two  can  be  moved  backwards 
and  forwards,  each  of  them  presenting 
a  longitudinal  groove  which  works 
along  a  corresponding  ridge.  Each  of 
these  two  "  piercers "  is  a  kind  of 
flattened  stylet,  the  tip  of  which  is 
studded  with  a  number  of  barbs. 
There  are  two  poison-glands  secret- 
ing respectively  an  acid  and  an  alka- 
line secretion,  and  opening  into  a  blad- 
der-like sac.  This  in  its  turn  pours 
its  fluid  into  a  sort  of  reservoir  formed 
within  a  swelling  at  the  base  of  the 

o 

director,  and  thence  it  is  conducted  to 

Fig.  505. -sting  of  Bee  the  wound  along  a  channel  between 

on  the  left  one  of  the  piercers  is  shown  in     th    Director  and  the  two  piercers,  each 

side  view,  much  enlarged.    On  the  right  a  cross 

section  through  the  sting,  very  highly  magni-         Q£     the     latter     POSSCSSinPf     a     OrOieCtlOn 

fied:    a  a,  the  director,  on   the  upper  side  of  *         ~ 

which  are  two  ridges,  £  b,  along  which  the  two     which    acts    as    a   piston.      It    is  well 

piercers  slide.  ,  111  • 

known  that  when  a  bee  uses  its  sting, 

the  piercers,  being  barbed  at  their  tips,  cannot  be  withdrawn,  and 
are  left  sticking  in  the  wound,  while  the  attempt  to  withdraw  them 
commonly  proves  fatal  to  their  possessor.  The  sacrifice  of  the 
individual,  however,  benefits  the  species,  for  insectivorous  animals 
commonly  avoid  bees  (see  p.  307).  Female  Wasps  and  Ants 
possess  weapons  of  similar  character,  but  the  piercing  stylets  are 
not  barbed,  and  can  therefore  easily  be  withdrawn,  so  that  the 
individual  is  not  liable  to  perish  for  the  benefit  of  its  kind. 

Insects  not  uncommonly  possess  variously-situated  glands  that 
secrete  an  offensive,  or  it  may  be  acid,  fluid,  by  the  sudden  ejec- 
tion of  which  enemies  may  be  discomfited.  A  well-known  instance 
is  that  of  the  Bombardier- Beetle  (J3rackinus  crepitans],  which  is 
provided  with  glands  connected  with  the  last  part  of  the  intestine 
(rectum).  These  secrete  a  volatile  fluid  which  can  be  suddenly 


ACTIVE    DEFENCE 


359 


ejected  with  a  slight  noise,  giving  at  the  same  time  the  appear- 
ance of  a  minute  puff  of  smoke.  One  of  the  little  Click- Beetles 
(Lacon  murinus),  of  which  the  larva  attacks  corn-crop,  is  provided 
with  a  pair  of  stink-glands,  which  open  near  the  tip  of  the  abdomen 
and  secrete  an  extremely-offensive  fluid.  The  protection  afforded 
would  appear  to  be  considerable,  for  it  is  stated  on  good  authority 
that  when  attacked  this  beetle  makes  no  attempt  to  escape,  but  is 
content  with  assailing  the  nose  of  the  enemy  with  evil  smells.  In 
the  Mole-Cricket  {Gryllotalpa  campestris)  there  are  stink-glands 
in  much  the  same  position  as  in  the  Bombardier- Beetle,  and  glands 
of  similar  kind  open  on  the  upper  side  of  the  abdomen  in  Earwigs. 
The  order  of  Bugs  (Hemiptera)  has  been  much  neglected,  even  by 
specialists,  and  this  is  no  doubt  partly  due  to  the  fact  that  very  many 
of  them,  especially  the  plant-feeding  forms,  are  provided  with  stink- 
glands,  of  which  the  secretion  is  decidedly  offensive.  It  is  a 
curious  fact  that  in  many  such  species  the  young  are  provided 
with  glands  of  the  kind  which  open  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
abdomen,  but  these  are  replaced  in  the  adult  by  similarly-endowed 
structures  opening  on  the  sides  of  the  thorax.  The  larval  glands 
would  not  be  of  much  use  if  retained,  for  their  openings  would  be 
covered  over  by  the  wings. 

The  Stick- Insects  (Phasmidce)  are  provided  with  defensive 
glands  in  the  thorax,  of  which  the  secretion  is  reputed  to  be 
extremely  acrid  as  well  as  malodorous.  It  can  be  ejected  with 
considerable  force,  and  it  is  stated  that  blindness  may  result 
should  it  happen  to  get  into  the  eye  (compare  p.  303).  The 
caterpillar  of  the  Puss  Moth  (Cerura  vinula]  is  one  of  the  forms 
which  assume  a  terrifying  attitude  (see  p.  313),  and  to  this  mode 
of  defence  is  added  the  one  now  under  consideration.  Lodged  in 
the  front  part  of  the  body  there  is  a  gland  secreting  an  irritant 
fluid  containing  as  much  as  40  per  cent  of  formic  acid,  and  this 
can  be  squirted  out  upon  an  attacking  enemy,  proving  most 
effective  when  it  happens  to  hit  the  eye.  Poulton  (in  The 
Coloiirs  of  Animals]  speaks  as  follows  of  this  secretion  and  its 
properties: — "  So  far  as  we  know  at  present,  no  other  animal 
secretes  a  fluid  containing  anything  which  approaches  this  per- 
centage [40]  of  strong  acid.  .  .  .  The  value  of  this  strongly- 
irritant  liquid  is  sufficiently  obvious.  I  have  seen  a  marmoset 
and  a  lizard  affected  by  it,  and  have  myself  twice  experienced 
sharp  pain  as  the  result  of  receiving  a  very  small  quantity  in  the 


36o  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

eye.  Although  the  secretion  is  therefore  useful  as  a  defence 
against  vertebrate  enemies,  it  is  probably  chiefly  directed  against 
ichneumons."  As  regards  the  latter  point,  it  is  known  that  this 
larva  is  very  liable  to  the  attacks  of  a  particular  species  of 
ichneumon-fly  (Paniscus  cephalotes),  which  lays  her  eggs  upon 
its  skin.  The  larvae  which  hatch  out  from  these  use  the  unfor- 
tunate caterpillar  as  a  food-supply.  Experiment  has  shown  that 
the  acid  secretion  is  either  immediately  fatal  or  else  highly  in- 
jurious to  ichneumons  upon  which  it  happens  to  fall. 

The  hairs  which  clothe  many  caterpillars  produce  a  highly 
irritating  effect  upon  the  mouths  of  insectivorous  animals  (or 
the  fingers  of  human  beings),  and  this  is  partly  the  result  of  their 
being  barbed,  besides  which  they  are  probably  endowed  with 
poisonous  properties,  like  the  spines  of  certain  fishes  (see  p.  355). 
Such  aggressive  hairiness  is  associated  with  warning-coloration 
(see  p.  301).  A  typical  example  is  that  of  the  Palmer  Worm, 
which  is  the  larva  of  the  Gold-tail  Moth  (Porthesia  auriflua), 
and  is  rendered  conspicuous  by  its  markings  of  white  spots  and 
red  lines  upon  a  black  ground.  The  barbed  hairs  are  not  the 
only  disagreeable  point  about  this  caterpillar,  for  it  also  possesses 
defence-glands  opening  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  body,  and 
secreting  an  acrid  fluid. 

Actively  Defensive  Weapons  of  Myriapods  and  Peripatus. — 
Centipedes  would  appear  to  be  sufficiently  defended  by  the 
possession  of  poison-jaws,  primarily  weapons  of  offence.  Milli- 
pedes, howeve^  are  non-aggressive  vegetarian  creatures  devoid  of 
such  structures,  and  repel  the  attacks  of  their  enemies  by  means 
of  numerous  stink-glands,  which  open  on  the  sides  of  the  body  and 
secrete  an  offensively-smelling  fluid  containing  prussic  acid. 

The  slime-glands  of  Peripatus,  which  open  on  two  papillae 
near  the  mouth,  would  appear  to  be  special  means  of  defence, 
though,  in  the  New  Zealand  species  at  any  rate,  they  are  also 
employed  in  the  capture  of  prey.  Speaking  of  the  Cape  species 
Sedgwick  says  (in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History]'. — "  They  will 
turn  their  heads  to  any  part  of  the  body  which  is  being  irritated 
and  violently  discharge  their  slime  at  the  offending  object ". 

Actively -Defensive  Weapons  of  Lower  Invertebrates. — The 
numerous  and  often  powerful  setae  with  which  many  of  the  marine 
Bristle-Worms  are  provided  would  seem,  in  some  instances  at 
least,  to  serve  for  active  as  well  as  passive  defence,  though  there 


ACTIVE   DEFENCE 


361 


Is  an  absence  of  observations  on  the  subject.  At  any  rate,  many 
of  them  are  extremely  sharp-pointed,  and  often  serrated  in  such 
a  way  as  to  render  their  possessor  a  somewhat  unpleasant  morsel 
of  food. 

Many  of  the  Planarian  Worms,  when  irritated,  discharge  large 
numbers  of  microscopic  rods  (rhabdites]  from  the  skin,  and  it  is 
likely  that  these  possess  irritant  properties.  Some  few  members 
of  the  same  group  are  also  provided  with  stinging-  or  nettling-cells, 
much  like  those  of  sea-anemones,  jelly-fish, 
and  similar  creatures,  and  these  are  un- 
doubtedly defensive  structures. 

Among  Echinoderms  we  find  that  some  of 
the  Sea -Urchins  are  provided  with  poison- 
spines  (fig.  506),  reminiscent  of  what  has  been 
described  for  certain  fishes  (see  p.  355).  Such 
a  spine  has  a  swollen  end  in  which  a  poison- 
bag  is  lodged,  this  communicating  with  an 
•excessively-sharp  perforated  style,  by  which 
the  wound  is  inflicted  and  poison  introduced 
into  it. 

The  innumerable  nettling-  or  stinging-cells 
with  which  the  members  of  the  great  phylum 
Ccelenterata  (jelly-fishes,  sea-anemones,  corals, 
<&c.)  are  provided  undoubtedly  serve  as  actively- 
defensive  weapons,  though  perhaps  it  is  right 
to  primarily  regard  them  as  means  whereby 
active  prey  is  paralysed  and  secured  (see 
p.  158).  The  brightly-coloured  Sea- Anemones 
are  richly  endowed  with  these  protective  struc- 
tures, and  it  is  a  matter  of  observation  that  most  fishes  leave 
them  severely  alone.  Probably  the  vivid  hues  which  they  flaunt 
are  to  be  looked  upon  as  examples  of  "  warning-coloration",  and 
the  same  thing  is  very  likely  true  for  Corals.  But,  as  already 
remarked,  every  means  of  defence  is  more  or  less  met  by  counter 
devices  among  aggressive  forms,  and  to  some  of  the  coral-reef 
fishes  the  stinging -cells  have  no  terrors.  The  Parrot -Fish 
(Scarus),  for  instance,  browses  upon  corals,  the  hard  parts  of  which 
are  effectively  tackled  by  its  firm  parrot-like  jaws,  while  the  sting- 
ing-cells are  not  able  to  injure  the  hard  lining  of  its  mouth. 

The  Slipper-Animalcule  (Paramcecium]  is  a  good  example  of 


Fig.  506. — Poison-spine  of  a 
Sea-Urchin  (Asthenosoma  urens) 
in  longitudinal  section:  p,p,  holes 
in  side  of  the  hollow  spine;  tn, 
layers  of  muscle.  Diagrammatic 
and  enlarg 


362  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

a  defensive  arrangement  found  among  a  number  of  the  higher 
Protozoa.  The  outer  layer  of  this  creature's  body  is  packed  with 
innumerable  rod-like  bodies  (trichocysts)^  which  can  be  shot  out 
when  their  owner  is  irritated,  much  like  the  rods  in  the  skin  of 
some  Planarian  Worms,  and  the  rods  would  appear  to  possess 
irritant  properties.  It  must  be  remarked,  however,  that  after 
these  structures  have  been  brought  into  play  their  possessor  dies, 
breaking  up  into  a  number  of  pieces;  so  that,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  Honey-Bee  (see  p.  358),  the  arrangement  is  one  by  which 
the  species  benefits  at  the  expense  of  the  individual. 

CO-OPERATION  FOR  ACTIVE  DEFENCE  AMONG  SOCIAL  ANIMALS. 
—Some  of  the  herbivorous  Mammals  which  live  in  communities 
co-operate  for  defence  in  a  very  skilful  manner,  though,  to  begin 
with,  retreat  is  usually  the  first  proceeding,  and  it  is  only  when 
obliged  to  make  a  stand  that  they  turn  upon  their  enemies.  A 
good  instance,  that  of  Wild  Horses,  has  already  been  quoted 
(see  p.  350),  and  space  prevents  further  examples  from  being 
given  in  this  section. 


CHAPTER  XXX 
ANIMAL   DEFENCES— RETREAT 


Having  now  considered  Active  and  Passive  Defence  at  con- 
siderable length,  it  only  remains  to  speak  of  that  method  which 
has  been  described  as  a  "strategic  movement  to  the  rear",  in 
order  to  make  the  section  complete. 

Animals  which  are  subject  to  the  attacks  of  powerful  enemies 
often  possess  very  considerable  powers  of  locomotion,  and  in  such 
cases  retreat  is  usually  the  first  instinct  acted  upon,  though  it  not 
infrequently  happens  that  such  creatures,  when  actually  driven  to 
bay,  are  able  to  give  a  very  good  account  of  themselves.  It  is  re- 
cognized that  in  human  warfare  a  successful  retreat  is  the  most 
difficult  of  all  tasks  to  perform,  though  in  this  case  both  sides  are 
fully  provided  with  aggressive  weapons,  and  innumerable  devices 
are  adopted  to  baffle  the  pursuing  enemy.  Ingenious  methods 
answering  the  same  end  are  by  no  means  unknown  among  animals, 
and  several  of  them  will  be  mentioned  in  their  proper  place. 

Retreat  among  Mammals. — As  might  be  expected,  the  more 
intelligent  Monkeys  display  a  good  deal  of  method  in  the  way  they 
effect  a  retreat,  some  of  those  which  live  in  troops  placing  sentinels 
before  they  begin  their  plunder  of  a  native  crop,  and  when  alarmed 
retiring  in  good  order,  taking  every  advantage  of  cover. 

Vogt  (in  Mammalia]  gives  the  following  lively  account  of 
the  mode  of  life  among  Baboons  (fig.  507),  which  shows  how 
carefully  arrangements  are  made  by  such  creatures  for  retreat 
when  alarmed: — "  So  far  as  our  information  goes,  it  would  seem 
that  all  baboons  live  mostly  in  considerable  troops,  often  number- 
ing several  hundred,  and  in  these  there  are  always  several  old 
males  and  females,  so  that  the  leadership  does  not,  as  among 
most  other  monkeys,  fall  to  a  single  patriarch.  .  .  .  The  troop 
passes  the  night  in  caves  in  the  rock,  and  in  grottoes  in  inac- 
cessible precipices,  all  closely  huddled  together,  and  at  sunrise 


363 


364 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


Fig.  507. — Baboons  retreating  from  Wild  Dogs 


RETREAT  365 

they  slowly  and  deliberately  quit  their  retreat  in  search  of  food. 
Large  stones  are  often  overturned  by  their  united  efforts  in  order 
to  seek  for  any  animals  that  may  have  crawled  under  them,  such 
animals  forming,  along  with  roots,  tubers,  juicy  leaves,  and  fruits, 
their  chief  nourishment.  After  that  the  company  bask  in  the  sun 
with  their  backs  turned  to  the  wind,  the  older  ones  sitting  on  stones, 
while  the  young  tumble  and  play  about.  The  old,  meanwhile,  keep 
a  careful  watch  all  round;  the  troop  next  go  to  some  water  to 
drink,  and  after  supper  they  betake  themselves  once  more  to  rest. 
For  the  most  part  a  troop  sticks  to  the  same  feeding-ground,  for 
some  time  at  least,  but  from  time  to  time  it  changes  its  ground. 

"  On  the  approach  of  any  danger  warning  sounds  are  heard, 
and  the  females  and  the  young  then  crowd  together,  while  the 
old  males,  like  the  champions  of  the  ancient  Greeks,  advance  into 
the  foremost  of  the  fight  uttering  fearful  cries,  bellowing,  and 
gnashing  their  teeth.  A  bold  and  proud  spirit  with  contempt  of 
death  is  beyond  question  a  characteristic  trait  of  the  baboons, 
and  when  Brehm  records  a  case  in  which  an  old  Arabian  male 
baboon  gradually  managed  to  extricate  a  young  one,  which  had 
been  left  behind  on  a  rock  surrounded  by  dogs,  from  the  midst 
of  its  assailants  and  before  the  very  eyes  of  the  hunters,  inspiring 
by  its  determined  bearing  both  dogs  and  hunters  with  such  respect 
for  its  powers  that  no  attack  was  ventured  on,  we  may  well  agree 
with  Darwin  in  saying  that  here  was  a  proof  of  heroism  of  which 
only  few  men  were  capable." 

The  characteristically  herbivorous  order  of  Ungulates  illus- 
trates a  number  of  points  in  connection  with  retreat  from  enjmies. 
It  includes,  for  instance,  many  examples  of  extraordinary  fleetness, 
as  in  the  case  of  horses  and  their  allies,  deer,  antelopes,  and 
giraffes.  It  is  usual  for  such  forms  to  live  in  social  communities, 
the  safety  of  which  while  feeding  is  provided  for  by  the  posting 
of  sentinels.  A  well-known  instance  of  the  latter  habit  is  afforded 
by  the  Alpine  Chamois  (Rupicapra  tragus\  which  feeds  during 
the  day  in  small  herds  of  about  a  score  individuals,  the  welfare  of 
which  is  watched  over  by  an  old  female,  who  takes  up  a  position 
giving  a  wide  outlook,  and  warns  her  associates  of  danger  by  a 
sharp  whistling  cry.  Retreat  is  often  cleverly  effected  by  such 
gregarious  forms,  as,  for  instance,  by  the  little  antelopes  known 
as  Duyker-Boks  (species  of  Cephalophus],  which  "duck"  down 
among  the  bushes  among  which  they  feed  in  a  way  which  has 


366  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

earned  for  them  their  Boer  name.  They  also  run  in  a  remarkable 
zigzagging  manner.  The  Common  Koodoo  (Strepsiceros  kudu\ 
a  large  and  handsome  antelope,  is  described  as  rushing  in  retreat 
through  thickets  of  "  wait-a-bit ",  and  other  thorny  plants,  in  a 
way  that  must  prove  effective  in  baffling  most  pursuers,  besides 
which  old  bulls  of  this  species  are  credited  with  rendering  them- 
selves inconspicuous  by  lying  down  against  a  suitable  bush  and 
raising  their  heads  so  that  the  large  twisted  horns  rest  on  the 
back,  a  position  in  which  they  are  not  likely  to  attract  attention. 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  device  which  helps  to  save  many 
of  the  weaker  Ungulates  from  their  inveterate  enemies,  the  larger 
Carnivora,  is  the  habit  of  "  ruminating "  or  "  chewing  the  cud ", 
which  is  characteristic  of  one  large  group,  the  Ruminantia.  The 
structural  arrangements  related  to  this  have  been  described 
elsewhere  (p.  168),  and  its  protective  nature  is  obvious.  A 
ruminant  animal  can  crop  a  large  quantity  of  food  very  rapidly, 
swallowing  it  without  proper  mastication,  and  then  retreating  to 
some  comparatively  safe  place,  where  the  "  cud  "  can  be  chewed  at 
leisure.  In  this  process  the  food  again  returns  to  the  mouth  in 
successive  boluses,  and  is  swallowed  for  a  second  time  after  being 
properly  divided  and  saturated  with  saliva. 

Many  of  the  Mammalia  possess  Dwellings,  to  which  they 
retreat  when  attacked.  Rabbits  furnish  a  particularly  good  ex- 
ample, and  everyone  who  has  attempted  to  shoot  these  animals 
is  familiar  with  their  habit  of  popping  into  their  burrows  with 
lightning-like  rapidity  on  the  least  alarm.  A  favourite  time  for 
feeding  is  just  when  it  begins  to  get  dark,  and  it  is  then  that  the 
neutral  colour  of  the  fur  harmonizes  best  with  the  general  sur- 
roundings so  as  to  render  detection  a  matter  of  difficulty.  Like 
so  many  other  social  forms  rabbits  appear  to  make  arrangements 
for  the  safety  of  the  community  by  the  more  experienced  members 
giving  warning  of  approaching  danger.  This  purpose  appears 
to  be  served,  for  example,  by  the  curious  and  emphatic  way  in 
which  the  old  bucks  stamp  on  the  ground  when  alarmed.  It  is 
somewhat  remarkable  that  an  animal  like  the  rabbit,  which  is 
protectively  coloured,  should  have  a  white  under-surface  to  the 
tail,  being  thereby  made  particularly  conspicuous  when  in  motion. 
This  has  been  interpreted  with  some  probability  as  a  case  of 
''signalling  coloration",  enabling  the  rapid  retreat  from  danger 
of  an  individual  to  be  quickly  seen  by  other  rabbits  in  the  neigh- 


THE    CHAMOIS    (RUPICAPRA   TRAGUS) 

DRAWN    FROM    THE    LIFE    BY    F.    SPECHT 


RETREAT  367 

bourhood.  Such  a  warning  is,  of  course,  given  unconsciously  and 
is  quite  on  a  different  footing  from  the  stamping  above  mentioned, 
which  one  must  presume  is  meant  by  the  giver  to  indicate  the 
approach  of  danger  to  his  fellows. 

Another  burrowing  rodent  which  lives  in  communities  is  the 
Prairie- Dog  (Cynomys  Ludovicianus)  of  the  western  prairies  of 
North  America.  It  is  asserted  by  several  observers  that  in  this 
case  sentinels  are  regularly  set  for  the  common  good. 

Burrowing  animals  surprised  by  enemies  when  at  some  dis- 
tance from  their  homes  commonly  attempt,  with  more  or  less 
success,  to  take  refuge  in  the  ground.  Of  this  a  notable  example 
is  the  Small  Armadillo  (Dasypus  minutus]  of  South  America, 
which,  when  overtaken  by  a  horseman,  is  said,  if  the  soil  is 
favourable,  to  be  able  to  burrow  a  safe  distance  into  the  ground 
before  its  pursuer  has  time  to  dismount,  unless  he  literally  falls 
off  his  horse. 

Arboreal  mammals,  if  surprised  on  the  ground,  naturally  take 
to  the  trees  if  they  have  the  chance,  and  they  may  do  this  in  a 
very  cunning  way.  If,  for  instance,  an  ordinary  Squirrel  (Sciurus 
vulgaris)  (fig.  508),  surprised  in  the  act  of  feeding  upon  fallen 
cones  or  beech-mast,  be  hotly  pursued,  it  will  naturally  make  for 
the  nearest  tree,  which  it  will  ascend  with  great  rapidity,  always 
taking  the  greatest  care  to  direct  its  flight  so  that  the  trunk  or 
branches  intervene  between  itself  and  the  aggressor.  It  has 
also  been  suggested  that  the  squirrel's  brush  is  not  only  a  means 
of  balancing,  but  also  helps  escape  from  carnivorous  enemies 
which,  attacking  from  behind,  may  at  the  last  moment  have  to 
be  content  with  a  mouthful  of  fur.  Possibly  also,  though  this  is 
mere  conjecture,  the  delicate  and  easily -detached  tail  of  the 
Dormouse  (Muscardinus  avellanarius]  may  serve  as  a  kind  of 
sop  to  the  foe,  on  the  principle  which  has  before  now  led  to  the 
escape  of  sledge-travellers  from  pursuing  wolves,  which  have 
checked  their  pace  in  order  to  investigate  articles  of  clothing  and 
other  objects  thrown  out  for  their  inspection. 

Aquatic  mammals  in  retreat  of  course  take  to  the  water  if 
they  get  a  chance,  and  some  terrestrial  forms,  such  as  Deer  and 
Kangaroos,  select  the  water  in  order  to  make  a  last  stand  against 
dogs,  seeming  to  realize  that  attack  is  thus  made  more  difficult. 

Birds  in  Retreat. — Among  the  large  Running  Birds  are  forms, 
like  the  African  Ostrich,  in  which  the  absence  of  powers  of  flight 


368 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


is  largely  compensated  by  the  specialization  of  the  legs  for  the 
purpose  of  rapid  movement  on  the  ground.  For  straightforward 
retreat  in  open  country  nothing  could  be  more  effective;  but 
another  kind  of  adaptation  is  required  in  birds  like  Rails,  which, 
though  belonging  to  the  Flying  Birds,  are  deficient  in  powers. 


Fig.  508. — The  Common  Squirrel  (Sciurus  vidgaris) 

of  flight,  and  yet  are  able  to  run  through  thickly-growing  vege- 
tation with  such  rapidity  as  to  commonly  elude  their  enemies. 
This  is  rendered  possible  by  the  shape  of  their  bodies,  which  are 
relatively  narrow  and  flattened  from  side  to  side,  so  as  to  easily 
slip  between  the  stems  of  grasses,  rushes,  and  similar  plants. 
Anyone  who  has  pursued  our  native  Land- Rail  or  Corn- Crake 
(Crex  pratensis]  with  intent  to  capture  will  have  noted  how 
extremely  difficult  it  is  even  to  get  within  sight  of  a  bird  of  this 
sort.  Certain  birds,  unfortunately  for  themselves,  have  lost  the 


RETREAT 


369 


power  of  flight  without  correspondingly  increased  powers  of 
running,  and  have  paid  the  penalty  of  extinction.  Such  an 
arrangement,  as  might  be  anticipated,  was  the  result  of  evolution 
in  islands  devoid  of  any  predatory  ground-animals,  and  a  classic 
example  of  it  is  afforded  by  the  Dodo  and  its  allies,  birds  related 


Fig.  509. — The  Dodo  (Didus  ineptus 


to  the  pigeons.  The  Dodo  itself  (Didus  ineptus)  (fig.  509)  was 
a  large  and  clumsy-looking  species  that  at  one  time  abounded 
in  the  island  of  Mauritius,  which,  like  oceanic  islands  generally, 
possessed  no  native  mammals,  while  its  indigenous  reptiles  were 
only  represented  by  lizards.  The  ubiquitous  sailor,  however,  and 
the  animals  (especially  swine)  which  he  introduced,  brought  about 
the  extinction  of  this  helpless  bird  in  less  than  a  century  after 
its  first  discovery  in  1598.  Its  memory  is  now  only  kept  green 
by  a  few  contemporary  drawings  and  descriptions,  certain  museum 


VOL.  II. 


56 


37o  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

remains,  and  the  proverb  "  as  extinct  as  a  dodo ".  As  Belloc 
(in  The  Bad  Child's  Book  of  Beasts]  pathetically  sings  :— 

"The  Dodo  used  to  walk  around, 

And  take  the  sun  and  air, 
The  Sun  yet  warms  his  native  ground — 

The  Dodo  is  not  there! 
That  voice  that  used  to  squawk  and  squeak 

Is  now  for  ever  dumb — 
Yet  may  you  see  his  bones  and  beak 

All  in  the  Mu-se-um." 

A  similar  fate  must  overtake  any  organism  suddenly  exposed 
to  new  and  unfavourable  conditions,  if  devoid  of  sufficient  plas- 
ticity to  rapidly  accommodate  itself  to  the  altered  environment. 

Ordinary  flying  birds  naturally  betake  themselves  to  flight 
when  attacked,  but  this  is  often  insufficient  to  save  them  from 
predatory  species  of  their  own  class.  Under  such  circumstances 
the  flight  may  be  conducted  in  such  a  way  as  to  increase  their 
chance  of  escape.  Houssay  (in  The  Industries  of  Animals] 
gives  a  good  instance  of  this,  drawing  the  facts  from  Naumann 
(Naturgeschichte  der  Vogel  Deutschlands]'. —  "  Larks,  a  feeble 
race  of  birds,  rise  higher  in  the  air  than  any  rapacious  bird,  and 
this  is  often  a  cause  of  safety.  Their  greatest  enemy  is  the 
Hobby  (Hypotriorchis  sub  lutes].  They  fear  him  greatly,  so  that 
as  soon  as  one  appears  singing  ceases,  and  each  suddenly  closes 
his  wings,  falls  to  the  earth,  and  hides  against  the  soil.  But  some 
have  mounted  so  high  to  pour  out  their  clear  song  that  they 
cannot  hope  to  reach  the  earth  before  being  seized.  Then, 
knowing  that  the  bird  of  prey  is  to  be  feared  when  he  occupies 
a  more  elevated  position  from  which  he  can  throw  himself  on 
them,  they  endeavour  to  remain  always  above  him.  They  mount 
higher  and  higher.  The  enemy  seeks  to  pass  them,  but  they 
mount  still,  until  at  last  the  Hobby,  heavier,  and  little  accustomed 
to  this  rarefied  air,  grows  tired  and  gives  up  the  pursuit." 

Climbing  Birds,  such  as  Woodpeckers,  pursue  the  same  kind 
of  tactics  as  squirrels  (see  p.  367),  working  round  a  trunk  or 
branch  so  as  to  keep  it  between  them  and  the  enemy.  The 
powers  of  diving  possessed  by  many  aquatic  birds  naturally  stand 
them  in  good  stead  when  retreating  from  foes. 

Reptiles  in  Retreat. — The  great  majority  of  reptiles  are  timid 
and  seek  refuge  in  flight  on  the  first  alarm.  Some  Lizards,  when 


RETREAT  37I 

hard  pressed,  are  able  to  baffle  their  foes  in  a  somewhat  singular 
manner,  comparable  to  some  extent  to  the  supposed  way  in  which 
squirrels  may  escape  pursuers  with  no  more  serious  loss  than  a 
mouthful  of  fur  from  the  bushy  tail.  Here,  however,  there  is 
no  doubt  about  the  facts.  A  Lizard's  tail  very  readily  breaks 
off,  owing  to  the  existence  of  a  weak  place  in  the  backbone, 
specially  evolved,  we  must  imagine,  to  facilitate  such  an  arrange- 
ment. While  the  enemy  is  negotiating  the  piece  of  tail  the  animal 
itself  commonly  manages  to  make  its  escape.  Such  a  sacrifice 
is  not  so  great  as  might  at  first  sight  appear,  for  a  new  tail  soon 
grows  from  the  stump.  In  our  native  snake -like  lizard,  the 
Blindworm  (Anguis  fragilis\  which  has  earned  its  specific  name 
from  the  possession  of  such  a  brittle  tail,  a  further  point  was 
noted  by  the  late  J.  G.  Wood.  According  to  him,  the  detached 
tail  executes  lively  movements  for  some  time,  a  performance 
which  would  be  likely  to  divert  attention  during  the  escape  of 
its  owner.  In  some  of  the  Australian  Geckos  the  detachable 
tail  is  broadened  out  at  the  end  into  a  coloured  flap,  which  is 
supposed  to  fix  the  attention  of  an  enemy  on  a  part  which  can 
readily  be  surrendered  without  fatal  result. 

The  cylindrical  smooth  body  of  a  Snake  or  Snake-like  Lizard 
is  well  suited  for  slipping  through  a  dense  undergrowth  of 
vegetation,  and  is  a  great  advantage  in  retreat. 

Amphibia  in  Retreat.  —  One  case  only  of  special  interest 
will  be  mentioned.  Hudson  (in  The  Naturalist  in  La  Plata] 
describes  a  "  Wrestler  Frog ",  possessing  extremely  muscular 
fore-limbs,  and  which,  when  followed  up,  makes  a  feint  attack 
upon  its  enemy  before  retreating.  Part  of  his  account  may  well 
be  quoted  here: — "The  frog  is  a  most  timid,  inoffensive  creature, 
saving  itself,  when  pursued,  by  a  series  of  saltatory  feats  un- 
paralleled amongst  vertebrates.  Consequently,  when  I  find  a 
frog,  I  have  no  hesitation  in  placing  my  hands  upon  it,  and  the 
cold  sensation  it  gives  one  is  the  worst  result  I  fear.  It  came 
to  pass,  however,  that  I  once  encountered  a  frog  that  was  not 
like  other  frogs,  for  it  possessed  an  instinct  and  weapons  of 
defence  which  greatly  astonished  me.  I  was  out  snipe-shooting 
one  day  when,  peering  into  an  old  disused  burrow,  I  perceived 
a  burly-looking  frog  sitting  within  it.  It  was  larger  and  stouter- 
looking  than  our  common  Rana,  though  like  it  in  colour,  and  I 
at  once  dropped  on  to  my  knees  and  set  about  its  capture. 


372  ANIMAL   DEFENCES 

Though  it  watched  me  attentively,  the  frog  remained  perfectly 
motionless,  and  this  greatly  surprised  me.  When  I  was  sufficiently 
near  to  make  a  grab,  it  sprang  straight  at  my  hand,  and,  catching 
two  of  my  fingers  round  with  its  fore-legs,  administered  a  hug 
so  sudden  and  violent  as  to  cause  an  acute  sensation  of  pain; 
then,  at  the  very  instant  I  experienced  this  feeling,  it  released  its 
hold  and  bounded  out  and  away."  The  specimen,  however,  was 
captured,  but  later  on  managed  to  escape  from  the  box  in  which 
it  was  imprisoned,  and  Mr.  Hudson  failed  to  secure  another 
individual  of  the  same  sort.  "  That  this  singular  frog  has  it  in 
its  power  to  seriously  injure  an  opponent  is,  of  course,  out  of 
the  question;  but  its  unexpected  attack  must  be  of  great  advan- 
tage. The  effect  of  the  sudden  opening  of  an  umbrella  in  the 
face  of  an  angry  bull  gives,  I  think,  only  a  faint  idea  of  the 
astonishment  and  confusion  it  must  cause  an  adversary  by  its 
leap,  quick  as  lightning,  and  the  violent  hug  it  administers;  and 
in  the  confusion  it  finds  time  to  escape.  I  cannot  for  a  moment 
believe  that  an  instinct  so  admirable,  correlated  as  it  is  with  the 
structure  of  the  fore-legs,  can  be  merely  an  individual  variation; 
and  I  confidently  expect  that  all  I  have  said  about  my  lost  frog 
will  some  day  be  confirmed  by  others.  Rana  luctator  [i.e.  the 
Wrestling  Frog]  would  be  a  good  name  for  this  species." 

Retreat  among  various  Invertebrates. — Among  Mollusca  we 
find  a  very  interesting  and  well-known  device  for  securing  a  safe 
retirement  when  attacked  by  foes  in  Cuttle-Fishes  and  the  like. 
These  animals  possess  an  ink-bag  (the  secretion  of  which  was  the 
original  source  of  the  pigment  " sepia")  from  which  a  dark  fluid  can 
be  ejected  at  will.  The  result  is  the  production  of  a  cloudiness  in 
the  water  for  a  considerable  distance,  under  cover  of  which  the 
Cuttle- Fish  commonly  manages  to  beat  a  successful  retreat.  Hick- 
son  (in  A  Naturalist  in  Celebes]  thus  describes  this  proceeding: — 
".  .  .  I  often  saw  advancing  slowly  over  the  sea-gardens,  in  parties 
of  from  four  to  six,  a  group  of  cuttle-fish,  swimming  with  an  even 
backward  movement,  the  fringes  of  their  mantles  and  of  their  arms 
trembling,  and  their  colour  gradually  changing  to  what  seemed  to 
me  to  be  an  almost  infinite  variety  of  hues  as  they  passed  over  the 
various  beds  of  the  sea-bottom.  Then  suddenly  there  would  be 
a  commotion  in  what  was  previously  a  calm  and  placid  scene,  the 
striped  and  speckled  reef-fishes  would  be  seen  darting  away  in  all 
directions,  and  of  the  cuttle-fishes  all  that  remained  were  four  or 


RETREAT  373 

five  clouds  of  ink  in  the  clear  water.  The  appearance  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  a  small  shark  or  other  kind  of  voracious  fish  was 
the  cause  of  this  sudden  agitation,  and  the  cuttle-fishes,  after 
squirting  out  a  cloud  of  ink  to  *  throw  dust  in  the  eyes '  of  their 
enemy,  had,  by  violent  contractions  of  their  mantle,  made  off." 

Certain  kinds  of  Land -Snails  have  been  described  which  often 
succeed  in  escaping  their  enemies  by  the  same  kind  of  device  as 
that  described  for  Lizards.  This  is  the  case,  for  instance,  with  a 
number  of  small  forms  of  the  kind  (species  of  Helicarion)  inhabit- 
ing the  Philippines.  These  crawl  rapidly  upon  trees  by  means  of  a 
long  narrow  foot,  of  which  the  hinder  part  is  very  conspicuous  and 
bears  a  projecting  horn-like  process.  If  such  a  snail,  when  crawl- 
ing, is  seized  from  behind,  this  tail-like  part  of  the  foot  is  jerked 
convulsively  up  and  down  till  it  becomes  detached,  when  its  owner 
promptly  drops  to  the  ground  or  conceals  itself  among  adjacent 
leaves. 

A  common  British  Land-Snail  ( Vitrina  pellucida)  uses  the 
tail-like  hinder  part  of  the  foot  as  a  springing  organ,  by  which  it 
can  throw  itself  to  the  ground  if  alarmed  when  crawling  along 
in  an  exposed  situation.  Some  Sea- Snails  possess  jumping  powers 
of  no  mean  order  (e.g.  species  of  Strombus  and  its  allies)  which 
must  often  be  of  use  in  helping  them  to  retreat  from  enemies. 
Even  some  of  the  bivalve  molluscs  are  endowed  with  similar 
powers,  as  is  notably  the  case  in  the  Common  Cockle  (Cardium 
edule],  and  here  again  rapid  and  sudden  retreat  from  foes  is  no 
doubt  one  of  the  ends  served. 

Some  of  the  Social  Insects,  especially  Ants,  wage  warfare  very 
scientifically,  and  their  retreats  are  carried  out  in  good  order,  regu- 
lated by  tactical  principles.  There  are  also  insects  with  special 
powers  of  fighting  in  retreat  An  example  is  the  Bombardier 
Beetle  (Brachinus  crepitans],  in  which  the  hinder  part  of  the  intes- 
tine is  provided  with  glands  which  secrete  a  volatile  fluid  possessed 
of  noxious  properties.  When  one  of  these  creatures  is  pursued  by 
a  large  carnivorous  beetle  it  ejects  small  portions  of  the  fluid, 
which  immediately  vaporizes,  producing  what  looks  like  a  tiny  puff 
of  smoke.  At  the  same  time  a  sharp  report  is  heard,  resulting 
from  the  sudden  ejection,  and  the  arrangement  is  one  calculated 
to  discomfit  an  enemy. 

Spiders  combine  death-feigning  with  retreat,  falling  from  their 
webs  when  attacked  as  if  the  victims  of  sudden  dissolution.  They 


374 


ANIMAL   DEFENCES 


do  not  forget,  in  so  falling,  to  spin  a  thread  of  silk  by  which  to  climb 
back  to  their  home  in  case  the  manoeuvre  is  successful.  Some 
Caterpillars  also,  if  alarmed  when  feeding  on  a  branch,  will  sud- 
denly let  themselves  drop  and  remain  suspended  by  a  thread  of 

silk,  and  so  also  do  some  Slugs  (fig. 
510),  though  in  their  case  the  thread 
is  of  different  character. 

Many  of  the  Crustacea  are  able 
to  retreat  in  an  effective  manner,  and 
this  is  obviously  possible  with  power- 
ful swimmers  such  as  Lobsters  and 
Prawns,  which,  when  pursued,  make 
at  full  speed  for  some  sheltering  hole 
or  crevice.  The  Common  Shrimp 
(Crangon  vulgaris\  and  similar  forms, 
swim  off  quickly  when  alarmed,  cloud- 
ing the  water  as  they  do  so  by  scuffling 
up  the  sand  on  which  they  live.  Before 
the  water  clears  itself  again  they  will 
be  found  to  have  neatly  buried  them- 
selves in  the  sand,  though  even  then 
they  are  not  safe  from  fishes  which 
use  the  sense  of  smell  to  guide  them 
in  the  chase,  as  many  do.  Some  of 
the  little  crabs  commonly  seen  on  our 
shores  are  pretty  nimble,  but  their 
pace  is  contemptible  compared  with 
that  of  the  Swift  Sand-Crabs  (Ocypo- 

didce)  of  African  and  American  shores,  which  scuttle  away  at  a 
great  rate  when  frightened,  and  are  also  able  to  bury  themselves 
in  the  sand  with  extreme  rapidity.  Crustacea  are  further  distin- 
guished by  the  readiness  with  which  they  part  with  their  limbs, 
and  many  of  them  have  doubtless  survived  frequent  hairbreadth 
escapes  by  pursuing  this  policy,  reminding  one  of  the  case  of 
Lizards  already  noted  (see  p.  371).  Members  lost  in  this  or  any 
other  way  quickly  sprout  again. 

The  power  of  regeneration  alluded  to  above  is  present  to  a 
much  greater  extent  in  segmented  worms  or  Annelids.  A  marine, 
freshwater,  or  terrestrial  worm  of  this  kind,  if  overtaken  by  an 
enemy,  is  nevertheless  not  at  the  end  of  its  resources,  for  even 


Fig.  510. — Slug  suspended  by  a  thread  of 
hardened  slime 


RETREAT  375 

a  large  piece  of  its  body,  if  bitten  off,  can  be  renewed.  And  cases 
must  frequently  occur  where  the  front  end  of  such  a  creature 
manages  to  make  its  escape  while  the  pursuer  is  devouring  the 
piece  which  he  has  captured.  It  has  been  plausibly  suggested 
that  segmentation  of  the  body,  in  its  first  origin,  was  evolved 
as  a  defensive  measure.  A  lower  form  constructed  in  this  way 
consists  of  a  series  of  rings  or  segments,  sometimes  extremely 
numerous,  each  of  which  contains  a  portion  of  most  of  the  organs, 
digestive,  excretory,  nervous,  &c.,  so  that  even  the  loss  of  a  con- 
siderable number  of  segments  leaves  the  animal  sufficiently  well 
provided  in  these  respects  to  carry  on  its  existence  till  the  wound 
is  healed  and  the  parts  destroyed  have  grown  once  more.  In  the 
higher  segmented  forms  (Arthropods,  Vertebrates)  the  body  has 
become  so  specialized  that  this  mode  of  defence  has  been  mostly 
or  entirely  given  up,  though  even  in  so  highly  developed  an 
animal  as  a  Lizard  the  part  which  can  be  relinquished  and  re- 
newed, i.e.  the  tail,  is  made  up  of  the  posterior  segments  of  the 
body. 


ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— THE  BREATH 

OF  LIFE 


CHAPTER   XXXI 

ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— GENERAL  PRINCIPLES- 
BREATHERS    IN  WATER  AND    BREATHERS    IN   AIR 


GENERAL    PRINCIPLES 

The  essential  nature  and  purpose  of  breathing  or  respiration 
have  been  explained  elsewhere  (vol.  i,  p.  45),  but  it  may  be  de- 
sirable in  this  section  to  call  attention  to  a  few  points  of  general 
interest.  The  living  substance  of  which  the  bodies  of  animals  are 
more  or  less  composed  is  of  exceedingly  unstable  nature,  and  is 
constantly  breaking  down  into  simpler  substances  (see  p.  3),  this 
process  of  waste  being  continually  counterbalanced  by  the  taking 
in  of  food,  which  is  built  up  into  fresh  body-substance.  An  animal 
may,  in  fact,  be  regarded  as  a  self- repairing  machine.  In  the  last 
section  we  have  considered  very  fully  the  food  and  feeding  of 
animals,  and  have  seen  that  the  necessity  for  repair  of  waste,  and 
for  growth  to  a  certain  size,  exert  a  very  far-reaching  influence 
upon  bodily  characteristics  and  habits. 

We  are  now  more  particularly  concerned  with  the  other  part  of 
the  cycle  of  chemical  changes  which  incessantly  goes  on  within 
the  living  body,  i.e.  with  the  down-breaking  processes  or  processes 
of  waste.  It  is  these  which  yield  the  obvious  or  actual  energy 
necessary  for  the  performance  of  all  the  vital  actions,  including 
the  heat  which  is  so  characteristic  of  warm-blooded  active  creatures 
like  mammals  and  birds.  Such  down-grade  chemical  processes,  as 
they  may  perhaps  be  called,  are  quite  comparable  to  those  which 
go  on  in  a  burning  candle  or  lamp,  i.e.  they  are  a  kind  of  combus- 
tion. And  both  in  the  case  of  the  animal  body,  and  in  the  case  of 


376 


GENERAL   PRINCIPLES  377 

lamps  or  candles,  combustion  cannot  go  on  without  continual 
access  of  fresh  supplies  of  air,  for  the  sake  of  the  oxygen  gas 
which  is  contained  in  it.  The  burning  of  a  candle  is  due  to  a 
process  of  what  is  known  chemically  as  oxidation,  the  oxygen  of  the 
air  uniting  with  the  wax  of  the  candle,  which  as  a  result  is  trans- 
formed into  simpler  chemical  substances,  chiefly  water  (H2O)  and 
carbonic  acid  gas  (CO2).  If  a  cold  dry  tumbler  is  held  over  a 
burning  candle  a  sort  of  mist  condenses  upon  the  inner  side  of  the 
glass,  and  this  is  some  of  the  water  in  question.  And  again,  if  a 
candle-end  is  burnt  for  a  time  in  a  tumbler  into  which  a  small 
quantity  of  clear  lime-water  has  been  poured,  a  little  gentle  shak- 
ing will  be  followed  by  a  milky  appearance  in  the  lime-water,  due 
to  the  formation  of  carbonic  acid  gas  as  one  result  of  the  burning. 
This  gas  unites  with  the  lime-water  so  as  to  produce  minute  par- 
ticles of  carbonate  of  lime,  which  give  rise  to  the  milkiness.  The 
slow  combustion  constantly  going  on  in  the  animal  body  similarly 
causes  its  complex  living  substance  to  break  down  into  a  number 
of  much  simpler  compounds,  among  which  are  to  be  found  both 
water  and  carbonic  acid  gas.  Such  compounds,  being  of  no  use, 
are  called  waste  products \  and  have  to  be  passed  out  of  the  body. 
And  one  of  the  reasons  why  an  animal  is  obliged  to  breathe  is  that 
it  may  get  rid  of  carbonic  acid  gas,  together  with  a  large  amount 
of  water.  You  can  easily  satisfy  yourself  that  this  is  true  as  re- 
gards a  human  being  by  directing  some  of  your  outgoing  breath 
against  a  cold  looking-glass,  when  a  film  of  moisture  (i.e.  water) 
will  be  seen.  And  the  presence  of  carbonic  acid  gas  in  such 
breath  can  be  proved  by  breathing  into  some  clear  lime-water, 
which  will  at  once  become  milky. 

Breathing  or  respiration  has  a  double  purpose,  for  it  not  only 
gets  rid  of  waste  products,  but  is  also  the  means  by  which  the 
oxygen  necessary  for  promoting  the  breaking-down  processes  of 
the  body  is  taken  into  the  system.  This  oxygen  is  absorbed  into 
the  blood,  or,  in  some  of  the  simpler  animals,  what  corresponds  to 
it,  and  is  taken  to  all  parts  of  the  body,  in  order  that  they  may 
"  waste  "  and  give  up  their  share  of  the  energy  necessary  for 
working  the  different  organs. 

Some  of  the  smallest  and  simplest  animals  breathe  by  the 
general  surface  of  the  body,  but  in  higher  forms,  especially  those 
which  live  on  land,  this  is  not  possible,  and  all  sorts  of  compli- 
cated breathing  arrangements  exist.  We  get,  in  fact,  special 


378  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

breathing  or  respiratory  organs,  the  special  duty  of  which  is  to 
take  in  oxygen  and  get  rid  of  carbonic  acid  gas  and  water.  Nor 
must  we  underestimate  the  importance  of  this  kind  of  work,  since 
it  may  be  stated  broadly  that  the  activity  and  intelligence  of  an 
animal  are  proportionate  to  the  efficiency  of  its  breathing  organs. 
For  rapid  movement  means  quick  wasting  of  the  muscles,  and  this 
is  not  possible  unless  abundant  oxygen  is  supplied  and  waste 
products  speedily  removed.  And  great  intelligence  is  associated 
with  rapid  oxidation  of  brain-substance,  and  similar  quick  re- 
moval of  waste  substance.  It  may  also  be  said  that,  as  a  general 
rule,  efficient  breathing  organs  are  associated  with  efficient  cir- 
culatory organs.  The  most  active  and  most  intelligent  groups  of 
animals  now  existing  are  undoubtedly  mammals,  birds,  and  insects, 
all  of  which  are  particularly  well  off  in  the  matter  of  breathing' 
arrangements. 

One  very  important  principle  in  regard  to  such  organs  must  be 
carefully  borne  in  mind.  Great  efficiency  as  regards  breathing 
organs  means  the  existence  of  a  large  surface  in  close  proximity  to 
the  blood,  so  that  on  the  one  hand  oxygen  may  pass  in,  and  on 
the  other  carbonic  acid  gas  and  water  pass  out.  And  we  shall 
find  that  a  large  surface  may,  by  various  devices,  be  packed  away 
in  a  comparatively  small  space,  and  further,  that  it  is  often  asso- 
ciated with  complicated  arrangements  by  which  constant  and  rapid 
renewal  of  air  is  provided  for. 

BREATHERS    IN    WATER   AND    BREATHERS 

IN    AIR 

All  animals,  without  exception,  are  breathers  or  intakers  of  air, 
or  rather  of  the  oxygen  gas  which  it  contains,  and  it  is  incorrect  to 
speak,  as  is  sometimes  done,  of  "  air-breathers  "  as  contrasted  with 
"  water-breathers  ".  Some  animals,  such  as  whales,  though  living 
in  water,  have  from  time  to  time  to  come  to  the  surface  to  obtain 
air  for  breathing,  but  a  host  of  aquatic  creatures,  such  as  most 
fishes,  crustaceans,  marine  molluscs,  &c.,  do  not  find  it  necessary  to 
do  this.  The  oxygen  which  they  need  is  not,  however,  obtained 
from  the  water  (H2O)  itself,  though  this  consists  of  oxygen  united 
or  combined  with  hydrogen.  But  such  animals  do  not  possess  the 
power  of  decomposing  water  for  the  sake  of  the  oxygen  which 
enters  into  its  composition.  If  they  did,  free  hydrogen  gas  would 


BREATHERS    IN   WATER   AND    BREATHERS   IN   AIR         379 

constantly  be  given  off  from  the  sea,  which  we  know  is  not  the 
case.  The  requisite  oxygen  is,  in  fact,  dissolved  in  the  water, 
which  has  absorbed  it  from  the  atmosphere.  Anyone  who  has 
tried  to  keep  animals  in  an  aquarium  knows  that  a  shallow  vessel 
is  better  for  the  purpose  than  a  very  deep  one,  and  this  is  because 
there  is  a  relatively  large  surface  by  which  oxygen  can  be  absorbed. 
In  a  very  large  and  deep  aquarium  either  the  water  must  be  con- 
stantly renewed,  or  air  must  be  frequently  pumped  in. 

Relation  between  Plants  and  the  Breathing  of  Animals. — The 
statement  made  in  the  last  sentence  requires  a  certain  amount  of 
qualification,  for  not  only  do  animals  depend  in  the  long  run  upon 
plants,  as  regards  food,  but  there  is  an  intimate  connection  be- 
tween them  in  the  matter  of  breathing.  It  ought  to  be  clearly 
understood  that  plants  breathe  exactly  in  the  same  way  as  animals, 
so  far  as  essentials  are  concerned,  taking  in  oxygen  gas  and  giving 
out  carbonic  acid  gas.  Yet,  as  regards  ordinary  green  plants,  the 
statement  is  often  made  that  "  animals  breathe  in  oxygen  and 
breathe  out  carbonic  acid  gas,  while  plants  breathe  in  carbonic 
acid  gas  and  breathe  out  oxygen  ".  This  is  absolutely  incorrect, 
and  why  it  is  so  will  become  apparent  if  we  consider  for  a  moment 
how,  and  upon  what,  green  plants  feed.  Such  plants  act,  so  to 
speak,  as  intermediaries  between  the  mineral  and  animal  kingdoms, 
for  they  convert  very  simple  substances  into  the  materials  of 
which  their  own  bodies  are  composed,  and  thus  prepare  food  for 
animals,  as  these  depend  upon  a  diet  of  very  complex  chemical 
nature  (see  p.  270).  The  food  of  a  green  plant  consists,  in  fact, 
of  water  with  mineral  substances  dissolved  in  it,  and  also  of  car- 
bonic acid  gas,  this  too  being  dissolved  in  water  in  the  case  of 
aquatic  plants.  It  is  the  last  kind  of  food  with  which  we  are  here 
concerned.  The  green  colouring  matter  (chlorophyll)  which  is 
characteristic  of  ordinary  plants  enables  the  living  substance  (pro- 
toplasm) with  which  it  is  associated  to  use  sunlight  in  such  a  way 
as  to  bring  about  chemical  action  between  water  and  carbonic  acid 
gas.  The  result  of  this  is  twofold,  for  in  the  first  place  a  sub- 
stance is  formed  which  is  a  step  upward  in  complexity,  and  in  the 
second  place  oxygen  gas  is  liberated  as  a  sort  of  by-product.  It  is 
this  oxygen  gas  which  is  given  out  by  the  plant  and  erroneously 
supposed  to  be  a  result  of  breathing,  whereas  it  really  has  to  do 
with  the  feeding.  It  is  so  large  in  amount  as  to  greatly  exceed, 
during  the  daytime,  the  carbonic  acid  gas  which  is  breathed  out  by 


380  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

the  plant.  We  may  therefore  say  that  animals,  by  constantly 
breathing  out  carbonic  acid  gas,  keep  up  the  supply  of  a  substance 
green  plants  require  as  a  part  of  their  food.  Green  plants,  on  the 
other  hand,  in  the  course  of  their  feeding,  constantly  give  out  large 
quantities  of  oxygen  gas,  and  keep  up  the  supply  of  that  element 
necessary  for  breathing  purposes.  And  even  if  animals  could  dis- 
pense with  green  plants  as  food,  the  absence  of  such  plants  would 
probably  soon  result  in  such  a  diminution  of  the  oxygen  in  the  air 
and  such  an  increase  in  its  carbonic  acid  gas,  that  ordinary  animal 
life  would  become  impossible.  There  is  thus  a  constant,  though, 
of  course,  quite  unconscious,  exchange  of  good  offices  between 
animals  and  green  plants,  and  the  composition  of  the  air  is  kept 
uniform  for  indefinitely  long  periods  of  time.  It  is,  however,  quite 
possible,  as  some  have  maintained,  that  in  very  remote  geological 
periods  the  air  contained  a  much  larger  percentage  of  carbonic 
acid  gas  than  it  does  now,  and  this  was  possibly  one  of  the  causes 
that  led  to  the  luxuriant  growth  of  plants  during  the  geological 
period  (Carboniferous)  from  the  deposits  of  which  most  of  our 
coal  is  obtained. 

It  is  now  clear  why  the  remarks  already  made  (see  p.  379)  about 
the  difficulty  which  aquatic  animals  have  in  breathing,  when  kept  in 
a  deep  aquarium,  need  qualification.  For  if  there  is  an  abundant 
plant-growth  in  such  an  aquarium,  a  large  amount  of  oxygen  is 
given  off  which  can  be  breathed  by  the  animals  present.  When 
bright  sunlight  is  allowed  to  fall  upon  the  plants  in  such  an  aqua- 
rium, small  bubbles  of  gas  may  often  be  seen  to  collect  on  them, 
and  this,  when  tested,  proves  to  be  oxygen. 

In  the  succeeding  chapters  of  this  section  it  will  be  convenient 
first  of  all  to  consider  the  typical  breathers  in  water,  since  they 
represent  what  must  have  been  the  original  state  of  things. 
Typical  breathers  in  air  will  next  be  discussed,  and  afterwards 
forms  which  are  in  process  of  transition  from  breathing  in  water 
to  breathing  in  air,  while  mention  will  also  have  to  be  made  of 
air-breathing  forms  which  have  reverted  to  breathing  in  water  for 
part,  at  least,  of  their  existence. 


CHAPTER   XXXII 

ANIMAL    RESPIRATION— VERTEBRATES   THAT   BREATHE 

IN   WATER 


MID    BRAIN 


EYE 


'TWIXT   BRAIN 
PORE    BRAIN 


CEREBRAL 
HEMISPHERE 


HIND   BRAIN 


One  of  the  essential  characters  of  Vertebrate  or  Backboned 
animals  is  the  possession,  during  part  or  all  of  life,  of  slits  in  the 
side  of  the  throat  (visceral  clefts)  by  which  that  part  of  the  diges- 
tive tube  which  immediately  succeeds  the  mouth-cavity  (i.e. 
pharynx)  communicates 
with  the  exterior  (fig. 
511).  These  slits  pri- 
marily have  to  do  with 
breathing,  and  for  that 
reason  may  be  called 
gill-clefts,  since  in  many 
cases  gills y  which  are 
organs  specially  con-  VISCERAL  ARCHES 

cerned  with  aquatic 
breathing,  are  found 
as  outgrowths  of  their 
sides.  By  studying  the 
development  of  a  fish 
it  is  possible  to  follow 
the  stages  in  the  for- 
mation of  gill -clefts. 

The  sides  of  the  pharynx  grow  out  into  a  series  of  pouches  which 
first  of  all  come  into  contact  with  the  skin  and  then  fuse  with  it. 
Later  on,  by  the  absorption  of  tissue,  the  actual  openings  or  clefts 
come  into  existence. 

When,  however,  we  enquire  how  gill-clefts  came  to  be  devel- 
oped in  the  remote  and  so  far  unknown  ancestors  of  vertebrates, 
it  is  impossible  to  do  more  than  speculate  in  a  general  sort  of  way 
upon  the  matter.  We  know,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  that  almost  any 

381 


HEART 


Fig.  511. — Front  part  of  Chick  Embryo.     Enlarged 


382  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

part  of  an  aquatic  animal  to  which  water  has  access  may  help  in 
breathing  if  its  covering  or  lining  is  sufficiently  thin  for  the  oxygen 
dissolved  in  the  water  to  diffuse  in,  and  the  carbonic  acid  of  the 
blood  to  diffuse  out.  The  lining  of  the  digestive  tube  is  commonly 
sufficiently  delicate  to  satisfy  this  condition,  and  since  an  aquatic 
animal  takes  in  more  or  less  water  with  its  solid  food,  it  therefore 
follows  that  in  many  marine  worms,  &c.,  breathing  is  to  some 
extent  performed  by  the  tube  in  question.  It  is  also  obvious  that 
the  beginning  of  the  digestive  canal  is  most  favourably  situated 
for  the  purpose,  and  it  is  therefore  not  surprising  to  find  that 
aquatic  breathing  has  in  many  instances  been  localized  in  the 
pharynx.  A  breathing  organ,  to  be  efficient,  must  possess  a  suffi- 
ciently large  surface  for  exchange  of  gases  between  the  blood  and 
the  surrounding  medium;  hence  any  folds  or  pouches  in  the  sides 
of  the  pharynx  would  add  to  its  utility  in  this  particular  direction. 
And  here  the  very  pertinent  question  naturally  presents  itself— 
"  Is  there  any  reason  for  thinking  that  the  lowly  and  long-extinct 
creatures  from  which  Vertebrates  have  sprung  possessed  a  pouched 
digestive  tube?"  This  question  may  be,  with  some  probability, 
answered  in  the  affirmative,  for  Vertebrates  are  segmented  animals 
(see  p.  375),  i.e.  are  divided  from  before  backwards  into  a  series 
of  parts  or  segments  which,  in  such  a  low  type  as  the  Lancelet 
(Amphioxus),  resemble  one  another  pretty  closely.  The  original 
purpose  of  segmentation  appears  to  have  been  lost  in  Vertebrates 
(see  p.  375),  and  it  is  to  be  looked  upon  as  an  inherited  character 
which  they  have  had  to  make  the  best  of.  If  we  examine  some 
of  the  segmented  Invertebrates,  especially  the  segmented  worms 
(Annelids),  we  shall  find  that  the  digestive  tube  often  bulges  out 
laterally  in  each  segment,  and  this  is  the  very  feature  which  might 
lead  to  the  formation  of  gill-pouches  in  the  region  of  the  pharynx. 
How  and  why  these  pouches  first  came  to  open  externally  is  a 
very  difficult  problem,  but  we  know  that  such  structures  may  com- 
municate with  the  exterior,  for  in  some  of  the  Sea- Slugs  (Nudi- 
branchs,  see  p.  357)  there  are  tubular  branches  of  the  digestive 
tube  which  open  upon  horn-like  projections  (cerata),  probably  for 
the  purpose  of  getting  rid  of  certain  waste  products.  A  similar 
reason  may  explain  the  origin  of  gill-slits  in  the  remote  past.  Be 
that  as  it  may,  such  openings  once  established  would  greatly 
increase  the  efficiency  of  the  pharynx  as  a  breathing  organ,  for 
they  would  afford  a  means  of  exit  for  water  taken  in  at  the  mouth, 


VERTEBRATES   THAT   BREATHE    IN   WATER  383 

and  such  water  would  then  be  regularly  taken  in  for  respiratory 
purposes  instead  of  passing  in  casually  with  the  food.  Though, 
judging  from  analogy  with  some  Crustacea  and  other  animals  where 
the  last  part  of  the  intestine  is  pressed  into  the  service  of  breath- 
ing, there  may  have  been  a  stage  before  gill-slits  were  evolved, 
in  which  breathing-water  was  taken  into  the  pharynx  at  regular 
intervals  and  as  regularly  ejected  from  the  mouth  after  doing  its 
work.  Leaving  the  realm  of  speculation,  we  come  to  the  breathing 
arrangements  found  among  the  chief  groups  of  Fishes,  and  among 
the  simply-organized  forms  known  as  Protochordates. 

FISHES   AS    BREATHERS    IN   WATER 
LAMPREYS  AND  HAGS  (CYCLOSTOMES) 

One  of  the  most  interesting  forms  as  regards  breathing  organs 
In  this  very  ancient  and  primitive  group  is  the  Californian  Hag- 
Fish  (Bdellostoma)  of  the  Pacific  coast.  This  is  an  elongated 
eel -shaped  creature  with  suctorial  mouth,  devoid  of  anything 


Fig.  512 

A,  Californian  Hag-Fish  (Bdellostoma],  reduced,  showing  external  apertures  of  the  gill-pouches.  NA,  Unpaired 
nostril.  B,  Diagrammatic  cross-section  of  same,  showing  two  gill-pouches  connected  with  the  gullet  and  the 
exterior.  Course  of  the  breathing-water  indicated  by  arrows. 

comparable  to  a  lower  jaw.  On  each  side  of  the  body  are  to  be 
seen,  a  little  distance  behind  the  head,  some  seven  to  fifteen 
small  round  holes,  one  behind  the  other  (fig.  512).  These  are 
the  external  openings  of  a  corresponding  number  of  gill-pouches. 
Dissection  shows  that  the  pouches  communicate  internally  with 
the  digestive  tube  by  similar  apertures,  and  that  the  lining  of 
each  pouch  is  raised  into  a  large  number  of  thin  folds,  arranged 
almost  like  the  leaves  of  a  book,  and  presenting  a  very  large 
surface  for  purification  of  blood.  The  heart  contains  nothing 
but  impure  blood,  loaded  with  carbonic  acid  gas  and  deficient 
in  oxygen.  This  it  pumps  to  the  gill-pouches,  where  dissolved 
oxygen  is  taken  up  from  the  surrounding  water,  which  receives 


3^4 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


in   exchange,    so   to    speak,    the   waste   carbonic   acid   gas.      The 
purified  blood  is  then  distributed  to  all  parts  of  the   body  (fig. 

5i3). 

In   cases  where  organs   of  any  sort  are   repeated   to   form   a 
series,   it   frequently  happens   that   increased   efficiency  is  gained 


DORSAL  AORTA 


POST.  CAROL. 


Fig.  513. — Diagram  of  Circulatory  System  in  a  Fish 

The  direction  of  blood-flow  is  indicated  by  arrows;  vessels  containing  pure  blood  left  unshaded,  those  containing; 
impure  blood  are  darkly  shaded.  The  capillaries  of  head,  gills  (GGGGG),  digestive  tube  (DIG.),  liver  (LR.),  trunk, 
and  fins  are  represented  as  net-works. 

The  heart  essentially  consists  of  an  auricle  (AU.)  and  ventricle  (VENT.),  and  pumps  impure  blood  to  the  gills,  where 
it  is  purified,  afterwards  passing  to  the  dorsal  aorta  for  general  distribution.  The  impure  blood  is  returned  to  the 
heart  by  paired  anterior  cardinal  (ANT.  CARDL.)  and  posterior  cardinal  (POST.  CAROL.)  veins.  The  liver  receives  pure 
blood  by  a  liver-artery  (LR.  ART.)  and  also  impure  blood  (from  stomach,  intestines,  pancreas,  and  spleen)  by  an  hepatic 
portal  vein  (H.P.V.).  Its  impure  blood  is  returned  to  the  heart  by  a  liver-vein  (LR.VN.).  The  complex  circulatory 
arrangements  of  the  liver  are  known  as  the  'hepatic  portal  system".  (DIG.  ART.),  Artery  carrying  pure  blood  to 
stomach,  &c.  The  gills  and  gill-vessels  of  one  side  only  are  indicated. 

by  a  reduction  in  number,  usually  accompanied  by  specialization 
of  the  surviving  members  of  the  series.  Good  examples  are 
furnished  by  the  reduction  in  number  of  the  teeth  of  some  Car- 
nivores (see  p.  7),  of  walking-legs  in  Insects  as  compared  with 


COURSE    OF    FOOD    __v     ,GULUET 


Fig.  514. — Diagram  showing  the  gill-pouches  (G)  of  one  side  in  a  Lamprey  (Petromyzon) 

Scorpions  or  Centipedes,  and  of  digits  in  the  Horse,  which  has 
one  large  efficient  toe  as  contrasted  with  the  five  of  a  Man.  And 
when  we  examine  the  breathing  organs  of  a  Lamprey  (Petro- 
myzon) we  find  only  seven  pairs  of  gill-pouches,  a  great  reduction 
as  compared  with  the  Californian  Hag- Fish.  Nor  do  these 
pouches  open  directly  out  of  the  digestive  tube,  but  they  com- 
municate internally  with  a  breathing  tube  which  underlies  and 
is  connected  in  front  with  this  (fig.  514). 


VERTEBRATES  THAT  BREATHE  IN  WATER 


385 


V.AO. 


A  very  interesting  and  curious  specialization  is  found  in  the 
Common  Hag-  Fish  (Myxine),  a  form  which  abounds  on  the  east 
coast  of  Scotland.  For  here  there  are  only 
two  external  openings,  situated  rather  far 
back  on  the  under  side  of  the  body.  On 
dissection  we  find  that  there  are  six  pairs 
of  gill-pouches,  opening  directly  out  of  the 
digestive  tube,  but  those  of  each  side  com- 
municate externally  with  a  canal  which 
opens  to  the  exterior  by  one  of  the  two 
openings  already  noted  (fig.  515).  This  is 
probably  connected  with  the  habit  this  fish 
has  of  attacking  cod,  &c.,  in  a  moribund 
condition,  and  eating  its  way  into  their 
bodies.  This  practice  would  interfere  with 
breathing  if  the  gill  openings  were  arranged 
as  in  a  Lamprey.  A  further  interesting 
point  about  the  Hag  is  the  existence  of  a 
useless  seventh  gill-passage  behind  the 
pouches  of  the  left  side,  and  this  vestige 
clearly  indicates  that  the  fish  is  descended 
from  forms  possessing  more  numerous 
gill-pouches  than  it  does  itself.  Such 
a  conclusion  is  borne  out  by  the  facts  A>  auricle  >v>  ventricle;  V.AO.  ventral 

»  aorta  taking  impure  blood  to  the  gill- 

already  mentioned    regarding  the  number     pouches;  PA.  pharynx;  a  and  G6, 

.  '  1  .  .  ,  f.       |  first  and  last  gill-pouches  of  left  side; 

of  gill  -pouches  in  other  members  ot    the     G  ?,  vestige  of  seventh  gm-pouch  on 

left  side  ;   X  X,  the  two  external  gill 
grOUp.  apertures 


Fig  SIS.  _  circuiatory  Breathing 


SHARKS    AND    RAYS    (ELASMOBRANCHS) 

A  description  has  already  been  given  (vol.  i,  p.  257)  of  the 
structure  of  the  Spotted  Dog- Fish  (Scy Ilium  canicula),  which  is 
in  effect  a  small  shark.  In  this  creature,  as  in  most  of  its  kind, 
five  gill-clefts  are  readily  seen  on  each  side  of  the  body  a  little 
way  behind  the  head,  and  these  are  the  external  openings  of  a 
corresponding  number  of  gill-pouches  which  communicate  inter- 
nally with  the  pharynx  (fig.  516).  Projecting  into  each  pouch  are 
a  large  number  of  folds,  collectively  presenting  a  large  surface  for 
purification  of  the  blood.  The  breathing-pouches  of  a  Lamprey 
are  supported  and  prevented  from  collapsing  by  a  basket-work  of 

VOL.  II.  57 


386 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


horny  fibres,  and  there  is  a  similar  arrangement  in  the  Dog- Fish, 
for  the  thick  partitions  (gill-arches)  between  the  gill-pouches  are 
supported  by  jointed  hoops  of  gristle,  which  unite  with  one  another 
below,  and  answer  the  same  purpose.  Special  muscles  are  attached 

to  this  framework,  which  act  so  as  to 
adjust  and  promote  the  outward  flow  of 
water  through  the  gill-clefts. 

There  is  good  reason  for  thinking 
that  the  number  of  gill-clefts  in  a  Dog- 
Fish  or  Shark  is  a  reduction  upon  an 
earlier  state  of  things,  and  it  is  interest- 
ing to  note  that  two  existing  kinds  of 
Shark  (Hexanchus  and  Heptanchus]  pos- 
sess respectively  six  and  seven  pairs  of 
such  clefts ;  besides  which,  it  has  recently 
been  discovered  that  in  one  species  of 
Dog- Fish  there  are  remains  (vestiges) 
of  a  sixth  pair  of  clefts  behind  the  last 
existing  pair.  It  is  also  to  be  observed 
that  reduction  has  taken  place  not  only 
from  behind,  but  also  from  in  front,  for 
just  behind  the  eye  of  a  Dog-Fish  or 
Shark  there  is  a  small  round  hole,  the  spiracle,  with  which  the 
pharynx  communicates  by  means  of  a  narrow  passage  (spiracular 
cleft).  That  this  is  an  old  gill -cleft  which  is  being  utilized  for 
other  purposes  is  conclusively  proved  by  the  fact  that  it  contains 
some  small  folds  which  are  undoubtedly  the  last  traces  of  a  dis- 
appearing gill.  These  folds  are  known  as  the  false-gill  (pseudo- 
branck).  The  new  use  to  which  this  old  gill -cleft  is  being  put 
is  the  transmission  of  sound  to  the  essential  organs  of  hearing, 
which  are  enclosed  in  a  gristly  ear -capsule  adjoining  the  front 
wall  of  the  cleft.  In  a  Skate  (Raia  batis]  there  is  a  thin  place 
in  the  wall  of  this  capsule  to  facilitate  the  conduction  of  sound. 
This  is  a  particularly  striking  case  of  "change  of  function",  and 
it  acquires  much  greater  interest  when  we  come  to  investigate 
the  structure  of  the  organs  of  hearing  in  such  forms  as  mammals, 
birds,  reptiles,  and  amphibians.  For  outside  the  ear-capsule  of 
these  animals  there  is  a  cavity  or  "  drum  ",  covered  externally  by 
a  tense  membrane,  from  which  sound-waves  are  carried  across 
the  drum  by  one  or  more  little  bones  (see  vol.  i,  p.  56)  to  the 


Fig.  516. — Horizontal  section  through  the 
Breathing  Organs  of  a  Dog-Fish  or  Shark, 
showing  the  gill-pouches.  The  gills  are 
deeply  shaded  and  the  course  of  the  breath- 
ing water  indicated  by  arrows,  t,  Tongue; 
gl,  gullet. 


VERTEBRATES   THAT    BREATHE    IN   WATER  387 

i 

essential  organs  of  hearing  contained  in  the  capsule.  This  drum 
is  the  equivalent  of  the  spiracular  cleft  of  a  Dog- Fish,  and  it  is 
therefore  clear  that  the  backboned  animals  which  live  on  land 
have  pressed  an  old  gill-cleft  into  the  service  of  their  hearing 
organs,  which  is  in  itself  sufficient  proof  that  these  animals  have 
descended  from  aquatic  gill-possessing  ancestors. 

In  some  fishes  of  the  Shark  kind  the  internal  openings  of  the 
gill-pouches  are  guarded  by  slender  projections  ("gill-rakers"), 
the  use  of  which  is  to  prevent  foreign  bodies  or  bits  of  food  from 
passing  into  the  pouches  and  choking  them  up. 

SEA-CATS  (HoLOCEPHALi)  , 

The  members  of  this  small  group  are  closely  related  to  the 
Sharks,  but  are  in  advance  of  them  so  far  as  breathing  organs  are 
concerned.  The  best-known  of  them  is  the  Sea-Cat,  or  King  of 
the  Herrings  (Chinuzra  monstrosa).  There  is  here  no  spiracle, 


Fig.  517.— The  Sea-Cat  (Chimara  monstrosa],  male 

and  the  gill-clefts,  which  are  close  together,  are  reduced  to  four 
in  number.  Externally  they  are  protected  by  a  flap  or  gill-cover 
(operculum),  supported  by  gristle  (fig.  517).  We  shall  see  in  the 
sequel  that  various  arrangements  have  been  evolved  in  different 
sorts  of  aquatic  animals  for  the  protection  of  the  gills,  for  these 
structures  are  necessarily  of  delicate  texture  (or  exchange  of 
gases  could  not  take  place  through  their  walls),  and  are  not 
only  liable  to  be  injured  by  grains  of  sand  and  the  like,  but  are 
also  much  favoured  by  parasites,  which  find  in  them  a  sheltered 
home  provided  with  a  very  rich  supply  of  blood. 


388 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


ORDINARY   BONY   FISHES    (TELEOSTEI) 

In  such  fishes  as  Salmon,  Perch,  or  Cod  there  is  further 
specialization  in  the  breathing  organs,  resulting,  it  would  seem, 
in  increased  efficiency,  which  is  no  doubt  one  reason  why  this 
youngest  group  of  fishes  is  predominant  at  the  present  day. 

There  is  no  spiracle,  and  the  gill-slits  are 
usually  Jive  in  number  (though  they  may  be 
fewer),  and  close  together.  The  most  remark- 
able peculiarity,  however,  concerns  the  gill-folds, 
and  it  is  one  to  which  Chimaera  and  Sturgeons 
lead  up.  Each  such  fold,  instead  of  being 
attached  along  its  whole  length  to  the  side  of 
a  deep  gill-pouch,  is  here  present  as  a  thread 
or  filament,  fixed  by  one  end  to  a  comparatively 
narrow  gill-bar  (fig.  518).  The  gill-bars  are, 
as  it  were,  the  greatly-reduced  representatives 
of  the  partitions  which  separate  the  gill-pouches 
in  a  Dog- Fish  or  Shark.  An  ordinary  bony 
fish  possesses  a  large  gill-cover  or  operculum, 
Fig.  5i8. -Horizontal  section  supported  by  several  flat  bones,  and  if  we  lift 

through    the   breathing-organs  A  x  ' 

of  a  Teieost.   The  freeiy-pro-    this  up  the  gill-filaments  are  to  be  seen  aggre- 

jecting  gills  are  darkly  shaded,  -  1  r  1  i      IM  -11  i 

and  the  course  of  the  breathing-    gated  into  a  number  of  red  comb-like  gills,  the 

water    indicated     by    arrows.        pi  i«  ,1  ,1  /-        1 

t.  Tongue;  gi.  guiiet.  filaments    corresponding    to    the   teeth    of    the 

combs.       The  evolution  of  the  protective  gill- 
cover  has  rendered  such  an  arrangement  possible. 

Many  Teleosts  also  exemplify  a  special  device  by  which  a. 
regular  flowr  of  water  over  the  gills  is  promoted.  There  are 
valvular  flaps  (inner  lips)  just  within  the  mouth,  and  similar  flaps 
close  to  the  slits  behind  the  gill-covers.  When  the  fish  opens  its 
mouth  and  dilates  its  pharynx  the  latter  valves  close,  so  that  water 
enters  from  the  front  only,  none  passing  in  under  the  gill-covers 
and  through  the  gill-clefts.  As  the  mouth  shuts,  its  valves  come 
together,  so  that  all  the  water  that  has  been  taken  in  is  forced 
out  through  the  gill-clefts,  and  is  entirely  prevented  from  being 
ejected  again  in  front  without  having  done  any  breathing  work. 

PROTOCHORDATES 

In  describing  the  breathing  organs  of  fishes  use  has  several 
times  been  made  of  the  word  ''gill",  and  it  is  time  to  enquire 


VERTEBRATES  THAT  BREATHE  IN  WATER       389 

what  is  meant  by  this  expression.  A  gill  is  an  outgrowth  from 
the  body,  or  it  may  be  a  collection  of  outgrowths,  the  use  of 
which  is  to  assist  breathing  in  water.  It  is,  in  fact,  a  means 
of  increasing  the  surface  through  which  the  dissolved  oxygen  in 
the  surrounding  water  can  pass  into  the  blood,  while  on  the  other 
hand  waste  carbonic  acid  from  the  blood  diffuses  out  into  the 
water.  In  an  ordinary  bony  fish  each  comb-like  aggregate  of 
filaments  may  be  termed  a  gill  in  this  sense. 

In  the  lowest  animals  (Protochordates)  which  have  any  claim 
to  be  considered  vertebrates  there  are  no  gills  in  the  sense  just 
•explained,  but  the  perforated  walls  of  the  pharynx  offer  a  suffi- 
ciently large  surface  to  serve  the  purpose  of  breathing.  In  the 


GILL  SLITS  OVARIES  LIVER  ATRIOFORE  INTESTINE 

Fig.  519. — Lancelet  (Amphioxus  lanceolatus} 
Side  view,  with  internal  organs  seen  by  transparency.     Semidiagrammatic 

Lancelet  (Amphioxus),  for  example,  the  pharynx  is  exceedingly 
large,  and  perforated  by  a  great  number  of  oblique  clefts  (fig. 
519),  and,  as  each  of  these  is  again  divided  by  cross-bars,  the 
result  is  the  establishment  of  a  complex  basket-work,  possessing 
a  very  large  surface  for  exchange  of  gases  between  the  blood 
and  the  surrounding  water.  By  means  of  horny  supporting  rods 
the  pharynx  is  stiffened,  and  the  numerous  small  openings  kept 
from  collapsing.  Although  the  Lancelet  is  low  down  in  the 
vertebrate  branch,  it  must  not  be  imagined  that  this  complicated 
arrangement  gives  any  idea  of  the  breathing  organs  possessed 
by  the  first  vertebrates  evolved,  for  the  richly -ciliated  pharynx 
is  a  current-producing  organ  which  is  essential  to  feeding  (see 
p.  244),  and  it  has  been  elaborated  in  connection  with  this 
important  function. 

The  Ascidians  or  Tunicates  possess  a  pharynx  with  side-walls 
converted  into  a  basket-work  (see  vol.  i,  p.  297),  not  unlike 
that  found  in  the  Lancelet,  and,  as  in  that  animal,  its  duty  is 
to  cause  water  to  stream  in  at  the  mouth,  bringing  with  it  food 
and  the  oxygen  necessary  for  breathing.  Both  in  the  Lancelet 


39° 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


v.b.i 


v.n 


and  in  Ascidians  the  minute  organisms  and  organic  particles 
which  constitute  the  food  would  be  liable  to  pass  through  the 
lateral  perforations  of  the  pharynx  and  so  wasted,  if  there  were 
not  some  special  arrangement  to  prevent  it.  But  in  each  of 
these  cases  there  is  present  a  groove  along  the  upper  side,  and 
a  similar  groove  along  the  lower  side,  along  which  food  is  con- 
ducted to  the  gullet,  entangled  in  a 
sticky  fluid  which  prevents  their  escape. 
In  the  Acorn-headed  Worm  (Bala- 
noglossus)  (see  vol.  i,  p.  300)  the 
pharynx  is  divided  by  projecting  folds 
into  a  lower  food-conducting  section 
and  an  upper  breathing  portion  (fig. 
520).  The  latter  possesses  a  large 
number  of  pairs  of  gill-pouches,  which 
open  to  the  exterior  by  rounded  pores 
on  the  upper  side  of  the  body.  The 
walls  of  these  pouches  are  supported 
by  horny  rods  closely  similar  to  those 
which  stiffen  the  side-walls  of  the 
Lancelet's  pharynx. 

In  all  these  Protochordates — and 
the  remark  is  true  for  vertebrate  ani- 
mals generally — the  pharynx,  originally  concerned  with  the  diges- 
tive function  only,  has  acquired  a  new  use,  having  been  pressed 
into  the  service  of  breathing.  Various  devices  have  been  evolved 
to  prevent  these  two  distinct  duties  from  interfering  with  each 
other,  and  we  have  just  seen  how  this  is  accomplished  in  the 
Lancelet,  &c.  The  use  of  gill-rakers  in  Fishes  has  also  been 
explained  (see  p.  387),  and  we  shall  have  occasion  to  note  in 
the  sequel  the  way  in  which  air-breathing  vertebrates  attempt, 
with  more  or  less  success,  to  keep  the  feeding  tract  distinct  from 
the  breathing  tract. 


Fig.  520.  —  Section  through  an  Acorn- 
headed  Worm  [Balanoglossus]  in  the  region 
of  the  pharynx.  This  is  incompletely  divided 
into  feeding-tube  (f.t.}  below  and  breathing- 
tube  (b.t.}  above.  The  latter  communicates 
by  means  of  gill-pouches  (g.p.}  with  the  ex- 
terior. The  course  of  the  breathing-water 
indicated  by  arrows,  b.c.  Body-cavity;  d.b.v. 
and  v.b.v.  dorsal  and  ventral  blood-vessels; 
d.n.  and  v.n.  dorsal  and  ventral  nerves. 


CHAPTER   XXXIII 

ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— NEMERTINES— MOLLUSCS 
WHICH    BREATHE   IN   WATER 


NEMERTINES 

Some  authorities  are  of  the  opinion  that  these  curious  un- 
segmented  marine  creatures,  which  look  like  long  cylindrical 
worms  (see  vol.  i,  p.  305),  resemble  in  certain  respects  the  re- 
mote stock  which  has  given  origin  to  backboned  animals.  One 
characteristic  feature  of  such  animals  is,  as  we  have  seen,  the 
possession  of  a  perforated  pharynx  which  has  taken  on  the 
function  of  breathing.  Nemertines  in  all  probability  breathe  to 
a  large  extent  by  means  of  their  soft  skin,  but  it  is  also  likely 
that  the  pharynx  takes  part  in  the  same  work,  although  it  is 
not  perforated  by  gill-clefts.  And  it  is  certainly  a  suggestive 
fact  that  the  straight  digestive  tube  of  these  creatures  bulges 
out  on  each  side  into  a  series  of  pouches,  resembling  in  character 
the  structures  which  probably  gave  rise  to  gill-pouches  by  acquiring 
external  apertures  (see  p.  381). 

MOLLUSCS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   WATER 

The  vast  majority  of  MOLLUSCS  of  all  kinds  live  in  water, 
and  breathe  the  oxygen  which  is  dissolved  in  it.  They  are 
predominatingly  marine,  but  some  forms  live  in  estuaries,  while 
others  have  migrated  into  fresh  water,  and  adapted  themselves 
to  the  special  conditions  there  existing. 

MAIL-SHELLS,    &C.    (PROTOMOLLUSCA) 

The  breathing  organs  are  in  a  comparatively  simple  condition 
in  the  primitive  forms  known  as  Mail- Shells  (Chiton,  &c.).  Here 
there  is  a  flattened  oval  body,  protected  above  by  a  row  of  eight 


392 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


shelly  plates,  and  exhibiting  below  a  large  flat  muscular  foot,  by 
means  of  which  creeping  is  effected.  Overhanging  the  foot, 
and  running  right  round  the  animal,  is  a  flap-like  mantle-skirt, 

the  groove  under  which 
is  known  as  the  mantle- 
cavity.  This  shelters  on 
each  side  a  varying  num- 
ber of  gills  (fig.  521), 
s  each  of  which  consists 
of  a  stalk,  on  either  side 
of  which  are  arranged  a 


INTESTINAL 
OPENING 


Fig.  521.— Mail-Shell  (Chiton]  seen  from  above  (A)  and  below  (B). 
Note  in  B  the  numerous  gills  on  each  side 


large  number  of  small 
flat  plates.  These  col- 
lectively present  a  very 
large  surface  to  the  surrounding  water,  and  as  the  gills  are  of 
delicate  texture  it  is  easy  for  the  abundant  blood  which  they 

contain  to  get  rid  of  its 
waste  carbonic  acid  gas  in 
exchange  for  oxygen. 


FIN 


Fig.  522. — Dissection  of  a  Cuttle-Fish  (Sepia)  from  the  back,  to 
show  interior  of  gill-cavity.  The  muscular  mantle  has  been  cut 
through  and  turned  over  to  the  right,  and  the  tentacles  have  been 
cut  short:  X  X  (on  mantle),  two  projections  which  "button"  into 
two  corresponding  pits  (X  X)  while  water  is  being  ejected  through 
funnel;  K  K,  kidney  openings;  Lap.  Intestinal  aperture.  Course 
of  breathing-water  shown  by  arrows. 


HEAD-FOOTED   MOL- 
LUSCS   (CEPHALOPODA) 

A  Cuttle -Fish  (Sepia, 
&c.)  or  Squid  (Loligo,  &c.) 
is  far  more  specialized  than 
a  Mail -Shell  as  regards 
breathing  organs.  On  the 
hinder  side  of  its  long  body 
we  can  easily  find  a  large 
gill-cavity,  opening  below 
by  a  large  slit,  and  probably 
equivalent  to  the  posterior 
part  of  the  mantle-cavity  in 
the  Mail-Shell,  greatly  en- 
larged and  deepened.  Two 
very  large  plume-like  gills 
are  contained  in  the  cavity 
(fig.  522),  and  these  pro- 
bably represent  one  of  the 
last  few  pairs  of  a  Mail- 


HEAD-FOOTED    MOLLUSCS    (CEPHALOPODS) 

i.  Paper  Nautilus.  2.  Squid.  3.  Egg  Capsules  of  Squid.  4.  Common  Octopus. 


MOLLUSCS   WHICH   BREATHE   IN   WATER  393 

Shell's  gills.  It  is  in  fact  a  case  where  efficiency  has  been  gained 
by  the  suppression  of  some  of  the  members  of  a  series  (see  p.  384), 
those  remaining  becoming  larger  and  more  specialized.  In  an 
active  rapacious  animal  like  a  Cuttle-Fish  some  special  method  of 
constantly  renewing  the  water  in  the  large  gill-cavity  is  an  obvious 
necessity,  especially  as  all  the  waste  products  of  the  body  (in  addi- 
tion to  carbonic  acid  gas  from  breathing)  are  discharged  into  it. 
We  find  that  the  back  wall  of  the  cavity  is  extremely  muscular, 
and  during  life  contracts  at  regular  intervals,  as  can  readily  be  seen 
in  an  aquarium  specimen,  so  as  to  force  out  the  impure  water 
and  the  various  waste  substances.  These  are  expelled  through 
a  muscular  tube,  the  funnel,  pure  water  being  admitted  by  the 
large  slit  already  mentioned.  As  will  be  explained  in  another 
section,  the  waste  water  is  ejected  with  such  force  through  the 
funnel  that  it  enables  the  animal  to  swim  backward  with  great 
velocity.  As  in  so  many  other  cases,  various  organs  of  the  body 
are  always  liable  to  have  fresh  duties  imposed  upon  them,  in 
addition  to  their  own  proper  and  original  work.  And  as  in  the 
course  of  time  such  an  organ  often  gives  up  the  old  work  entirely, 
and  devotes  itself  wholly  to  the  new,  we  find  that  the  animal 
kingdom  presents  numerous  cases  of  "changes  of  function". 

The  breathing  apparatus  of  the  Pearly  Nautilus  {Nautilus 
pompilius]  is  a  good  deal  like  that  of  the  Cuttle-Fish,  but  there 
are  four  gills  instead  of  two,  and  the  funnel  is  of  simpler  nature, 
consisting  of  two  halves  rolled  together  but  not  fused. 

SNAILS   AND   SLUGS   (GASTROPODA) 

The  typical  SEA-SNAILS  and  SLUGS  (marine  Gastropods)  agree 
to  some  extent  with  Cuttle- Fishes,  for  they  have  given  up  the 
series  of  gills  which  their  remote  ancestors  probably  possessed, 
and  those  which  remain  are  sheltered  in  a  comparatively  spacious 
gill-cavity,  into  which  all  the  waste  products  of  the  body  are 
discharged.  But  as  a  consequence  of  an  extraordinary  twisting 
round  of  the  upper  parts  of  the  body  which  has  taken  place,  one 
result  of  which  is  the  spiral  shape  of  the  shell,  this  cavity  is  placed 
in  front,  being  so  to  speak  over  the  shoulders,  and  opening  by 
a  large  slit  above  the  neck  region.  In  some  cases  two  gills  are 
present,  e.g.  in  the  Ormer  or  Sea-Ear  (Haliotis]  (fig.  523),  and 
the  waste  water  makes  its  exit  by  a  slit  in  the  roof  of  the  gill- 


394 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


cavity,  the  position  of  which  is  marked  by  a  row  of  holes  in  the 
shell.  The  Keyhole  Limpet  (Fissurella]  possesses  the  same 
number  of  gills,  and  the  water  which  has  traversed  the  gill- 
cavity  makes  its  way  out  by  the  hole  at  the  top  of  the  shell  to 
which  the  common  name  of  this  form  is  due.  There  are  two 

interesting-     relatives     of    this 

TFNTACLES 

type  which  lead  up  to  the 
arrangement  described.  In 
one  of  these  (Emarginula) 
there  is  an  exit  slit  at  the 
front  edge  of  the  shell,  while 
"HA  ^  the  other  (Rimula)  there 


Fig.  523.— Ormer  (Haliotis]  seen  from  above  after 
removal  of  shell.     The  gill-cavity  has  been  opened. 


Fig.  524. — Shells  of  various  Sea-Snails 

(seen  from  above) 

A,  Emarginula;  B,  Rimula;  c,  Fissurella;  D  and  E, 
successive  stages  in  growth  of  Fissurella. 


is  a  hole  placed  a  little  way  from  the  front  (fig.  524).  If  the 
development  of  the  Keyhole  Limpet  is  traced  it  is  found  that 
there  is  first  of  all  a  slit  at  the  front  edge  of  the  shell,  then  an 
opening  rather  farther  back,  and  lastly  the  aperture  at  the  top 
of  the  shell  which  characterizes  the  adult  (fig.  524).  This  would 
certainly  appear  to  be  a  case  of  recapitulation,  in  which  the  life- 
history  of  the  individual  epitomizes  the  family  history,  and  the 
two  allied  forms  just  described  retain  throughout  life  what  were 
no  doubt  stages  in  the  evolution  of  Keyhole  Limpets. 

Examination  of  a  typical  spiral  sea-snail,  such  as  the  Whelk 
(Buccinum)  or  the  Purple- Shell  (Purpura),  shows  that  only  one 
gill  is  present,  one  member  of  the  original  pair  having  been 
sacrificed  for  greater  efficiency,  and  this  gill  is  placed  very  much 
to  one  side  (fig.  525).  Two  gills  probably  blocked  up  the  gill- 


MOLLUSCS   WHICH    BREATHE   IN   WATER 


395 


cavity  to  such  an  extent  that  regular  entry  and  exit  of  water  were 

interfered  with,  while  the  arrangement  which  has  superseded  the 

old  one  enables  fresh  water  to  flow  up  one  side  of  the  gill-cavity, 

over   the    single    gill,   and    then   down   the    other   side,  washing 

out  the  various  waste  products 

to  the  exterior.     And    in    the 

carnivorous  forms  which  have 

been    taken   as   examples    the 

entering  water  is  provided  with 

a  special    means  of  access    in 

the  form  of  a  sort  of  tube  or 

"  siphon  ".       The    position    of 

this   is   marked  by  a  notch  in 

the  shell  which,  as  noticed  else- 

where  (see   p.  96),  is   charac- 

teristic   of    carnivorous    snails, 

as    compared    with   vegetarian 

forms   which  have   no   siphon, 

and     therefore     no     notch    to 

lodge  it.     The  difference  may 

be    plausibly   explained    if   we 

remember      that      carnivorous 

snails    have    to    be    specially 

active  in  order  to  get  a  living, 

and    as   activity    is    associated 

with    properly  -purified    blood, 

i 
We     may    expect     SUCH    CreatUreS 

r/->     Viow^    m/~it-^    ^ff^riVo    Kt-/^o<4-» 

to  nave  more  effective  breatn- 
ing    arrangements    than    their 

o  o 

mOre     Sluggish     relatives     Which 

live  on  vegetable  food. 

The  breathing  organs  of  the  Common  Limpet  (Patella  vul- 
gata)  are  in  a  particularly  interesting  condition.  If  we  remove 
the  large  conical  shell  which  covers  the  back  of  this  animal,  and 
look  for  a  gill-cavity  in  the  position  where  it  is  found  in  a  Whelk 
or  Purple-  Shell,  we  shall  readily  discover  it,  though  in  size  it  is 
comparatively  small.  On  opening  this  cavity,  however,  no  gill 
is  to  be  found,  although  some  not  very  distantly-related  forms,  as, 
e.g.,  John  Knox's  Limpet  (Acnuea  testudinalis),  possess  one  well- 
developed  gill  in  this  position  (fig.  526).  Careful  examination 


Fig.  525.—  Diagram  or  a  Whelk  (Buccinum),  seen  from 
above.  Shell  removed  and  the  roof  of  gill-cavity  sup- 
posed  transparent  i,  Mouth;  2,  brain-ganglion;  2^,  nerve- 

cord  connecting  side.gangiion  (above)  with  foot-gangiion 
,(below);  3'  ™e  of,  the  tjre"  ganglia  on  the  twisfted  newe' 

loop;  4,  gill;  4^,  osphradium  ;  5,  opening  of  intestine; 
6>  heart  in  Pericardium;  8,  a  gland  (purple-gland  in  Pur- 
pura);  9,  siphon;  10,  10,  foot;  n,  operculutn. 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


of  the  floor  of  the  Limpet's  gill-cavity  shows  the  presence  of  a 
minute  orange-coloured  projection  on  either  side,  and  the  position 


Fig.  526.— Gill-cavities  of  John  Knox's  Limpet  (A)  and  Common  Limpet  (B)  enlarged,  as  seen  from  above 
with  roof  removed,     i,  Intestinal  aperture;  K  K,  kidney  apertures 

and  nerve-supply  of  these  prove  them  to  be  the  vestiges  of  two 
gills    which    ancestral    Limpets    no    doubt    possessed    (fig.    526). 

How  then  does  a  Limpet 
breathe?  The  answer  is, 
that  it  has  developed  new 
gills  for  itself  of  quite  a 
fresh  kind,  in  the  form  of  a 
large  number  of  little  plates 
which  grow  out  from  the 


Fig.  527.— Diagram  of  Sea-Hare  (Aplysia\ 
seen  from  above 

i,  Mouth;  2,  nerve-ring  with  ganglia;  3,  one  of  the 
two  ganglia  on  the  untwisted  nerve-loop;  4,  gill,  just  in 
front  of  which  is  seen  the  osphradium ;  5,  opening  of 
intestine;  6,  heart  in  pericardium;  10,  loa,  right  para- 
pod;  io<5,  left  parapod  folded  over  back. 


d 

Fig.  528. — Diagrammatic  cross  section  of 
Hind-gilled  Snail  (A),  and  longitudinal  section 
of  Fore-gilled  Snail  (B).  a,  Space  occupied  by 
internal  organs;  bb,  shell;  cc,  mantle;  d,  foot; 
e,  gill  in  gill-cavity. 


mantle-skirt    that    runs    right    round    the    body    (as    in    a    Mail- 
Shell)    and    overhangs    the    foot.       These    mantle-gills   are    very 


MOLLUSCS   WHICH   BREATHE   IN   WATER  397 

conveniently  situated,  being  washed  with  sea-water  whenever  the 
tide  is  up. 

So  far  we  have  considered  the  Fore-gilled  Sea-Snails,  in 
which  the  gill-cavity  has  been  brought  right  round  to  the  front, 
as  the  result  of  twisting,  and  the  gill  or  gills  which  it  usually 
contains  are  therefore  in  front  of  the  heart,  which  they  supply 
with  pure  blood.  But  in  the  Hind-gilled  Sea-Snails  the  upper 
part  of  the  body  has  begun  to  twist  back  again  (in  the  direction 
of  the  hands  of  a  watch)  so  that  the  gill-cavity  has  shifted  from 
the  front  to  the  right  side  of  the  body.  This  is  the  case,  for 
example,  in  the  curious  slug-like  Sea- Hare  (Aplysia),  where  the 
laterally-placed  gill-cavity  contains  a  single  gill  which  is  now 
placed  rather  behind  the  heart  (figs.  527  and  528).  This  group 
of  Molluscs  also  includes  the  Sea  -  Slugs  proper,  which  have 
struck  out  a  line  of  their  own,  and  have  lost  shell,  gill-cavity, 
and  typical  gills.  Some  of  them,  however,  have  been  enterprising 
enough  to  grow  new 
gills,  just  as  the  Limpet 
has  done.  Of  this  a  good 
example  is  the  Sea- 
Lemon  (Doris),  in  which 
a  beautiful  circlet  of 
feathery  gill-plumes  is 
situated  far  back  on  the 
upper  side,  surrounding 
the  opening  of  the  intes- 
tine (fig.  529).  Although 
these  have  no  gill-cavity  to  shelter  them  they  are  well-protected, 
for  they  can  be  drawn  back  into  a  groove  until  no  trace  of  them 
can  be  seen  from  the  outside. 

Other  Sea-Slugs  (as  Elysia)  are  content  to  breathe  with  the 
general  surface  of  the  body,  and  this  method  appears  to  purify 
the  blood  sufficiently  in  a  large  number  of  thin-skinned  animals 
belonging  to  diverse  groups,  especially  when  they  are  of  small 
size.  This  is  partly  dependent  on  the  fact  that  the  smaller  the 
animal  the  larger  the  surface  of  the  body  relative  to  its  bulk, 
besides  which  none  of  the  organs  are  very  far  removed  from  the 
surrounding  medium,  and  consequently  have  but  little  difficulty 
in  exchanging  their  waste  carbonic  acid  gas  for  oxygen. 


Fig.  529. — Side  view  of  Sea-Lemon  (Doris) 


398 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


BIVALVE    MOLLUSCS   (LAMELLIBRANCHIA) 

Bivalves  possess  well -developed  breathing  organs,  as  may 
readily  be  seen  by  even  a  superficial  examination  of  any  common 
form.  If  we  take,  for  example,  a  Mussel,  Cockle,  or  Oyster,  we 

shall  find  the  body  covered  by  a  pair  of 
strong  calcareous  plates,  which  are  the 
halves  of  the  bivalve  shell,  and  are 
placed  on  the  right  and  left  sides  of  the 
body.  These  valves  cover,  and  indeed 
are  chiefly  secreted  by,  two  flaps  of  the 
body -wall,  constituting  together  the 
mantle-skirt.  If  a  human  being  were 
clothed  in  a  coat  so  large  that  its  sides 
completely  covered  his  body,  head,  and 
limbs,  he  would  serve  as  a  rough  model 
of  the  arrangement — that  is,  if  one  could 
imagine  the  coat  to  be  a  part  of  him 
and  not  merely  an  investment.  These 
two  large  mantle-flaps  of  a  bivalve  do 
Fig.  53o.-Freshwater  Mussel  (Anodonta]  &  considerable  amount  of  the  work  of 
opened  and  seen  from  below  breathing,  and  if  one  of  them  be  lifted 

a,  Position  of  mouth;  bb,  adductor  muscles  -,  ,  1M  .  77         -ill 

(which   keep   shell  closed)   cut   through;    c,        Up     a     large     platC-llKC   gill   Will      DC     SCCtt 
mantlejobe;  d,  labial  palps  or  feelers;  ,.  foot;        beneath    ft   Jn   any   Qne   of  ^   three   CQm_ 

mon  types  named  (fig.   530).      These 

gills,  the  shape  of  which  has  suggested  the  name  of  the  group 
(Lat.  lamella,  a  thin  plate;  Gk.  branchia,  gills),  share  the  work  of 
breathing  with  the  mantle -flaps,  and  are  usually  regarded  as 
equivalent  to  the  two  plume -like  gills  of  a 
cuttle-fish  or  ormer.  We  have  seen  (see 
p.  248)  that  bivalves  are  in  some  respects 
degenerate,  and  depend  for  food  upon  ciliary 
Fig.  531.— Freshwater  MUS-  currents,  which  carry  minute  organisms  to  the 
mouth.  Both  mantle -flaps  and  gills  are  richly 
covered  with  cilia,  and  act  as  current-pro- 
ducing organs,  thus  enabling  feeding  and 
breathing  to  go  on,  and  also  providing  for  the 
removal  of  products  of  waste  when  the  animal  is  buried  in  sand 
or  mud,  with  only  the  hinder  end  projecting  (fig.  531).  We 


sel  (Anodonta]  embedded 
obliquely  in  mud,  with  hinder 
end  projecting.  The  arrows 
indicate  the  currents  of  water 
which  enter  and  leave  the 
mantle-cavity 


MOLLUSCS   WHICH    BREATHE   IN   WATER  399 

may  therefore  correlate  the  large  size  and  great  complexity  of 
the  gills  of  freshwater  mussels,  &c.,  with  the  fact  that  they  do 
double  duty,  like  the  pharynx  of  a  Lancelet  or  an  Ascidian 
(see  p.  389). 

The  plate-like  gills  of  a  Freshwater  Mussel  are  remarkably 
complex,  constituting  the  last  term  of  a  series  to  which  arrange- 
ments found  in  other  bivalves  lead  up.  The  simplest  case  is 
that  of  certain  forms  {Nucula,  &c. ),  where  either  gill  consists 
of  an  axis  bearing  a  double  series  of  little  flattened  outgrowths. 
An  advance  upon  this  is  seen  in  the  Saltwater  Mussel  (Mytilus), 
for  here  the  little  outgrowths  are  represented  by  long  threads, 
which  turn  up  at  their  ends  owing  to  the  limited  size  of  the 
gill -cavity.  Adjacent  threads  are  connected  together  by  the 
interlacing  of  long  cilia.  Each  gill  of  a  Freshwater  Mussel 
(fig.  530)  consists  of  an  outer  plate  and  an  inner  plate.  These 
have  arisen  by  fusion  of  the  outer  and  inner  sets  of  filaments, 
which  simply  interlock  in  a  Saltwater  Mussel. 

A  few  bivalves  (Cuspidaria,  &c.)  have  modified  in  another 
way.  The  gill  on  either  side  is  only  represented  by  a  horizontal 
perforated  plate  of  muscular  nature,  which  divides  the  gill-cavity 
into  upper  and  lower  compartments.  In  these  forms  the  mantle- 
lobes  must  do  most  of  the  breathing  work. 


CHAPTER   XXXIV 

ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— JOINTED-LIMBED    ANIMALS 
WHICH    BREATHE   IN   WATER 


Two  classes  of  Arthropods  exemplify  adaptations  for  breathing* 
in  water,  i.e.  Crustaceans  and  K ing-Crabs.  And  as  in  other 
groups  of  animals,  the  higher  members  are  more  specialized  in 
regard  to  their  breathing  organs,  as  well  as  in  other  respects. 

CRUSTACEANS   (CRUSTACEA) 

The  HIGHER  CRUSTACEA,  such  as  Lobsters,  Crayfish,  Prawns,. 
Shrimps,  and  Crabs,  possess  large  and  complex  gills,  all  of  which 
are  borne  on  the  thorax,  or  region  which  succeeds  the  head.  The 
Common  Lobster  (Homarus  vulgaris]  is  a  convenient  first  example, 
and  it  may  be  premised  that  the  eight  pairs  of  limbs  borne  by  its 
thorax  are,  beginning  in  front,  three  pairs  of  foot-jaws  which  help 
to  tear  up  the  food,  the  huge  pincers,  and  four  pairs  of  walking- 
legs  (see  vol.  i,  pp.  403-405).  On  first  inspection  no  gills  at 
all  are  visible,  and  this  is  because  a  special  shelter  has  been  pro- 
vided for  these  delicate  structures.  There  is,  in  fact,  a  spacious 
gill-chamber  on  each  side  of  the  body,  covered  by  a  large  gill-cover 
extending  down  to  the  bases  of  the  limbs.  There  is,  however,  a 
slit  by  which  water  can  enter  behind  and  below,  and  go  out  in 
front.  On  removing  this  protective  covering  (which  recalls  the 
gill-cover  of  a  bony  fish  as  regards  its  use)  a  number  of  large 
gills  are  seen  (fig.  532).  Each  of  them  is  like  a  bottle-brush  (to 
use  Huxley's  simile),  and  consists  of  a  central  axis  beset  with 
numerous  threads.  On  the  outside  are  six  limb-gills,  attached  to 
the  bases  of  the  last  two  pairs  of  foot-jaws,  the  pincers,  and  the 
first  three  pairs  of  walking-legs.  On  turning  these  back  ten  joint- 
gills  are  seen,  attached  in  pairs  to  the  junctions  between  the  limbs 
and  body  from  the  last  foot-jaws  to  the  third  pair  of  walking-legs,. 


400 


JOINTED-LIMBED  ANIMALS  WHICH  BREATHE  IN  WATER    401 

inclusive.  If  these  joint-gills  are  folded  back  in  their  turn,  four 
side-gills  become  apparent,  so  called  because  they  grow  out  from 
the  side  wall  of  the  body.  They  correspond  to  the  last  four  seg- 
ments of  the  thorax,  which  bear  the  four  pairs  of  walking-legs. 
Each  limb-gill  is  associated  with  a  plate-like  outgrowth  (epipod) 


Anlcnnu/c 


FJ^.  532.— Gills  of  Right  Side  of  Lobster  (Homarus  vulgaris),  reduced. 

The  gill-cover  has  been  removed,  the  pincers  (i)  and  four  walking-legs  (n-v)  cut  short:  1-7,  segments  of  abdomen 
and  their  appendages;  aaaa,  limb-gills  (two  last  turned  down);  bb,  joint-gills 

from  the  limb  to  which  it  belongs,  and  the  chief  use  of  these 
plates  appears  to  be  to  help  to  keep  the  gills  separate,  so  that 
water  may  pass  between  them.  From  what  has  been  said  it 
will  be  seen  that  there  are  twenty  gills  in  all  on  each  side  of 
the  body,  and  this  is  most  easily  understood  by  presenting  the 
facts,  for  one  side,  in  a  tabular  form. 

GILL-FORMULA   OF   LOBSTER  (SIMPLIFIED  AFTER  HUXLEY). 


Segments  of  Thorax.                    Limbs.                    Limb-gills.            Joint-gills. 

Side-gills. 

I 

ist    foot-jaw.            o                  o 

0 

2 

2nd       „ 

0 

0 

3 

3rd        „ 

2 

0 

4 

Pincers. 

2 

O 

5 

ist    leg. 

2 

I 

6 

2nd   „ 

2 

I 

7 

3rd    „ 

2 

I 

8 

4th    „                       oo 

I 

VOL.  II. 


6 


10 


+        4-20 

58 


402  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

The  simplest  way  of  explaining  the  many  variations  that  are 
to  be  found  as  regards  number  among  the  gills  of  various  Higher 
Crustaceans  is  to  suppose  that  they  are  reductions  of  various 
extent  on  a  primitive  condition,  in  which  each  of  the  eight  rings 
or  segments  making  up  the  thorax  carried  four  gills  on  each  side 
of  the  body,  i.e.  one  limb-gill,  two  joint-gills,  and  one  side-gill, 
giving  an  original  total  of  thirty-two.  If  this  be  the  case,  the 
Lobster  has  lost  twelve  gills  each  side,  those  that  remain  having 
become  more  efficient.  This  is  the  same  principle  on  which  the 
gills  of  fishes  and  of  molluscs  have  already  been  explained  (see 

PP-   393-394). 

The  forty  gills  of  a  Lobster  present  a  very  large  surface  for 
purification  of  the  blood,  but  they  would  be  of  little  use  if  there 
were  not  some  efficient  arrangement  for  renewing  the  water  in 
the  enclosed  gill-chambers.  There  are  no  cilia,  as  in  a  Lancelet 
or  Mussel,  to  cause  a  steady  flow  of  water,  and  other  means  have 
therefore  to  be  employed.  The  movements  of  the  limbs,  to  which 
limb-gills  and  joint-gills  are  attached,  must  do  something  in  this 
direction,  and  the  more  quickly  a  Lobster  moves  about  the  better 
they  act.  They  are  not  able,  however,  to  do  more  than  stir  up 
the  water,  without  producing  a  steady  current  in  a  definite  direc- 
tion. Such  a  current  does  exist,  the  impure  water  flowing  out 
steadily  from  the  front  of  each  gill-cavity,  and  careful  observation 
of  an  aquarium  specimen  shows  how  this  is  brought  about.  Just 
at  the  front  of  each  gill-chamber  something  will  be  seen  in  con- 
stant movement,  and  examination  of  a  dissected  Lobster  shows 
that  this  something  is  the  edge  of  a  boat-shaped  plate,  the  baler, 
which  lies  within  the  gill-chamber  in  front  of  the  gills  (fig.  532), 
and  constantly  scoops  out  the  water,  hence  its  name.  The  plate 
is  part  of  the  last  of  the  three  jaws  belonging  to  the  head  (second 
maxilla),  and  during  life  these  jaws  are  in  constant  movement  from 
side  to  side,  which  of  course  keeps  their  baling  plates  working. 
Another  very  interesting  device  also  deserves  notice.  It  is 
extremely  important  for  parasites  and  particles  of  dirt  to  be  kept 
out  of  the  gill-chamber,  and  this  is  managed  to  some  extent  by 
tufts  of  long  hair-like  bristles  which  are  attached  to  the  bases  of 
some  of  the  limbs,  and  strain  the  water  as  it  enters  the  gill- 
chamber. 

The  Freshwater  Crayfish  (Astacus  fluviatilis)  has  undergone 
greater  reduction  than  the  Lobster  as  regards  its  breathing  organs, 


JOINTED-LIMBED  ANIMALS  WHICH  BREATHE  IN  WATER    403 

for  it  possesses  only  eighteen  gills  each  side,  there  being,  for 
example,  only  one  side-gill,  the  last  of  its  series.  But  in  front 
of  this  are  two  little  threads  placed  where  other  side -gills  are 
situated  in  the  Lobster,  and  these  are  no  doubt  vestiges  of  such 
gills,  which  Crayfishes  once  possessed  but  have  now  all  but  lost. 

A  very  large  reduction  has  taken  place  in  the  Common  Prawn 
(Palczmon  serratus),  for  it  has  but  eight  gills  each  side,  i.e.  one  limb- 
gill,  two  joint-gills,  and  five  side-gills.  In  spite  of  the  reduction 
it  will  be  seen  that  it  possesses  one  more  of  the  last  kind  than  the 
Lobster.  It  is  also  to  be  noted  that  the  Prawn's  gills,  instead  of 
being  like  bottle-brushes,  are  plume-shaped,  consisting  of  a  central 
axis  bearing  two  sets  of  leaflets,  much  as  in  the  typical  gill  of  a 
Sea-Snail  (see  fig.  523,  p.  394). 

Some  of  the  Prawns  and  Shrimps  use  the  first  walking-leg  for 
cleaning  the  gills,  pushing  it  into  the  front  end  of  the  gill-chamber 
for  this  purpose. 

The  Common  Hermit-Crab  (Pagurus  Bernhardus)  cleans  its 
gills  by  means  of  the  last  pair  of  walking-legs,  which  are  small, 
and,  like  the  pair  in  front  of  them,  find  their  chief  use  in  holding 
on  to  the  shell  in  which  their  owner  lives. 

Crabs  constitute  the  most  highly  specialized  of  all  the  groups 
of  Higher  Crustaceans,  and  exhibit  a  large  amount  of  reduction 
and  modification  in  their  breathing  organs.  The  most  typical 
species,  of  which  we  may  take  the  Edible  Crab  (Cancer  pagurus] 
as  a  type,  are  shore-forms,  which  spend  a  good  part  of  their  time 
out  of  water,  so  that  special  provision  is  necessary  to  prevent 
their  gills  from  drying  up  by  exposure  to  the  air.  On  examining 
the  type  mentioned  we  shall  find  that  the  gill -cover  is  in  such 
close  contact  with  the  bases  of  the  limbs  that  water  cannot  enter 
the  gill-chamber  from  behind  or  below,  as  in  the  Lobster  and 
its  allies.  There  is  a  special  aperture  in  front  for  this  purpose, 
which  can  be  closed  when  necessary  by  a  sort  of  door  or  valve 
constituted  by  a  part  of  the  last  pair  of  foot-jaws.  Waste  water 
is  scooped  out  by  the  baler  through  two  other  openings  situated 
still  farther  to  the  front.  On  opening  one  of  the  gill-chambers 
seven  large  plume-gills  are  at  once  visible,  of  which  five  are  joint- 
gills,  while  the  other  two  are  equivalent  to  the  first  two  side-gills 
of  a  Lobster.  There  are  also  two  limb-gills  belonging  respectively 
to  the  second  and  third  foot-jaws.  There  is  no  gill  attached  to 
the  first  foot-jaw,  but  it  possesses  a  large  plate  or  epipod  (belong- 


404 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


ing  to  a  vanished  gill),  which  is  long  and  curved  and  can  be 
moved  over  the  outer  surface  of  the  gills,  serving  apparently 
to  keep  them  clean  (fig.  533).  The  epipods  of  the  second  and 

third  foot-jaws  project  back  under 
the  gills  as  "  churning  rods",  help- 
ing to  maintain  the  circulation  of 
water. 

In  the  Mantis- Shrimps  (Squilla, 
&c.)  the  tail  or  abdomen  is  of  rela- 
tively large  size,  and  tufted  gills 
are  borne  by  the  outer  parts  of  its 
limbs  (fig.  534).  It  is  a  much 
simpler  arrangement  than  those  so 
far  described. 

Sessile-eyed  Crustacea,  in  which 
the  eyes  are  devoid  of  stalks,  are 
divided  into  Amphipods,  flattened 
from  side  to  side,  and  Isopods, 
flattened  from  above  downwards. 
In  the  former  group  are  included 
the  little  Sand- Hoppers  (Talitrus, 
&c.)  and  their  allies,  in  which  the  gills  are  simple  plates  carried 
on  the  inner  sides  of  the  limbs  of  the  thorax  (fig.  534).  The 
attenuated  Skeleton- Shrimps  (Caprelld]  practically  consist  of  head 


Fig-  533-— Gills  of  a  Crab 

The  roofs  of  the  gill-chambers  have  been  removed 
and  four  gills  cut  short  on  the  left  side:  CL.R.,  clean- 
ing-rods (epipod)  of  first  foot-jaws,  the  left  one  is  cut 
short;  CH.R.,  churning  rods  (epipods)  of  second  and 
third  foot-jaws. 


Fig.  534.— Gills  of  Mantis-Shrimp  and  Sand-Hopper 

A,  Cross  section  through  tail  of  a  Mantis-Shrimp  (Squilla),  showing  a  gill  on  one  side  and  a  gill-axis  on 
the  other.  B,  Cross  section  through  thorax  of  a  Sand-Hopper  (Gammants],  showing  a  pair  of  gills. 
BK.P.,  Brood-pouch;  D.GL.,  tubular  digestive  glands;  HT.,  heart;  INT.,  intestine;  M.M.,  Muscles;  N.C., 
nerve-cord;  ov.,  ovaries. 

and  thorax  only,  the  abdomen  being  reduced  to  a  mere  stump., 
The  thorax  is  made  up  of  eight  rings  or  segments  (of  which  the. 
two  first  are  fused  with  the  head),  which  is  the  typical  number 


JOINTED-LIMBED  ANIMALS  WHICH  BREATHE  IN  WATER     405 

for  a   Higher  Crustacean,  and  a  pair  of  large  rounded  gills  are 
borne  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  of  these. 

In    Isopods,  such  as  the   Sea-  Slaters  (Idotea,   &c.)   and   the 
Water  Wood-  Louse  (Asellus\  the  gills  are  delicate  plates  borne 
on    the    inner   sides  of  the  ab- 
dominal   limbs,   the   outer   parts 
of  which  protect  them  to  some 
extent. 

Mud-  Shrimps  (Neb  alia,  &c.) 
breathe  by  means  of  eight  pairs 
of  flattened  limbs  borne  on  the 
thorax.  These  are  protected  by 

a     large    thin   Shield,    Which  grOWS  Fig"  SSS-Mud-Shrimp  (Nebalia},  enlarged 


frnm      thf*     VlParl      e\\Tf>r     tViic         Left  half  of  shield  cut  away.     The  letter  o  in  THORAX 
neaa      OVer      tniS  is  piacedon  the  cleaning  filament  of  the  second  jaw. 

part  of  the  body.     The  second 

jaw  on  each  side  bears  a  flexible  whip-like  filament,  by  means  ol 

which  the  breathing-limbs  are  cleaned  (fig.  535). 

Many  of  the  LOWER  CRUSTACEA  are  of  small  size,  and  breathe 
entirely  or  largely  through  the  general  surface  of  the  body, 
wherever  the  protective  layer  (cuticle)  that  covers  the  skin  is 
thin  enough  to  permit  of  this.  Special  gills  may,  however,  be 
present  in  some  cases,  as  in  the  larger  members  of  the  Leaf-footed 
Crustacea  (Phyllopods)  such  as  Apus  and  Branchipus.  These 
possess  very  numerous  delicate  flattened  limbs,  each  of  which 
carries  a  soft  rounded  gill.  In  Apus  a  protective  shield  grows 
back  from  the  head  (as  in  a  Mud-  Shrimp)  and  covers  a  large 
part  of  the  body,  and  the  inner  side  of  this  shield  probably  helps 
in  the  work  of  breathing.  The  small  Phyllopods  known  as  Water- 
Fleas  (Daphnia,  &c.)  are  distinguished  by  the  shortness  of  the 
body,  which,  except  the  head,  is  enclosed  in  a  bivalve  shell  quite 
comparable  in  nature  to  the  shield  of  Apus.  There  are  a  few 
pairs  of  flattened  limbs,  without  gills,  and  these  by  their  constant 
movement  keep  up  a  stream  of  water  between  the  halves  of  the 
shell,  the  inner  surface  of  which  shares  with  them  the  work  of 
breathing. 

The  little  Mussel-Shrimps  (Ostracods)  breathe  much  in  the 
same  way  as  Water-  Fleas,  but  the  bivalve  shell  is  of  greater 
relative  importance,  and  encloses  head  as  well  as  trunk.  The 
limbs  are  narrow  and  specialized,  and  do  not  present  the  large 
breathing  surface  possessed  by  the  leaf-shaped  appendages  of 


406 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


Phyllopods.     The  second  jaw  belonging  to  the  head  (first  maxilla) 
is  provided  with  a  large  fan-like  plate  which  by  its  movements 

helps  to  maintain  a  stream  of  water 
through  the  space  between  the  halves  of 
the  shell  (fig.  536). 

In   Barnacles    (Cirripedes)   the   long 
tendril-like  feet  which  fish  for  food  (see 
p.   254)    probably    assist    in    breathing, 
Fig.  536.-A  Mussei-shHmp  (c^ris),    which   is  also  partly  carried  on  by  the 

enlarged.      ANT. i,  Antennule:   ANT.Z,  an-  /*       .T    1 J         .f        1    *  1*  1 

tenna;  MND.,  mandible;   MX.I,  first  maxilla       SOlt     lOlU     OI      SKin      tftat      ImCS      tilC 
(notice  the  large  fan-plate) ;    MX. 2,  second      1_1at^c    nn      ^1VU^r     C1'J~  Tn       A /-r»t-i 

maxiiia.  plates  on   eiin<      siae.       in    /\con 

nacles  (Balanidae)  there  is  a  folded  pro- 
jection between  each  of  these  flaps  and  the  bases  of  the  limbs, 
which  probably  acts  as  a  gill. 


KING-CRABS   (XIPHOSURA) 

The    curious    King- Crabs    (Limulus)    that    shuffle   about   on 
the   surface   of  mud,    devouring   worms,    &c.,    are   protected   by 

strong  shield -armour,  through 
which  breathing  cannot  take 
place.  Specialized  gills  are  there- 
fore present,  and  are  well  pro- 
tected, as  the  habits  of  their 
owners  would  otherwise  render 
them  liable  to  be  soiled  with 
mud.  On  examining  the  under 
side  of  a  King -Crab,  a  broad 
plate,  the  gill-cover  (operculum), 
will  be  seen  behind  the  last  pair 
of  walking-legs  (fig.  537).  There 
is  good  reason  for  thinking  that 
this  plate  has  been  formed  by  the 
fusion  of  two  flattened  limbs. 
Behind  it  may  be  observed  the 
projecting  edges  of  the  five  pairs 
of  abdominal  limbs,  which  also 
are  plate-like,  and  bear  on  their  upper  sides  (so  as  to  be  well 
protected)  a  large  number  of  delicate  gill-folds  (fig.  537),  arranged 
somewhat  like  the  leaves  of  a  book,  and  offering  a  large  surface 


Fig.  537. — King-Crab  (Limulus],  reduced 
On  the  left  the  under  side  is  represented  and  on  the 
right  an  abdominal  limb  with  its  gill-folds,   i,  Chelicerse; 
2-6,  legs.     The  mouth  is  seen  as  a  darkly-shaded  slit 
between  the  bases  of  the  legs;  7,  operculum. 


JOINTED-LIMBED  ANIMALS  WHICH  BREATHE  IN  WATER    407 

to  the  water  which  surrounds  them.  The  gill-cover  and  the  gill- 
bearing  limbs  can  be  moved  by  special  muscles  so  as  to  renew 
the  breathing-water  from  time  to  time. 


CHAPTER   XXXV 

ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— LOWER  INVERTEBRATES  WHICH 
BREATHE   IN   WATER 


SEGMENTED    WORMS    (ANNELIDS) 

The  most  interesting  members  of  this  group,  so  far  as  the 
present  section  is  concerned,  are  to  be  found  among  the  Bristle- 
Worms  (Chaetopoda),  and  after  first  considering  these  it  will  be 
necessary  to  add  a  little  regarding  Leeches  (Discophora). 

BRISTLE-WORMS    (CH^TOPODA) 

The  marine  Bristle- Worms  (Polychaetes)  include  both  actively 
carnivorous  forms  which  have  no  fixed  abode,  and  also  tube- 
dwellers,  although  there  is  no  sharp  boundary  between  the  two 
sub-groups.  The  skin  is  in  all  cases  sufficiently  thin  to  be  of 
use  in  breathing,  and  the  surface  offered  for  this  purpose  is  in- 
creased by  the  presence  of  numerous  pairs 
of  hollow  foot-stumps,  the  organs  by  which 
burrowing,  crawling,  and  sometimes  swim- 
ming are  effected.  There  may,  however,  be 
special  respiratory  organs  on  the  upper  side 
of  the  body,  and  these  not  infrequently  take 
the  form  of  branching  gills.  In  certain  flat- 
tened forms  (Polynoids)  there  is  a  double 
series  of  thin  scales  (elytra)  on  the  back,  and 
these  would  appear  to  answer  the  same 
purpose  (fig.  538).  Such  scales  may  be  visible 
externally,  but  in  the  Sea- Mouse  (Aphro- 
dite) they  are  enclosed  in  a  sort  of  gill-chamber,  which  is  roofed 
over  by  a  felt-work  of  minute  bristles  cemented  together. 

The  Lugworm  (Arenicola\  which  lives  in  a  burrow  in  the 
sand,  is  a  sort  of  transitional  case  between  those  marine  bristle- 


Fig.  538.— Scale-Worm  (Poly- 
.noe).  Front  end  seen  from  above, 
to  show  breathing-scales. 


408 


LOWER   INVERTEBRATES   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   WATER     409 


Avorms  which  rove  from  place  to  place  and  the  greatly  specialized 
tube-dwellers.  It  possesses  delicate  branching  gills  along  part 
of  its  upper  surface  (fig.  539).  But  in  cases  where  there  is  a 
definite  dense-walled  tube  of  lime,  or  horny  matter, 
or  sand-grains  and  the  like  cemented  together,  it  is 
clear  that  the  trunk-region  is  unfavourably  situated 
for  breathing,  whether  by  its  general  surface  or  by 
means  of  special  outgrowths.  It  is  not,  therefore, 
surprising  to  find  in  such  cases  that  the  head  bears 
gills,  generally  in  the  shape  of  a  pair  of  large  feather- 
like  plumes  covered  with  cilia  (Terebella,  Sabella, 
Serpula,  &c.)  (fig.  540).  Currents  of  water  are  set 
up  by  the  action  of  the  cilia,  and  these  not  only  con- 
stantly renew  the 
water  necessary  for 
breathing,  but  also 
wash  away  waste- 
products,  and  keep 
up  the  supply  of  food 
(see  p.  258).  It  is 
interesting  to  note 
that  these  structures 
present  another  in- 
stance of  "  change  of 
function ",  being,  in 
fact,  old  organs  put  to 
a  new  use,  and  cor- 
responding to  a  pair 
of  little  projections 


rum],  reduced. 
To  show  the  fea- 
thery gills. 


phcato-     (pa]pS)  possessed   by 

\* 


Fig.  540.— A  Tube- Worm  (Terebella},  showing 
gill-plumes  on  head 


the  head  of  an  ordi- 
nary   marine     worm 

where  they  are  concerned  with  touch,  and  perhaps  other  senses 

as  well. 

LEECHES   (DiscoFHORA) 

In  most  Leeches  the  soft  moist  skin  is  sufficiently  effective  as 
a  breathing  organ  without  the  aid  of  gills,  and  it  is  very  richly 
provided  with  blood-spaces,  many  of  which  are  unusually  near 
the  surface.  There  is  nothing  very  extraordinary  in  this,  for 


4io  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

breathing  organs  of  all  kinds  must  of  necessity  be  closely  related 
to  the  blood-system. 

There  is,  however,  a  marine  leech  (Branc  hellion),  living  as  a 
parasite  upon  the  Torpedo,  which  possesses  gill-tufts  reminding 
one  of  an  arrangement  common  among  marine  bristle-worms. 

SIPHON-WORMS    (GEPHYREA)    AND    WHEEL-ANIMAL- 

CULES   (ROTIFERA) 

SIPHON-WORMS  do  not  as  a  rule  possess  special  gills,  but 
breathe  by  means  of  the  skin.  In  forms  like  the  Bristle-Tail 
(Echiurus)  and  Bonellia  (see  p.  150),  where  there  is  a  projecting 
proboscis  in  front  of  the  mouth,  it  is  probable  that 
this  organ  is  concerned  with  breathing  as  well  as  with 
feeding.  In  the  sand  -swallowing  Siphon  -Worm 
(Sipunculus)  (see  p.  259)  the  mouth  is  surrounded  by 
a  horse-shoe-shaped  fold  with  a  folded  edge,  and  it 
is  likely  that  breathing  is  one  of  the  uses  of  this  fold. 
Quite  a  different  arrangement  is  found  in  an  allied 
form  (Priapulus)  in  the  shape  of  a  deeply-lobed 
appendage  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  body,  and  which 
is  almost  certainly  to  be  regarded  as  a  breathing 
organ  (fig.  541).  Siphon-  Worms  also  breathe  in  part 
by  means  of  the  digestive  tube. 

Fig.  541.—  Priapu-  r^i  .  ,-rr  A  ... 

lus  (reduced).  RESP.,  1  he    minute    WHEEL  -  ANIMALCULES,    like   many 


RESP, 


other  small  animals,  do  not  require  anything  ela- 
borate by  way  of  gills,  and  breathe  through  the 
general  surface  of  the  body.  The  ciliated  wheel-organ  at  the 
front  end  sets  up  currents  in  the  surrounding  water,  which  no 
doubt,  as  in  so  many  other  cases,  not  only  bring  food  but  also  the 
oxygen  necessary  for  respiration.  In  those  Wheel-  Animalcules 
which  live  in  cups  or  tubes  the  wheel-organ  is  particularly  large  and 
often  complicated,  reminding  us  of  the  large  complex  gills  which 
are  borne  upon  the  heads  of  certain  tube-worms  (see  p.  409). 

MOSS-POLYPES    (POLYZOA)   AND    LAMP-SHELLS 

(BRACHIOPODA) 

The  members  of  both  these  groups  have  already  been  adduced 
as  instances  of  animals  which  feed  by  means  of  ciliary  currents 


LOWER    INVERTEBRATES   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   WATER      411 

(see  p.  243),  the  current-producing  organs  in  either  case  being  a 
more  or  less  complex  plume  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  mouth. 
These  organs  are  no  doubt  also  effective  for  breathing  purposes. 
In  Moss- POLYPES  something  of  the  kind  is  clearly  necessary,  for 
although  in  these  colonial  animals  each  individual  is  of  small 
size,  and  might  perhaps  be  expected  to  breathe  by  means  of  the 
general  surface,  a  large  part  of  this  is  prevented  from  doing 
respiratory  work.  For  every  member  of  the  colony  is  to  a  great 
extent  enclosed  in  a  horny  cup,  which  is  an  effectual  hindrance 
to  exchange  of  carbonic  acid  gas  for  oxygen,  and  the  soft  part  of 
the  body  which  projects  from  the  cup  would  not  give  a  sufficiently 
large  breathing  surface  were  there  not  special  outgrowths  from  it 
(see  p.  261). 

LAMP-SHELLS  are  solitary  animals  of  much  larger  size  than 
the  individual  members  of  Moss- Polype  colonies,  and  it  is  there- 
fore not  astonishing  that  there  should  be  outgrowths  from  their 
bodies  which  serve  as  gills,  though  (as  in  Moss- Polypes)  these 
outgrowths  play  a  double  part.  Nor  must  it  be  forgotten  that 
the  body  of  one  of  these  animals  is  covered  and  protected  by 
a  firm  bivalve  shell,  which  in  one  sense  diminishes  the  surface 
available  for  breathing.  This,  however,  is  compensated  by  the 
fact  that  each  half  of  the  shell  is  lined  by  a  thin  flap  of  the 
body-wall  which  takes  part  in  the  work  of  respiration.  Although 
Lamp- Shells  are  but  very  distantly  related  to  Bivalve  Molluscs, 
there  is  a  curious  similarity  between  the  two  groups  as  regards 
feeding  and  breathing  (see  p.  248).  This  is  only  one  of  very 
many  cases  in  the  animal  kingdom  where  more  or  less  similar 
organs  have  been  independently  evolved  in  quite  distinct  groups, 
which  have  had,  so  to  speak,  the  same  physiological  problem  to 
solve. 

ECHINODERMS    (ECHINODERMATA) 

This  large,  important,  and  very  sharply  limited  group  or 
phylum  of  the  animal  kingdom  includes  Sea- Lilies  (and  Feather- 
Stars),  Sea-Urchins,  Star-Fishes,  Brittle-Stars, and  Sea-Cucumbers, 
besides  other  forms  which  have  long  been  extinct.  Two  char- 
acteristics of  these  animals  are  especially  noteworthy,  as  they 
largely  influence  the  nature  of  the  breathing  organs  and  mode  of 
breathing.  They  are:  (i)  A  strong  tendency  to  develop  a  firm 
protective  armour,  consisting  of  limy  plates  in  the  skin,  often 


4I2 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


united  by  their  edges,  and  frequently  bearing  spines.  (2)  The 
possession  of  a  set  of  tubes  collectively  known  as  the  "  water- 
vascular  system ",  this  name  having  been  given  because  the 
system  is  connected  with  the  exterior,  for  the  purpose,  it  would 


t.f. 


-mb. 


Fig.  542. — Mouth-area  of  a  Sea-Urchin  (Echinus  esculentus],  enlarged 

*#.,  Mouth  with  five  teeth;  mb.,  membrane  surrounding  mouth;  o.g.,  an  oral  gill;  /.,  specialized  tube-foot; 

t.f.,  ordinary  tube-feet. 

appear,  of  taking  in  sea-water.  The  most  important  parts  of  the 
water- vascular  system  are  a  ring  round  the  gullet,  one  or  more 
canals  by  which  this  is  connected  with  the  outside  of  the  body, 
and  five  branching  tubes  which  it  gives  off  to  the  "arms",  rays, 
or  equivalent  parts  of  which  the  body  largely  consists. 


INFLUENCE  OF  THE   SKELETON   ON   THE  DEVELOPMENT 
OF   BREATHING   ORGANS 

It    is    quite    evident    that    the    possession   of  a  firm    external 
skeleton  must  more  or  less  prevent  breathing  by  means  of  the 


LOWER    INVERTEBRATES   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   WATER     413 

general  surface  of  the  body,  the  limitation  being  greatest  where 
the  skeleton  is  best  developed  and  most  continuous. 

CRINOIDS. — In  a  Feather-Star  (Comatula)  the  body  consists  of 
a  central  cup,  from  the  margins  of  which  five  branching  feathery 
arms  grow  out.  One  side  of  the  cup  and  the  corresponding  sides 
of  the  arms  are  strengthened  by  a  continuous  set  of  calcareous 
plates,  through  which  breathing  cannot  take  place.  But  the  other 
side  of  the  body,  in  the  centre  of  which  the  mouth  is  situated,  is 
covered  by  leathery  skin,  and  it  is  necessarily  this  side  which  does 
the  work  of  respiration,  chiefly  by  means  of  special  outgrowths,  as 
will  be  explained  later  on.  In  Sea- Lilies  it  is  usual  for  both  sides 
of  the  body  to  be  supported  by  firm  plates,  between  which  the  soft 
breathing  organs  project. 

In  SEA-URCHINS  (Echinoids)  the  body  is  supported  and  pro- 
tected by  a  firm  test,  composed  of  numerous  calcareous  plates 
united  by  their  edges,  and  thus  the  area  of  the  general  surface 
available  for  breathing  is  very  much  reduced.  The  mouth,  how- 
ever, is  situated  in  the  middle  of  a  soft  membrane  which  no  doubt 
partly  performs  this  function,  and  its  efficiency  is  greatly  increased 
by  the  presence  of 
five  pairs  of  branched 
oral  gills  which  pro- 
ject from  it  (fig.  542). 
The  digestive  tube  is 
also  specialized  to 
assist  in  respiration, 
for  part  of  the  water 
which  enters  the 
mouth  with  food  is 
conducted  along  a 
narrow  tube  (''si- 
phon") that  branches 
off  from  the  gullet, 
and  later  on  opens 
into  the  intestine. 

In  ordinary  STAR- 
FISHES (Asteroids)  the  skeleton  is  not  so  complete  as  in  the  last 
group,  so  far  as  the  upper  surface  and  the  sides  are  concerned, 
and  numerous  thin  plates  are  left,  from  which  small  branching 
gills  are  protruded  (fig.  543). 


fig.  543. — Cross  section  through  Arm  of  Star- Fish  enlarged 

g,  Gill;  pppp,  calcareous  plates  (hard  parts  are  shaded  obliquely).     Two 

tube-feet  are  seen  below 


4i4  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

BRITTLE- STARS  (Ophiuroids)  are  enclosed  in  very  complete 
scale-armour,  so  that  special  provision  for  breathing  is  a  necessity. 
There  is  a  conspicuous  swelling  placed  between  the  bases  of 
every  two  adjacent  arms,  and  each  of  these  contains  a  couple  of 
pouches  opening  by  slits  to  the  exterior.  The  ten  pouches  have 
a  ciliated  lining,  by  means  of  which  sea-water  is  made  to  flow 
continuously  through  them  for  breathing  purposes.  And  in  some 
cases  the  slit-like  opening  is  divided  into  two  holes,  one  of  which 
admits  sea-water  to  the  pouch,  while  the  other  serves  as  a  means 
of  exit. 

SEA-CUCUMBERS  (Holothurians)  are  leathery  elongated  forms 
in  which  the  external  skeleton  is  reduced  to  detached  plates 
imbedded  in  the  skin,  so  that  a  large  part  of  the  general  surface 
is  available  for  breathing.  In  many  of  these  creatures  there  is 
a  curious  internal  arrangement  by  which  a  great  deal  of  the  work 
of  respiration  is  effected.  There  are  here,  in  many  cases,  two 
large  branched  respiratory  trees  which  open  into  the  intestine 
(fig.  545),  through  the  external  opening  of  which  water  is  alter- 
nately taken  in  and  squeezed  out,  so  that  the  large  surface  pre- 
sented by  the  lining  of  the  trees  is  constantly  bathed  with  fresh 
water,  enabling  exchange  of  carbonic  acid  gas  for  oxygen  to  be 
readily  carried  on. 

THE  RELATION  OF  THE  WATER- VASCULAR  SYSTEM 

TO  BREATHING 

It  is  extremely  probable  that  the  water- vascular  system  as 
we  now  find  it  was  first  evolved  as  a  means  of  breathing,  for  in 
all  cases  its  radiating  branches  bear  very  numerous  slender  pro- 
jections with  thin  walls,  collectively  presenting  a  very  large 
respiratory  surface,  making  up  for  the  area  rendered  useless  for 
this  purpose  by  the  development  of  firm  calcareous  plates  in  the 
body-wall. 

CRINOIDS. — A  typical  case  is  presented  by  the  Feather-Star 
(Comatula),  in  which  five  ciliated  grooves  run  outwards  from  the 
mouth  to  send  branches  along  the  arms,  and  all  their  subdivisions. 
As  described  elsewhere,  the  small  particles  and  organisms  which 
constitute  the  food  are  conducted  along  these  grooves  to  the 
mouth  (see  p.  265).  Examination  of  any  part  of  one  of  the 
arms  shows  that  the  food-groove  which  runs  along  it  is  flanked 


LOWER   INVERTEBRATES   WHICH   BREATHE   IN   WATER    415 

on  either  side  by  very  numerous  groups  of  pointed  structures, 
which  are  branches  of  the  water-vascular  system  and  act  as  gills. 
This  affords  another  instance  of  water-currents  produced  by  ciliary 
action  having  to  do  double  duty,  by  bringing  with  them  both  food 
and  oxygen.  Breathing  is  effected  similarly  in  the  fixed  Sea- 
Lilies,  which  are  the  most  typical  members  of  the  group  to  which 
the  Feather- Stars  belong. 

The  delicate  outgrowths  just  described  are  also  of  use  as  sense 
organs. 

In  ordinary  STAR- FISHES  (Asteroids)  the  water- vascular  system, 
though  retaining  its  uses  in  regard  to  breathing  and  sensation, 
has  also  acquired  a  new  function,  for  it  is  here  the  means 
of  locomotion.  The  remote  ancestors  of  these  creatures  were 
almost  certainly  fixed  forms  (as  Sea- Lilies  still  are),  and  when 
these  became  free  some  means  of  moving  about  had  to  be  evolved, 
one  solution  to  this  problem  being  found  in  the  way  indicated. 
On  the  under  side  of  a  Star- Fish  five  broad  grooves  are  to  be 
seen,  radiating  from  the  mouth,  and  protruding  from  these  are 
numerous  tube-feet,  equivalent  to  the  delicate  projections  which 
flank  the  food-grooves  in  a  Feather- Star.  The  walls  of  these 
tube-feet  are  sufficiently  thin  to  act  as  gills,  though,  as  we  have 
seen,  they  are  not  the  only,  nor  probably  the  chief,  organs  of 
respiration  in  this  case  (see  p.  413).  ,, 

SEA-URCHINS  (Echinoids).  —  In  an  ^BB 
ordinary  regular  Sea -Urchin  (see  vol.  i, 
p.  456)  of  spheroidal  shape  there  are 
tube-feet  comparable  to  those  of  a  Star- 
Fish,  but  in  this  case  arranged  along  five 
bands  which  stretch  from  one  pole  of 
the  sphere  to  the  other.  They  can  be 
protruded  beyond  the  tips  of  the  spines 
so  as  to  enable  the  animal  to  walk  or 
climb,  and  they  share  the  work  of  breath- 
ing  with  the  oral  gills  and  the  soft  mem-  ™s  tube-feet  specialized  as  gins  and 

0  arranged  like  the  petals  of  a  flower. 

brane  surrounding  the  mouth  (see  p.  413). 

Many  of  the  Sea-Urchins,  however,  are  of  "  irregular"  shape, 
being  more  or  less  flattened  and  markedly  two-sided.  One  result 
of  this  has  been  that  the  tube-feet  present  on  the  upper  half  of 
the  animal  have  become  useless  as  locomotor  organs.  But  they 
have  not  been  allowed  to  remain  idle,  for  their  value  as  breathing 


4*6 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


organs  has  increased  and  they  have  become  more  or  less  specialized 
gills  (fig.  544),  branched  in  some  cases  so  as  to  give  a  larger 
surface. 

The  structures  which  correspond  to  tube-feet  in  BRITTLE-STARS 
(Ophiuroids)  project  from  the  sides  of  the  arms,  and  are  of  no 
use  for  locomotion.  They  probably  assist  in  breathing  to  some 
small  extent,  but  their  chief  use  is  to  act  as  sense  organs. 

Most  of  the  SEA-CUCUMBERS  (Holothurians)  are  provided  with 
tube-feet  which  help  the  other  breathing  organs  present,  but  they 


ov. 


R.T. 


W.V.R. 


CUV. 


R.W.V/  \R.T 

Fig.  545.  — Dissection  of  Sea-Cucumber  (diagrammatic) 

The  water-vascular  ring  (W.V.R.),  bearing  stone-canals  (ST.C.)  and  Polian  vesicles  (P.V.),  sends  branches  to 
the  tentacles  (TENT.),  and  gives  rise  to  five  longitudinal  radial  vessels  (R.W.V.)  which  bear  tube-feet  not 
shown  in  figure) ;  R.T.,  R.T.,  the  two  respiratory  trees  opening  into  CLOACA;  CUV.,  Cuvierian  organ,  from 
which  sticky  defensive  threads  are  ejected. 

are  not  so  important  in  this  respect  as  the  circlet  of  tentacles  at 
the  front  end  of  the  body,  which  also  contains  branches  of  the 
water-vascular  system  (fig.  545). 

ZOOPHYTES    (CCELENTERATA) 

The  Hydroid  Zoophytes,  Jelly-Fish,  Sea-Anemones,  Corals, 
and  Comb- Jellies  which  make  up  this  large  subdivision  of  the 
animal  kingdom  breathe  by  the  general  surface  of  the  body,  and 
the  mouth  is  often  surrounded  by  one  or  more  circlets  of  tentacles, 
which,  while  their  main  use  would  appear  to  be  to  secure  food 
(see  p.  156),  also  largely  increase  the  area  over  which  breathing 
can  take  place.  This  is  particularly  necessary  in  those  cases 
where  there  is  a  firm  skeleton  by  which  more  or  less  of  the 
surface  of  the  body  is  prevented  from  taking  part  in  respiration. 


LOWER    INVERTEBRATES   WHICH    BREATHE    IN  WATER     417 

In  the  Organ-pipe  Coral  (Tubipora  musica\  for  instance,  each 
member  of  the  colony  lives  in  a  tube,  from  which  only  the  mouth- 
end  can  be  protruded,  and  it  is  the  external  surface  of  this  end 
which  probably  does  most  of  the  breathing.  The  eight  broad 
feathery  tentacles  which  surround  the  mouth  largely  increase  the 
available  area,  and  they  are  beset  with  cilia  which  set  up  currents 
by  which  the  water  in  contact  with  them  is  constantly  renewed. 

Examination  of  fig.  416,  p.  162,  which  represents  one  of  the 
free -swimming  Compound  Jelly -Fishes  (Physophora),  will  show 
that  the  numerous  and  diversely-shaped  members  of  which  the 
colony  consists  present  collectively  a  very  large  external  surface 
over  which  breathing  may  take  place.  At  the  top  is  a  float,  below 
this  a  stalk-like  part  on  which  are  arranged  numerous  swimming- 
bells,  and  under  these  come  a  circlet  of  leaf-shaped  structures, 
which  cover  feeding  individuals,  from  which  numerous  long 
branched  fishing-lines  trail  in  the  surrounding  water. 

It  must  further  be  remembered  that  the  great  diversity  of 
animals  included  in  the  group  of  zoophytes  are  to  all  intents 
and  purposes  living  stomachs  of  more  or  less  complexity,  and, 
since  a  great  deal  of  water  is  taken  in  with  the  food,  the  lining 
of  the  large  internal  digestive  space  is  able  very  materially  to 
help  on  the  respiration.  Indeed  it  may  be  remarked  generally 
that  in  the  lower  groups  of  the  animal  kingdom  division  of 
physiological  labour  is  not  effected  to  anything  like  the  same 
extent  as  in  the  higher  groups. 

In  some  of  the  Sea -Anemones 
there  is  a  special  arrangement  pro- 
moting very  greatly  the  internal 
breathing  above  described.  For,  as 
in  all  zoophytes,  the  mouth  is  not 
precisely  equivalent  to  the  aperture 
so  named  in,  say,  an  earth-worm,  for 

i        r  i  ,    .  /-          Fig.  546.— Diagrammatic  vertical  section  of 

It    SerVeS    nOt    Only   tOr   the    taking     in   Ol       a  Sea-Anemone,   showing  ciliated   grooves  of 

food,  but  also  for  casting  out  such  por-  ^ef^^^^^^^ 
tions  of  this  as  have  not  been  digested. 

It  is  of  slit-like  shape,  and  leads  into  a  gullet  along  which  run  a 
couple  of  ciliated  grooves,  one  beginning  at  each  corner  of  the 
mouth.  Except  when  large  prey  is  being  swallowed  or  large 
undigested  fragments  passing  out,  the  sides  of  the  gullet  are  in 
contact  and  the  central  part  of  the  mouth-slit  closed.  The  ciliated 

VOL.  II.  59 


4i8  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

grooves  are  thus  converted  into  two  ciliated  canals,  in  one  of 
which  an  inward  current  of  sea-water  is  maintained,  while  the 
other  is  traversed  by  an  outward  current  (fig.  546).  The  in- 
flowing water  carries  with  it  not  merely  small  organisms  and 
particles  which  serve  as  food,  but  also  dissolved  oxygen  which 
can  be  used  for  internal  respiration. 

SPONGES    (PORIFERA)   AND    ANIMALCULES    (PROTOZOA) 

As  explained  in  the  preceding  section,  the  body  of  a  simple 
Sponge  is  shaped  like  a  cup  or  vase  with  walls  perforated  by 
numerous  holes  (see  fig.  265).  By  means  of  ciliary  action  sea- 
water  is  caused  to  stream  continually  through  these  holes  into 
the  central  cavity,  and  thence  to  the  exterior  by  the  opening  of 
the  cup.  In  this  way  the  animal,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  it  is 
fixed,  obtains  an  abundant  food-supply  together  with  plenty  of 
oxygen,  while  at  the  same  time  all  the  products  of  waste  are 
swept  away.  In  the  more  complex  Sponges,  which  are  to  a 
great  extent  colonial,  the  body  is  traversed  by  a  labyrinth  of 
canals,  parts  of  which  are  ciliated,  but  the  feeding  and  breathing 
arrangements  are  essentially  the  same  as  in  the  simple  forms. 
Although  no  doubt  the  outer  surface  of  a  Sponge  helps  in 
breathing,  it  may  be  said  that  this  function  is  chiefly  performed 
by  the  internal  surface,  the  area  of  which  is  greatly  augmented 
when  the  canal-system  is  complex. 

ANIMALCULES    (PROTOZOA) 

The  minute  size  of  these  simplest  animals  renders  specialized 
breathing  organs  unnecessary,  since  the  outside  of  the  body  offers 
a  sufficient  surface  for  exchange  of  gases  between  the  substance 
of  the  animal  and  the  surrounding  medium.  In  such  cases  as 
that  of  the  Proteus  Animalcule  (Amceba)  there  is  not  even  an 
external  membrane  to  hinder  diffusion  of  carbonic  acid  gas  out- 
wards, and  oxygen  inwards,  and  even  where  such  an  investment 
is  present  it  is  exceedingly  thin.  If,  as  an  example  of  a  fixed 
form,  we  take  the  stalked  Bell  Animalcule  ( Vorticella)  it  may  be 
noted  that  the  broad  end  of  the  body  is  provided  with  cilia,  the 
currents  set  up  by  which  provide  both  food  and  oxygen  as  in  so 
many  other  cases. 


LOWER    INVERTEBRATES   WHICH    BREATHE    IN  WATER     419 

In  spite  of  what  has  been  said  it  would  appear  that  Protozoa 
also  breathe  to  some  extent  by  means  of  internal  surfaces,  for 
water  is  taken  in  with  each  portion  of  food,  and  this  mixture  of 
food  and  drink  lies  in  a  temporary  hole  (food  vacuole)  within 
the  living  substance  of  the  body,  which  no  doubt  takes  up  dis- 
solved oxygen  from  the  watery  part  of  it.  The  body  also  contains 
one  or  more  clear  fluid-filled  spaces  (pulsating  vacuoles)  which 
alternately  increase  and  diminish  in  size,  and  have  been  proved 
in  some  cases  to  communicate  with  the  exterior.  It  is  usually 
held  that  this  is  a  sort  of  pumping  arrangement,  of  respiratory 
nature,  whereby  pure  water  containing  plenty  of  dissolved  oxygen 
is  taken  into  the  body,  and  impure  water  containing  waste  pro- 
ducts ejected  to  the  exterior. 


CHAPTER   XXXVI 

ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— BACKBONED  ANIMALS  WHICH 

BREATHE  IN  AIR 


We  have  now  seen  that  animals  which  breathe  in  water  may 
use  for  this  purpose  various  surfaces  of  the  body,  both  external 
and  internal,  and  that  the  larger  and  more  complex  forms  augment 
the  area  afforded  by  the  external  surface  by  developing  outgrowths 
known  as  gills.  These  vary  greatly  in  shape,  and  are  situated 
in  various  places.  When  they  are  large  and  complicated,  it  is 
usual  to  find  special  arrangements  for  sheltering  them,  and  also 
for  maintaining  a  constant  flow  of  water  over  their  surface. 

The  higher  classes  of  the  Backboned  Animals  (Vertebrates), 
i.e.  Mammals,  Birds,  and  Reptiles,  live  mostly  on  the  land,  and 
take  in  ordinary  air  for  breathing  purposes,  which,  after  some  of 
the  oxygen  has  been  absorbed  from  it,  is  again  passed  out,  heavily 
charged  with  two  of  the  waste  products  of  the  body,  carbonic  acid 
gas  and  water.  The  essential  nature  of  the  process  is  precisely 
the  same  as  in  those  animals  which  breathe  in  water,  but  these 
use  the  oxygen  which  is  dissolved  in  the  surrounding  medium. 
An  animal  that  uses  ordinary  air  for  breathing  purposes,  and 
which,  for  brevity's  sake,  we  may  call  an  " air-breathing"  animal, 
relies  in  most  cases  upon  part  of  its  internal  surface,  and  back- 
boned forms  which  do  this  mostly  possess  lungs,  i.e.  hollow  out- 
growths from  the  under '  side  of  the  throat-region  (pharynx)  of 
the  digestive  tube,  by  which  the  internal  breathing  surface  is  aug- 
mented. These  structures  are  therefore  in  a  way  comparable  to 
gills,  which  are  also  a  device  for  increasing  the  area  over  which 
respiration  can  take  place. 

It  is  almost  if  not  quite  certain  that  land  animals  are  descended 
from  aquatic  forms  which  breathed  the  oxygen  dissolved  in  the 
surrounding  water,  and  in  the  higher  backboned  animals  the  proof 
of  this  is  unusually  clear  and  particularly  striking.  If,  for  example, 
we  examine  an  embryo  chick,  taken,  say,  from  an  egg  upon  which 


420 


BACKBONED   ANIMALS    WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR  421 

the  hen  has  brooded  for  three  days,  it  will  be  quite  easy  to  make 
out  on  the  side  of  the  neck-region  several  slit-like  openings  (vis- 
ceral clefts)  that  communicate  with  the  pharynx,  and  between 
which  are  thickened  bars  (visceral  arches).  These  are  undoubtedly 
equivalent  to  the  gill-clefts  and  gill-arches  of  a  fish,  for  they  are 
situated  in  exactly  the  same  place,  and  develop  in  precisely  the 
same  way,  although  the  clefts  are  never  of  use  for  breathing 
purposes,  and  gill-folds  do  not  grow  out  from  them.  In  fact  they 
soon  close  up,  leaving  no  obvious  trace  that  they  ever  existed. 
(See  also  p.  381.) 

THE   ORIGIN    OF    LUNGS 

We  have  seen  that  there  is  considerable  ground  for  the  belief 
that  gill-pouches  in  fishes  and  the  like  have  probably  been  evolved 
from  pouches  on  the  side  of  the  pharynx  which  originally  per- 
formed some  other  function  (see  p.  382).  And  the  modification 
of  old  organs  into  structures  having  a  new  use  is  such  a  frequent 
occurrence  that  we  may  well  enquire  if  the  lungs  of  backboned 
animals  have  not  been  made  out  of  pre-existing  structures,  as 


Fig.  547. — Swim-Bladder  of  Bichir  (Polypterus],  reduced  and  diagrammatic.     AP.,  Aperture  on  floor  of 
pharynx  leading  into  swim-bladder. 

have  the  gill-pouches  which  they  supersede.  Since  Fishes  cor- 
respond in  a  broad  way  to  the  aquatic  ancestors  of  land-verte- 
brates, it  is  among  them  we  must  seek  evidence  as  regards  the 
evolution  of  lungs.  Many  Fishes  possess  a  swim-bladder,  con- 
taining air  and  developed  as  an  outgrowth  from  the  front  part 
of  the  digestive  tube.  Although  its  primary  use  is  to  help  in 
floating  and  balancing  the  body,  it  is  known  in  some  instances 
to  assist  the  breathing,  and  it  seems  a  likely  enough  organ  to 
undergo  modification  into  a  lung.  In  the  Bichir  (Polypterus)  of 
the  Nile  the  swim-bladder  is  double  (fig.  547)  and  grows  out 
from  the  under  side  of  the  digestive  tube,  characters  which  make 
it  more  lung-like  than  that  of  most  other  forms,  in  which  it 
is  usually  single  and  grows  out  of  the  upper  side  of  the  gut. 


422  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

Indeed  it  must  not  be  rashly  assumed  that  the  swim-bladder  of 
one  fish  is  of  necessity  precisely  equivalent  to  the  swim-bladder 
of  any  other  form.  The  best  evidence  to  be  obtained  in  support 
of  the  view  indicated  as  to  the  origin  of  lungs  is  presented  by 
the  remarkable  Lung- Fishes  (Dipnoi],  of  which  more  will  sub- 
sequently be  said.  These  creatures  possess  not  only  efficient 
gills,  but  also  a  swim-bladder  into  which  ordinary  air  is  taken 
for  breathing  purposes,  the  purified  blood  being  returned  direct 
to  the  heart,  just  as  in  the  case  of  an  ordinary  lung. 

Accepting  the  mode  of  origin  of  lungs  just  outlined,  we  may 
next  enquire  how  these  organs  become  more  and  more  complex 
as  we  follow  them  up  from  Lung- Fishes  to  Amphibia,  and  thence 
to  the  thorough-going  land-groups  of  Reptiles,  Birds,  and  Fishes. 

LUNGS   OF   AMPHIBIANS   (AMPHIBIA) 

Taking  the  Common  Frog  (Rana  temporaries)  as  a  good  type, 
we  find  that  its  lungs  are  a  pair  of  simple  elastic  bags,  which  can 
be  distended  to  a  considerable  size  by  the  taking  in  of  air.  The 
surface  presented  by  their  lining  is  to  some  extent  increased  by 
the  presence  of  a  number  of  ridges,  which  give  a  honey-comb-like 
appearance.  The  ridges  are  traversed  by  delicate  capillary  blood- 
vessels, the  blood  contained  in  which  is  only  separated  from  the 
air  in  the  lungs  by  the  thin  lining  of  those  organs  and  the  equally 
delicate  walls  of  the  vessels.  Hence  diffusion  of  oxygen  into  the 
blood,  and  of  carbonic  acid  gas  out  of  it,  easily  takes  place. 

We  have  seen  that  in  the  case  of  gills  the  maintenance  of  a 
stream  of  pure  water  over  the  breathing  surface  is  provided  for 
in  a  number  of  ways.  Renewal  of  air  in  a  lung  is  a  matter  of 
equal  importance,  and  the  manner  in  which  it  is  brought  about 
varies  in  different  groups.  As  regards  the  Frog,  it  is  of  im- 
portance to  notice  that  in  this  animal  the  feeding  and  breathing 
tracts  are  to  some  extent  separated,  though  the  arrangement  is 
not  so  perfect  as  in  the  cases  of  the  Lancelet,  Tunicates,  and  the 
Acorn-headed  Worm  (see  p.  389),  where  breathing-water  and 
feeding- water  are  largely  kept  apart.  It  is  a  general  rule  among 
backboned  animals  where  lungs  are  present,  for  the  air  used  in 
breathing  to  pass  through  the  cavities  of  the  organs  of  smell,  and 
we  see  the  beginning  of  this  in  Lung- Fishes,  where  these  organs 
not  only  possess  external  nostrils  (the  only  nasal  openings  present 


BACKBONED    ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE   IN   AIR  423 

in  ordinary  fishes),  but  also  internal  nostrils,  placed  just  within  the 
upper  lip.  It  is  clearly  advantageous  for  a  land-animal  to  take  in 
air  through  the  nose,  for  food  is  often  detected  by  smell,  and  this 
device  increases  the  chance  of  finding  it.  In  a  Frog  the  internal 
nostrils  open  rather  further  back  than  in  a  Mud- Fish,  and  the 
external  nostrils  are  valvular.  The  chief  agency  by  which  air 
is  taken  in  and  passed  out  is  found  in  the  muscular  floor  of  the 
mouth,  which  is  moved  alternately  up  and  down.  The  procedure 
adopted  is  somewhat  as  follows.  The  mouth  being  closed,  its 
floor  is  lowered,  when  air  passes  through  the  nose  into  the 
mouth-cavity,  after  which  the  valvular  nostrils  are  shut.  The 
floor  of  the  mouth  is  now  raised,  and  the  air  is  forced  into  the 
lungs.  The  blood  in  these  organs  having  been  purified  to  some 
extent,  the  floor  of  the  mouth  is  again  lowered,  and  the  impure  air 
is  drawn  out  of  the  lungs  into  the  mouth-cavity.  The  tip  of  the 
snout  is  next  bent  down  a  little  so  as  to  open  the  external  nostrils, 
the  mouth-floor  is  raised,  and  the  air  forced  out  through  the  nose 
to  the  exterior. 

The  Frog  is  only  partially  adapted  to  a  life  on  land,  being 
dependent  upon  a  damp  surrounding  atmosphere,  and,  taking 
advantage  of  this,  it  has  retained,  or  perhaps  reacquired,  the 
old  method  of  breathing  by  means  of  the  external  surface  of  the 
body  as  an  accessory  to  the  more  specialized  respiration  effected 
by  lungs. 

In  the  snake -shaped  Csecilians  only  one  lung  is  properly 
developed,  for  two  efficient  organs  of  the  kind  could  not  be 
packed  into  the  narrow  body. 

It  is  interesting  to  notice,  in  passing,  that  some  Salamanders 
have  specialized  on  quite  different  and  very  extraordinary  lines 
in  regard  to  respiration.  Their  peculiarity  consists  in  the  fact 
that  they  have  abandoned  lung-breathing  altogether,  for  their 
lungs  are  either  entirely  absent  or  else  reduced  to  useless  remnants, 
while  at  the  same  time  the  structure  of  the  heart  has  undergone 
a  corresponding  change.  How  breathing  is  carried  on  under  such 
circumstances  is  not  definitely  known,  but  the  skin,  the  lining  of 
the  mouth  and  pharynx,  and  the  lining  of  the  intestine  have  all 
been  suggested  as  the  parts  which  supply  the  place  of  the  absent 
lungs.  The  pretty  little  spectacled  Salamander  (Salamandrina 
perspicillata)  of  Northern  Italy  will  serve  as  an  example  of  these 
lungless  Amphibians. 


424 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


LUNGS    OF    REPTILES   (REPTILIA) 

Reptiles  (as  also  Birds  and  Mammals)  have  abandoned  skin- 
breathing,  and  rely  entirely  upon  their  lungs,  which  in  the  smaller 
members  of  the  class,  such  as  many  Lizards,  resemble  in  structure 
those  of  the  Frog.  But  in  the  larger  Lizards,  Turtles,  Tortoises, 
and  Crocodiles  these  organs  have  become  more  complex,  with  the 
object  of  providing  a  larger  breathing  surface.  Instead  of  a  simple 

honey-combing  of  the  internal 
surface,  complex  folds  have  come 
into  existence  (fig.  548).  In  this 
way  the  wall  of  the  lung  has 
become  more  or  less  spongy, 
with  corresponding  reduction  of 
the  central  cavity.  A  new  method 
of  renewing  the  air  in  the  lungs 
has  also  come  into  existence, 
for  well-developed  ribs  are  here 
present,  attached  to  a  breast- 
bone below,  and  jointed  on  to  the 
backbone  above.  By  muscular 
action  the  ribs  and  breastbone 

can  be  swung  forwards  and  downwards,  so  as  to  increase  the 
volume  of  the  front  part  of  the  body,  by  which  air  is  caused  to 
flow  into  the  lungs.  When  the  muscles  concerned  cease  to  con- 
tract, these  parts  move  back,  mainly  as  a  result  of  elasticity,  to 
their  original  position,  and  the  impure  air  passes  out  to  the  ex- 
terior. It  may,  then,  broadly  be  said  that  renewal  of  air  in  the 
lungs  depends  in  Reptiles  (as  also  in  Birds  and  Mammals)  on 
the  mobility  of  the  chest-region  (thorax).  In  cases  where  the 
lungs  are  complicated  and  spongy  the  movements  of  breathing 
cause  direct  renewal  of  air  in  the  larger  passages  only,  that  in 
the  smaller  ones  being  purified  by  diffusion. 

In  an  average  Reptile  the  internal  nostrils  open  further  back 
than  in  Amphibians,  and  thus  the  feeding  and  breathing  tracts 
are  rather  better  separated.  Crocodiles  exhibit  a  great  advance 
upon  this  condition,  for  the  internal  nostrils  do  not  communicate 
with  the  mouth-cavity  at  all,  but  with  a  pharynx  (fig.  549),  into 
the  floor  of  which  the  top  of  the  windpipe  projects  (see  p.  70), 


Fig.  548. — Diagrammatic  longitudinal  sections  through 
Lungs,  showing  increase  of  breathing  surface  by  in- 
growth of  folds;  3,  main  branch  of  windpipe.  A,  Newt; 
B,  Frog  or  small  Lizard  ;  c,  Large  Lizard  or  Tortoise; 
D,  Turtle  or  Crocodile. 


BACKBONED   ANIMALS  WHICH    BREATHE    IN    AIR 


425 


and  which  is  separated   by  a  fold  from  the   mouth-cavity.     The 
mouth  can  therefore   be   kept  open  under  water  without  fear  of 


Fig.  549.— Head  of  Crocodile  to  show  Breathing  Arrangements,  hinder  part  in  section 

BR.,  Brain;  LA.,  larynx;  L.J.,  lower  jaw;  N.,  external  nostril;  N'.,  internal  nostril;  SK.,  skull.      Course  of 
air  entering  lungs  shown  by  arrows. 

suffocation  by  entry  of  water  into  the  lungs.  The  external 
nostrils  are  valvular,  and  close  when  their  owner  sinks  below 
the  surface.  o T 

Curious  modifications  of  the  breathing-organs 
are  found  in  Snakes.  As  in  the  snake-like  Amphi- 
bians  (Caecilians),  the  left  lung  is  reduced  to  a 
mere  vestige,  the  right  lung  being  correspondingly 
enlarged.  The  reason  for  this  arrangement  would 
appear  to  be  the  same  in  both  cases,  z>.  adapta- 
tion to  the  shape  of  the  long  narrow  body.  An 
ordinary  Snake  feeds  on  living  animals  of  rela- 
tively large  size,  and,  to  prevent  choking  while 
the  tedious  process  of  swallowing  is  going  on,  the 
end  of  the  windpipe  is  drawn  out  into  a  project- 
ing tube  which  protrudes  from  one  side  of  the 
mouth. 

Snake-like  Lizards  (Amphisb&no),  like  true 
Snakes,  possess  but  one  fully-developed  lung,  that 
of  the  right  side.  Fis-  sso.-Lungs  of 

.  a   Chameleon,    showing 

The  lungs  of  Chameleons   (fig.    550)  suggest    outgrowths.  TR.,wind- 

S  ^.      ,  V     &  .    '  ,          pipe  (trachea). 

the  arrangements   that   Birds  possess    in  a  much 

more  elaborate  condition,   for  the  hinder  portions  of  them   grow 


426 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


WINDPIPE 


out  into  slender  thin- walled  air-sacs,  which  penetrate  between  the 
other  organs  of  the  body.  How  far  these  organs  are  of  use  in 
breathing  is  not  known. 

LUNGS   OF    BIRDS  (AVES) 

Although  richly  supplied  with  blood,  the  lungs  of  Birds  are 
comparatively  small,  and  instead  of  being  mobile  are  closely  fixed 
to  the  ribs  and  backbone.  From  the  main  air-passages  which 
traverse  them  very  complex  branches  are  given  off,  the  linings 
of  which  are  raised  up  into  folds  by  which  the  breathing  surface 
is  greatly  increased.  A  number  of  large  thin-walled  air-sacs  are 

connected  with  the  lungs  (fig.  551),  and  these 
not  only  fill  up  most  of  the  space  between 
the  other  internal  organs,  but  are  also,  as  a 
rule,  continuous  with  air-spaces  in  the  bones. 
How  far  purification  of  the  blood  takes  place 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  these  air-sacs  is 
doubtful,  but  in  any  case  it  would  appear 
certain  that  their  presence  conduces  to  the 
rapid  and  frequent  flow  of  air  through  the 
main  channels  of  the  lungs,  and  hence  pro- 
motes rapid  breathing.  It  has  been  explained 
elsewhere  that  only  Birds  and  Mammals 
among  backboned  animals  are  hot-blooded, 
maintaining  a  constant  temperature  whatever 
may  be  that  of  their  surroundings  (see  pp. 
208,  244).  In  these  two  groups  the  problem 
of  adapting  to  lung-breathing  requirements  a 
heart  and  blood-vessels  inherited  from  gill- 
breathing  ancestors  has  been  for  the  first  time  solved,  and 
the  impure  blood  poured  into  the  heart  from  the  general  body 
is  kept  separate  from  the  pure  blood  which  that  organ  receives 
from  the  lungs.  Hence  increased  activity,  associated  with  more 
efficient  breathing,  one  manifestation  of  which  is  a  higher  body- 
temperature.  Birds  are  more  active  than  Mammals,  and  it  is  not 
therefore  surprising  that  they  possess  hotter  blood  (103°  to  104°  F. 
as  against  about  98°  F.). 

The  relation  of  air-sacs  to  flight  will  be  considered  in  another 
section.  As  to  the  means  by  which  air  is  caused  to  enter  and 


Fig-  551- — Lungs  and  Air-sacs 
of  a  Bird,  seen  from  under  side. 
The  air-sacs  of  only  one  side  are 
shown,  and  two  of  them  have  been 
cut  through  and  rods  pushed  into 
them. 


BACKBONED   ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR 


427 


leave  the  breathing  organs,  it  need  only  be  said  that  the  arrange- 
ment is  much  the  same  as  in  Reptiles  (see  p.  424)  when  a  bird 
is  standing  or  walking,  but 
during  flight  it  would  appear 
that  the  breastbone  is  rela- 
tively fixed,  while  the  hinder 
part  of  the  backbone  is 
moved  up  and  down.  The 
same  end  is  effected  in  either 
case. 

Owing  to  the  length  of 
a  bird's  neck  the  windpipe  is 
correspondingly  elongated, 
and  in  some  cases  (Cranes) 
it  is  thrown  into  a  number 
of  loops  situated  in  the 
breastbone  (fig.  552).  No 
plausible  explanation  has 
been  offered  as  to  the  use  of 
this  peculiar  arrangement, 
but  it  is  difficult  to  believe 
that  it  has  not  some  special 
meaning. 


Fig-  552- — Windpipe  of  a  Crane 

a  a  a,  Windpipe;  bb,  breastbone;  cdef,  hyoid  bone  (which 
supports  tongue);  gg,  shoulder-blades;  h,  right  coracoid  bone; 
/,  merry-thought. 


LUNGS    OF    MAMMALS  (MAMMALIA)  (see  vol.  i,  p.  45-47) 

The  lungs  of  a  Mammal  ^are  very  complicated  spongy  organs 
which  fill  most  of  the  thorax  (fig.  553).  The  windpipe  divides 
into  two  branches,  as  a  general  rule,  one  for  each  lung.  If  one 
of  these  is  traced  it  will  be  found  to  branch  in  a  tree-like  way, 
the  smallest,  very  thin -walled  branches  being  known  as  bron- 
chial tubes.  Each  of  these  ends  blindly,  swelling  up  into  a  little 
bunch  of  air-cells,  the  walls  of  which  are  invested  by  a  net-work 
of  capillary  blood-vessels.  It  is  in  these  air-cells  that  the  blood 
is  purified,  and  they  present  collectively  an  enormous  breathing 
surface.  In  short,  the  spongy  lung  of  a  Mammal  is  a  very  perfect 
contrivance  for  packing  into  a  comparatively  small  space  an  ex- 
tended area  over  which  exchange  of  gases  between  the  impure 
blood  and  the  air  can  readily  take  place.  Amphibians,  Reptiles, 


428 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


T). 


and  Mammals  form  a  series  of  increasing  complexity  in  this  respect, 
keeping  pace,  as  it  were,  with  increasing  need  for  rapid  oxygenation 
of  the  blood,  which  is  most  marked  in  the  highest  animals.  An- 
other series  is  constituted  by  the  breathing  organs  of  Amphibians, 

Reptiles,  and  Birds,  culminat- 
ing in  the  last,  which  surpass 
even  Mammals  as  regards  re- 
spiratory efficiency.  They 
have,  however,  as  we  have 
seen,  specialized  on  rather  dif- 
ferent lines. 

As  to  the  mechanical  ar- 
rangements by  means  of  which 
air  is  renewed  in  the  lungs  of 
Mammals,  the  movement  of 
ribs  and  breastbone,  so  as  to 
alternately  increase  and  di- 
minish the  size  of  the  thorax, 
takes  place  in  much  the  same 
way  as  in  Reptiles  and  Birds. 
There  is,  besides,  a  fresh  factor 
of  great  importance  in  the 


Fig.  553. — Air-passages  of  Lungs  of  Man 

A,  Windpipe;  B  B,  bronchi  into  which  this  forks;  DD,  smaller 
air-tubes 

midriff  or  diaphragm,  a  parti- 
tion by  which  the  cavity  of  the  thorax  is  separated  from  that 
of  the  abdomen.  This  may  be  described  as  a  thin,  curved 
muscle,  convex  towards  the  thorax,  and  possessing  a  central  ten- 
dinous part.  There  are  also  some  strong  bundles  of  muscle, 
the  " pillars"  of  the  diaphragm,  which  run  from  the  under  side 
of  the  backbone  in  the  region  of  the  loins  to  the  part  of  the 
midriff  furthest  from  the  breastbone.  The  volume  of  the  thorax  is 
increased  in  the  direction  of  its  length,  and  the  taking  in  of  air 
promoted,  by  the  contraction  of  the  muscular  margin  of  the  midriff 
and  of  its  pillars,  so  that  the  edge  of  this  partition  becomes  flat- 
tened. When  the  muscle  ceases  to  contract,  the  midriff  once  more 
becomes  convex  towards  the  thorax,  which  therefore  diminishes  in 
volume,  as  a  result  of  which  expulsion  of  impure  air  from  the 
lungs  is  greatly  helped.  Indeed  the  midriff  is  of  the  very  greatest 
importance  as  a  breathing  muscle.  Backboned  air-breathers  which 
are  lower  in  the  scale  than  Mammals  possess  an  ill-developed 
equivalent,  though  this  usually  has  nothing  to  do  with  breathing. 


BACKBONED   ANIMALS   WHICH   BREATHE   IN   AIR 


429 


As  in  so  many  other  cases,  material  already  present  has  been 
modified  so  as  to  serve  a  fresh  purpose.  It  is  worth  while  to  note 
here  that  the  lungs  of  Mammals,  like  those  of  Amphibians  and 
Reptiles,  are  very  elastic,  and  are  kept  continually  on  the  stretch. 
Their  elasticity  greatly  aids  in  the  expulsion  of  impure  air  from  the 
breathing  passages. 

It  would  be  a  mistake  to  suppose  that  the  breathing  move- 
ments which  the  walls  of  the  chest  execute  cause  air  to  rush 
into  the  bronchial  tubes  and  air-cells.  It  is  only  the  air  in  the 
larger  air-passages  which  is  directly  renewed  in  this  way,  while 
purification  of  the  air  in  the  smaller  passages  and  their  endings 
is  brought  about  by  gaseous  diffusion. 

In  Amphibians,  Reptiles,  and  Birds  the  breathing  and  feeding 
tracts  are  not  very  completely  separated  (except  in  the  case  of 
Crocodiles),  but  in  Mammals  they  are 
much  more  perfectly  marked  off  from 
one  another.  The  internal  nostrils  do 
not  open  on  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  but 
into  the  pharynx  (fig.  554).  It  may,  in 
fact,  be  said  that  the  two  tracts  cross 
one  another  in  this  part  of  the  digestive 
tube,  on  the  floor  of  which  is  the  open- 
ing {glottis)  which  leads  into  the  wind- 
pipe. Mammals  also  present  a  very 
characteristic  arrangement  by  means 
of  which  food  is  prevented  from  get- 
ting into  the  breathing  organs.  For 
the  front  of  the  glottis  is  guarded  by 

1          .          n  -i  /•///•  1*1  Fig- 554- — Mouth,  Nose,  &c.,  of  Man, 

an    elastic    nap,    the    epiglottis,   which  in  vertical  section 

durinO"    Swallowing    is    folded     back    OVer  *»  Cavity  of  nose  opening  into  pharynx 

&  .  CM),  and  separated  from  mouth-cavity  by 

the  breathing  opening,  and  constitutes,      hard  paiate  («)  and  soft  paiate  w,  the  latter 

,.      ,      .  ,  ending  in  a  rounded  projection  (the  uvula,  «), 

aS       it       Were,       a       SOrt      OI        bridge      OVer         below  which  is  the  opening  between  mouth- 

which  the  food  passes  back  into  the  JS^^^SK^S^sTI^ 
gullet.  Human  beings  sometimes  at- 
tempt to  speak  when  this  transit  of  food  is  in  progress,  with  the 
result  that  the  epiglottis  springs  up  and  particles  make  their  way 
into  the  windpipe.  This  is  what  is  popularly  called  "  swallowing 
the  wrong  way  ". 

It  would  scarcely  repay  us  to  consider  in  detail  the  various 
modifications  which  the  breathing  organs  present  in  the  various 


43° 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


subdivisions  of  the  Mammals,  but  the  order  (Cetacea)  which 
includes  Whales,  Porpoises,  &c.,  is  of  special  interest  in  this 
connection,  and  therefore  merits  a  brief  notice.  Although  these 
animals  are  obliged  to  come  frequently  to  the  surface  in  order  to 
breathe  or  "  blow  ",  they  can  remain  under  water  without  incon- 
venience for  between  three  and  four  minutes.  It  is  not,  therefore, 
surprising  to  find  that  their  lungs  are  of  large  size,  and  it  may  also 
be  noted  that  parts  of  the  body-wall  are  richly  supplied  with  ela- 
borate net-works  of  blood-vessels  aggregated  into  thick  masses 
("  wonder-nets ")  which  possibly  serve  as  a  means  of  storing 
purified  blood,  though  this  is  only  a  conjecture.  The  midriff  is 
very  thick,  and  its  central  tendon  comparatively  small,  and  the 
unusually  large  amount  of  muscle  present  renders  the  movements 
of  breathing  particularly  vigorous.  The  most  remarkable  pecu- 
liarity, however,  is  the  very  complete  separation  which  takes 
place  between  the  breathing  and  feeding  tracts,  pretty  much 
as  in  a  Crocodile  (see  p.  425),  the  object  being  similar,  i.e.  to 
enable  the  animal  to  open  its  mouth  under  water  without  risk 
of  choking  from  entry  of  fluid  into  the  air-tubes.  The  top  of 
the  windpipe  is  a  projecting  cone,  the  end  of  which  fits  closely 
into  the  back  of  the  nasal  passage,  leaving,  however,  a  space  on 
either  side  by  which  food  can  travel  on  into  the  gullet.  In  order 
that  the  animal  may  breathe  with  as  small  a  part  of  the  body  out 
of  water  as  possible  the  nostrils  are  shifted  to  the  top  of  the  head, 
and  are  very  close  together,  or  even  fused  into  one,  constituting  two 
or  one  "blowhole",  as  the  case  may  be.  When  in  the  colder  ocean 
regions  a  whale  comes  to  the  surface  and  breathes  out  air  from  its 
lungs,  the  watery  vapour  with  which  this  is  abundantly  charged  is 
condensed  by  the  cold  so  as  to  become  visible.  This  appearance 
has  given  rise  to  the  common  but  erroneous  idea  that  a  whale 
"  spouts  "  out  of  its  blowhole  the  water  that  has  been  taken  in  at 
the  mouth.  Such  a  procedure  would  be  impossible  for  anatomical 
reasons,  and  the  superfluous  water  which  is  taken  in  with  the 
minute  animals  that  mostly  constitute  the  food  (see  p.  29)  really 
passes  out  at  the  sides  of  the  mouth. 

In  the  newly-born  young  of  Pouched  Mammals  (Marsupials) 
such  as  Kangaroos,  the  breathing  and  feeding  tracts  are  separated 
in  much  the  same  way  as  in  the  Whales  and  their  allies,  but  for  a 
rather  different  reason.  Young  Marsupials  when  they  first  come 
into  the  world  are  in  an  exceedingly  immature  and  helpless  con- 


BACKBONED   ANIMALS   WHICH   BREATHE   IN   AIR          431 

dition.  They  are  placed  by  the  mother  in  her  pouch  and  affixed 
to  the  long  teats  there  situated.  As  for  some  time  they  cannot 
even  suck  properly,  the  milk  is  forced  into  their  mouths  by  the 
contraction  of  a  sheet  of  muscle  which  covers  the  milk-glands, 
a  procedure  which  would  be  pretty  sure  to  cause  suffocation  were 
there  not  some  mechanical  device  to  prevent  it. 


CHAPTER   XXXVII 

ANIMAL    RESPIRATION— BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS 
WHICH    BREATHE   IN   AIR 


Having  considered  the  backboned  air-breathers,  we  now  pass 
on  to  Molluscs,  Arthropods,  Worms,  &c.  which  live  on  land  or 
in  fresh  water,  and  use  ordinary  air  in  breathing,  as  contrasted 
with  members  of  the  same  great  groups  that  live  in  water,  salt  or 
fresh,  and  respire  the  air  which  is  dissolved  in  this. 

AIR-BREATHING    MOLLUSCS  (MOLLUSCA) 

The  only  subdivision  of  the  Molluscs  which  contains  air- 
breathing  members  is  the  class  (Gastropoda)  that  includes  Snails 
and  Slugs  of  all  kinds.  The  great  majority  of  these  are  marine, 
but  the  order  of  Lung-Snails  (and  Slugs)  has  been  established  for 
the  reception  of  most  of  the  species  which  live  on  land  or,  it  may 
be,  in  fresh  water,  and  are  collectively  termed  Pulmonates  (L. 
pulmo,  a  lung),  because  they  breathe  air  by  means  of  an  organ 
which  may  be  called  a  "  lung ",  though  it  is  quite  different  in 
origin  and  nature  from  the  lung  of  a  backboned  animal.  There 
are  also  certain  land-snails  (Cyclophorus,  Cyclostoma,  &c.)  which 
are  not  Pulmonates  (though  they  breathe  in  a  similar  way),  but 
belong  to  the  Fore-gilled  Gastropods  (Prosobranchs). 

We  have  seen  (see  p.  393)  that  -in  the  marine  Prosobranchs 
there  is  a  cavity  opening  by  a  wide  slit  above  the  neck,  and  con- 
taining either  two  (Ormer  and  Keyhole  Limpet)  or  more  usually 
but  one  (Whelk  and  Periwinkle)  plume-like  gill.  This  is  the  gill- 
cavity,  and  its  roof  is  the  mantle,  which  may  be  regarded  as  a  sort 
of  flap  that  has  grown  out  from  the  wall  of  the  body.  In  an 
ordinary  Limpet  (Patella]  the  gill-cavity  has  lost  both  its  gills,  and 
is  probably  able,  by  means  of  its  thin  roof  (which  is  richly  pro- 
vided with  blood-vessels),  to  breathe  the  damp  air  which  surrounds 


432 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR       433 

the  animal  when  it  is  uncovered  by  the  tide.  A  Limpet,  however, 
possesses  special  gills  all  round  the  body  (see  p.  396),  which  are 
used  when  the  tide  is  up,  and  perhaps  also  breathe  air  when  the 
tide  is  down.  It  is  practically  certain  that  some  of  the  Land-Snails 
have  sprung  from  ancestors  which  lived,  like  Limpets,  between 
tide-marks,  and  were  able  to  breathe  both  air  dissolved  in  water 
and  ordinary  atmospheric  air.  Driven  by  keen  competition  from 
the  shore,  the  descendants  of  these  forms  took  to  living  altogether 
on  dry  land,  and  gave  up  breathing  air  dissolved  in  water,  while 
at  the  same  time  their  gill-cavities  became  specialized  as  air- 
breathing  organs.  Other  Land- Snails  probably  took  origin  from 
estuarine  or  freshwater  species,  in  which  cases  the  still  earlier 
ancestors  were  doubtless  marine  in  habit. 

Examination  of  a  Garden-Snail  (Helix  aspersa),  a  common 
and  very  typical  Pulmonate,  shows  the  presence  of  a  cavity 
opening  above  the  neck,  corresponding 
precisely  to  the  gill-cavity  of  a  Limpet 
both  as  to  position  and  in  regard  to  the 
complete  absence  of  gills.  This  "lung", 
as  it  may  be  called  for  convenience 
sake,  is  of  large  size,  and  the  inner  sur- 
face  of  its  thin  roof  (the  mantle)  is 
raised  into  a  net-work  of  ridges  (fig. 
555)  by  which  the  surface  exposed  to 
the  air  is  increased  in  area  (compare 
p.  424).  The  muscular  floor  of  the 
lung  is  curved,  and  by  its  movements 
brings  about  the  passage  of  air  into 
and  out  of  the  breathing  cavity.  The 
lung  does  not  open  in  front  by  a  wide  Fig  555_Roof  of  Lung  of  Land.Snail 

Slit,     aS     did      the     anCeStral     Pill-Cavity     tO  (Helix),  showing  inner  surface   (enlarged). 

0                         J  Impure  blood  flows  to  the  net-work  of  ridges 

Which     It      Corresponds,      but     by     a     Small  and,  when  purified,  is  carried  by  the  pul- 

,        1       ,                          .                •     1        1             i           •  i  monary  vein  (PUL. VEIN)  into  the  auricle  (AU) 

rOUnd       hole       On       the       right-hand       Side.  of  the  heart  and  thence  to  the  ventricle  (VH), 

T1_  •                                                c    ^1                                  1  which  pumps  it   to  the  body;   UR.,  ureter 

I  his  narrowing  of  the  external  aper-  carryin£  waste  from  kidney  and  opening  in 
ture  is  in  order  to  prevent  the  lung  *°c"umupper  end  of  figure)  close  to  end  of 
from  drying  up,  which  would  prevent 

it  from  performing  its  function,  and  by  muscular  action  the  com- 
paratively small  opening  can  be  varied  in  size  or  even  closed 
altogether  according  to  circumstances. 

Land- Slugs  may  be  broadly  described  as  flattened-out  Snails, 


VOL.  II. 


434  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

and  their  breathing  organs  are  constructed  on  the  type  just 
described.  The  movements  of  breathing  can  easily  be  watched 
in  a  living  specimen  of  the  common  Black  Slug  (Arion  ater\ 
which  is  one  of  the  species  in  which  the  shell  has  disappeared 
altogether.  The  lung  is  here  rather  small,  and  its  boundary  is 
marked  by  a  different  texture  of  skin.  As  breathing  goes  on  the 
pulmonary  aperture  may  be  noticed  alternately  'enlarging  and 
narrowing. 

Among  the  commonest  air-breathing  Snails  living  in  fresh 
water  are  different  species  of  Pond-Snail  (Limn&us)  and  Trumpet- 
Snail  (Planorbis).  These  and  similar  forms  are  obliged  to  come 
to  the  surface  from  time  to  time  for  the  purpose  of  breathing. 

AIR-BREATHING   ARTHROPODS  (ARTHROPODA) 

The  typical  air-breathing  classes  of  the  Arthropods  are: — 
(i)  the  one  which  contains  only  the  widely-distributed  and  simply 
organized  form  Peripatus  (Prototracheata),  (2)  Centipedes  and 
Millipedes  (Myriapoda),  (3)  Scorpions,  Spiders,  Mites,  &c. 
(Arachnida),  and  (4)  Insects  (Insecta).  There  are  also  certain 
Crustacea  which  have  taken  to  a  life  on  land,  and  have  therefore 
acquired  the  power  of  breathing  ordinary  air. 

PERIPATUS   (PROTOTRACHEATA) 

This  creature  possesses  in  their  simplest  form  the  air-tubes 
(trachea)  which  are  the  most  characteristic  respiratory  organs 
of  air-breathing  Arthropods.  Indeed,  on  this  account,  these  are 
often  collectively  termed  Tracheata. 

Scattered  over  the  body  of  Peripatus  are  a  number  of  small 
holes  (stigmata),  some  of  which  are  arranged  on  either  side  in 
two  rows,  one  above  and  the  other  between  the  stump-like  legs. 
Each  of  these  holes  opens  into  a  small  cavity  from  which  arise 
a  number  of  delicate  air-tubes  that  penetrate  the  body  to  some 
extent,  the  end  gained  being  to  supply  oxygen  to  the  different 
organs,  and  take  away  their  carbonic  acid  gas  together  with 
some  water  vapour.  By  means  of  alternate  contraction  and 
relaxation  of  the  muscular  wall  of  the  body  the  air  in  these 
tubes  is  from  time  to  time  renewed.  The  principle  of  this 
arrangement  is  quite  different  from  that  exemplified  by  the 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS    WHICH    BREATHE   IN   AIR       435 

lungs  of  backboned  animals  and  land-snails.  For,  as  we  have 
seen,  there  is  marked  centralization  in  the  case  of  these  organs, 
impure  blood  flowing  to  them  for  purification,  after  which  it  is 
distributed  to  the  body  at  large.  Air  -  tubes  effect  the  same 
purpose  by  decentralization,  carrying  air  to  and  from  the  different 
organs.  In  Peripatus  the  breathing  organs  are  not  very  perfect 
or  specialized,  but  they  are  an  early  step  in  the  evolution  of  a 
mode  of  respiration  which  reaches  its  highest  expression  in 
insects.  We  have  no  certain  knowledge  of  the  way  in  which 
air-tubes  first  took  origin,  but  it  is  extremely  likely  that  they 
are  modifications  of  structures  which  originally  served  some 
other  purpose.  Peripatus  resembles  segmented  worms  (annelids) 
in  several  respects,  and  it  is  pretty  certain  that  the  ancestral 
forms  from  which  arthropods  have  been  derived  were  segmented, 
more  or  less  worm-like  creatures.  It  is  therefore  among  annelids 
that  we  must  look  for  the  organs  which  by  change  of  function 
have  become  air-tubes.  Now  the  skin  in  such  worms  contains 
numerous  glands,  by  which  various  sorts  of  material  are  separated 
from  the  blood  for  various  purposes,  such,  e.g.,  as  the  formation 
of  tubes  in  which  to  dwell.  And  it  has  been  suggested  that 
air-tubes  have  arisen  from  branched  skin  -  glands  which  gave 
up  their  original  function  and  were  specialized  for  carrying  oxygen 
to  the  body. 

CENTIPEDES  AND   MILLIPEDES  (MYRIAPODA) 

The  openings  (stigmata]  into  the  system  of  air-tubes  by  which 
a  Millipede  or  Centipede  breathes  are  placed  in  two  rows,  one 
along  each  side  of  the  body.  The  remote  ancestors  from  which 
these  forms  are  descended  probably  resembled  Peripatus  in  many 
respects,  and  no  doubt  possessed  stigmata  scattered  over  the 
body,  as  well  as  some  with  a  more  regular  arrangement  (see 
p.  434).  Later  on  many  of  these  were  done  away  with,  only  a 
row  along  each  side  being  retained,  as  most  conveniently  situated. 
This  is  another  instance  of  the  principle  already  illustrated  by 
the  cases  of  gill-slits  (see  p.  386)  and  teeth  (see  p.  14),  where 
greater  efficiency  is  obtained  by  reduction  in  number  of  structures, 
which  are  in  the  first  instance  numerous  and  unspecialized.  We 
shall  have  occasion  to  see  that  among  Insects  the  reduction  of 
these  particular  organs  is  carried  a  great  deal  further.  Each 


436 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


of  the  breathing-pores  of  a  MILLIPEDE  opens  into  a  small  air- 
cavity,  from  which  a  bundle  of  branching  air-tubes  penetrates 
into  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  body  in  a  much  more  thorough 
way  than  in  Peripatus.  These  air-tubes  are  also  much  more 
definite  in  nature  than  in  the  last-named  animal,  and  each  of 
them  has  a  firm  elastic  lining  possessing  a  spiral  thickening, 
the  object  of  which  is  to  give  flexibility  and  prevent  collapse  of 
the  walls  of  the  tube.  Indistinct  traces  of  such  a  thickening  are 
seen  even  in  Peripatus.  The  same  end  is  served  in  fire-hose 
and  the  like  by  insertion  of  a  spiral  wire  into  the  cavity  of  a 
flexible  tube,  so  that  the  flow  of  water  may  not  be  interrupted 
by  any  accidental  kink.  The  object  in  the  air-tube  is  of  course 
to  secure  a  continuous  passage  of  air. 

CENTIPEDES  are  much  more  active  creatures  than  Millipedes, 
and  therefore  require  more  perfect  arrangements  for  purification 
of  the  blood.  The  breathing-pores  open  as  before  along  the 
sides  of  the  body,  where  the  body  wall  is  much  softer  than  it 
is  above  and  below,  in  which  regions  the  skin  is  covered  by  a 
strong  horny  layer.  The  pores  are  less  numerous  and  more 
specialized  than  in  a  Millipede,  and  the  air- tubes  which  are 
connected  with  them  ramify  through  the  body  in  a  more  thorough 
way.  The  bunches  of  air-tubes  are  also  more  or  less  united  by 

connecting  tubes,  so  as  to  form  a  con- 
tinuous system,  and  this  considerably 
promotes  the  circulation  of  air. 

The  breathing  organs  of  the  greatly 
specialized  Shield-bearing  Centipede 
(Scutigera))  a  very  active  long-legged 
creature,  with  a  short  body,  differ 
greatly  from  those  found  in  ordinary 

Fig.  556.-Breatmng  Organs  of  Shield-bearing         Millipedes      and      Centipedes.  There 

Centipede  (scutigera) 

A,  TWO  of  the  shields,  slightly  enlarged,     are    eight    shield-like    scales    on    the 

upper  side  of  the  body,  and  at   the 

siderably  enlarged-the  blood-space  surround-        Binder     Cttd     of     Cach     of     thcSC     (cXCCpt 

ing  the  sac  is  represented  in  black.  V 

the  last)  is  a  slit  which  leads  into  what 

may  perhaps  be  called  a  lung-sac  (fig.  556).  This  is  a  flattened 
bag  suspended  in  a  blood-space,  and  giving  rise  on  either  side 
to  some  300  branched  air-tubes,  separated  only  by  their  thin  walls 
from  the  surrounding  blood,  which  it  is  their  office  to  purify. 
The  arrangement  is  specially  interesting,  because  it  resembles 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN    AIR        437 

to  some  extent  the  breathing  apparatus  which  is  characteristic  of 
Scorpions,  of  which  details  will  be  given  later. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  in  animals  which  breathe  by  air- tubes 
the  blood-system  is  in  a  comparatively  ill-developed  condition, 
although  the  other  organs  of  the  body  may  be  exceedingly  com- 
plex and  specialized.  For  while  irregular  blood-spaces  of  different 
size  are  found  in  all  parts  of  the  body,  there  is  not,  as  one  might 
perhaps  expect,  an  elaborate  set  of  blood-vessels,  but  only  a 
heart  and,  it  may  be,  some  exceedingly  delicate  arteries  which 
soon  merge  into  the  blood-spaces.  The  heart  is  often  called 
the  dorsal  vessel,  being  a  long  thin-walled  tube  running  near  the 
upper  surface  of  the  body.  Its  sides  are  provided  with  numerous 
pairs  of  valvular  openings  through  which  blood  enters.  The 
imperfect  state  of  the  blood-system  is  related  to  the  exceptional 
nature  of  the  means  by  which  respiration  is  effected.  In,  say, 
a  fish  one  great  use  of  the  heart  and  vessels  is  to  pump  blood 
to  the  breathing  organs  for  purification,  but  this  arduous  kind 
of  work  is  unnecessary  in  a  centipede  or  insect,  for  the  air- 
tubes  of  these  creatures  carry  pure  air  to  all  parts  of  the  body, 
so  that  the  blood  of  any  organ  gets  rid  almost  immediately  of 
any  carbonic  acid  gas  which  it  may  have  evolved,  and  at  the 
same  time  the  corresponding  loss  of  oxygen  is  made  good.  The 
organs  of  circulation  are  therefore  relieved  of  a  large  amount 
of  work,  and  the  chief  duty  which  remains  to  them  is  that  of 
carrying  nutritive  material  through  the  body  for  repair  of  waste 
and  promotion  of  growth,  a  duty  which  can  be  carried  out 
sufficiently  well  without  an  elaborate  system  of  blood-vessels. 

INSECTS    (INSECTA)   AS   AIR-BREATHERS 

In  the  case  of  typical  insects  the  breathing-pores  are  com- 
paratively few  in  number,  and  open  into  an  exceedingly  complex 
system  of  air-tubes,  which  permeate  all  parts  of  the  body.  The 
arrangement  has  already  been  briefly  described  for  the  Cock- 
roach (see  vol.  i,  p.  348),  in  which  each  of  the  last  two  segments 
of  the  thorax  and  first  eight  segments  of  the  abdomen  bears  a 
pair  of  pores — ten  pairs  in  all.  The  arrangement  of  some  of 
the  larger  air-tubes  will  be  gathered  from  fig.  557.  The  internal 
organs  have  a  silvery  appearance  when  immersed  in  water,  and 
this  is  caused  by  the  air  contained  in  the  minute  breathing- 


438 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


tubes  which  ramify  on  and  within  them.  Looked  at  under  the 
microscope  these  present  a  very  striking  appearance.  The 
breathing-pores  are  valvular,  and  provided  with  minute  muscles 
by  which  their  size  is  regulated,  it  being  possible  to  close  them 
altogether.  The  contents  of  the  air-tubes  are  expelled  by  the 

contraction  of  muscular  bands  that  stretch 
from  the  upper  to  the  lower  side  of  the  body, 
which  is  therefore  flattened  when  they  come 
into  action.  On  these  muscles  ceasing  to 
contract,  the  body  resumes  its  former  shape 
as  a  result  of  elasticity,  and  air  is  conse- 
quently drawn  into  the  breathing-tubes.  But 
if  the  breathing-pores  kept  fully  open  all  the 
time  air  would  only  be  renewed  in  the  larger 
air  -tubes,  while  the  minute  branches  would 
have  to  rely  upon  diffusion  for  the  purification 
of  their  air.  This,  however,  is  not  the  case, 
for  competent  authorities  state  that  the  breath- 
ing-pores are  closed  for  part  of  the  time 
the  breathing-muscles  are  acting,  so  that  air 
is  forced  into  many  of  the  small  air-tubes, 
the  contents  of  which  are  thus  directly  re- 
newed.  This  is  strikingly  in  contrast  to 


Fig.  557  -Dissection  of  Cock- 

roach      (Periplaneta     orientalis  ,  i  -i  '.11  r          1  i       • 

from  above,  to  show  chief  air-tubes    what  happens  in  the  lung  of  a  human  being 

(enlarged);  r- 


segments  of  abdo- 


Qr   oter         ger  vertebrate,  wllCFC   the  Smallest 

air-spaces  are  of  such  a  delicate  nature  that 

they  would  be  liable  to  injury  if  currents  of  air  constantly  passed  in 
and  out  of  them,  and  which  therefore  get  rid  of  their  carbonic  acid 
gas  and  keep  up  their  supply  of  oxygen  by  gaseous  diffusion.  As 
even  the  minutest  branches  of  the  insect's  air-tubes  are  furnished 
with  a  firm  elastic  lining  they  are  not  so  liable  to  injury  by  a 
tidal  movement  of  air,  such  as  must  take  place  when  air  is 
forced  into  them,  and  later  on  squeezed  out  again.  The  view 
is  here  taken  that  air-tubes  serve  for  getting  rid  of  carbonic 
acid  gas  as  well  as  for  the  introduction  of  fresh  oxygen,  but 
some  zoologists  maintain  that  only  the  latter  purpose  is  served 
by  them.  It  must,  indeed,  be  confessed  that  our  knowledge  of 
the  breathing  of  insects  is  very  imperfect,  and  in  this,  as  in  so 
many  other  directions,  there  is  abundant  scope  for  research  upon 
the  physiology  of  lower  forms. 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR        439 


-  r.g. 


There  is  a  very  interesting  kind  of  modification  observable  in 
the  breathing  organs  of  Insects,  such  as  Bees  and  Locusts,  which 
possess  the  power  of  rapid  flight,  for  in  such  cases  the  air-tubes 
swell  into  a  varying  number  of  air- 
sacs  (fig.  558),  the  result  being  to 
give  the  body  a  larger  bulk  in  pro- 
portion to  its  weight  than  would 
otherwise  be  the  case.  This  is 
curiously  reminiscent  of  the  state 
of  things  in  Birds,  where  the  lungs 
communicate  with  a  system  of  large 
air-sacs,  and  in  both  kinds  of  ani- 
mal the  use  of  the  arrangement  is 
to  be  sought  in  connection  with  the 
power  of  flight,  which  will  be  dis- 
cussed in  a  later  section.  But  it 
must  not  be  supposed  that  the  air- 
sacs  are  equivalent  in  the  two  cases,  rig.  558. -Dissection  of  Honey-Bee  (Apis  meiufica}, 
for  the  lungs  and  air-sacs  of  Birds  ,,,  Two  of  the  breatHnlpores  (stigmata),^,,  .air- 
arise  by  outgrowth  from  the  diges-  ^^^^™*^™^  £ 

tive     tube,    While     the     air- tubeS     and       stomach ;«.,  excretory  tubes ;r,  rectum;  r.^.,  rectal 
r     T  l         '  1        •     •  1  glands. 

air-sacs  of  Insects  develop  in  the 

first  instance  as  simple  in-pushings  of  the  skin,  which  gradually 
become  more  and  more  complicated  until  the  adult  condition 
is  reached. 

AIR-BREATHING  AQUATIC  INSECTS. —  Some  Insects  live  in 
water  during  part  or  all  of  their  existence,  in  spite  of  which 
they  may  be  dependent  upon  ordinary  air  for  breathing  pur- 
poses. Special  devices  are  then  generally  present,  having  re- 
lation to  the  aquatic  habit.  The  Great  Water- Beetle  (Dytiscus\ 
for  example,  lives  entirely  in  the  water  during  the  larval  part 
of  its  life,  and  mostly  so  when  adult.  The  elongated  predaceous 
larva  has  but  one  properly  developed  pair  of  breathing -pores, 
placed  at  the  tip  of  the  tail,  which  is  from  time  to  time  pro- 
truded from  the  water  to  allow  air  to  enter  the  respiratory  tubes. 
This  is  facilitated  by  the  presence  of  numerous  hairs  at  the  hinder 
end  of  the  body,  causing  this  region  to  float  up  more  readily  than 
the  head  end.  The  adult  Beetle  is  furnished  with  a  full  comple- 
ment of  breathing-pores,  which  open  above  into  a  space  of  which 
the  floor  is  formed  by  the  upper  side  of  the  body,  and  the  roof  by 


440  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

the  wing-cases.  This  space  serves  as  a  reservoir  for  air,  which 
the  beetle  carries  about  with  it  under  water,  and  renews  from  time 
to  time  by  coming  to  the  surface  and  pushing  out  the  hinder  end 
of  its  body.  At  the  same  time  air  is  taken  into  the  last  pair  of 
breathing-pores,  which  are  much  enlarged  and  equivalent  to  those 
present  in  the  larva. 

The  little  Whirligig  Beetles  (Gyrinus),  which  may  often  be 
seen  moving  about  in  an  erratic  manner  on  the  surface  of  ponds 
and  streams,  are  in  the  habit  of  diving  when  alarmed,  carrying 
down  a  bubble  of  air  with  them  which  enables  breathing  to  go 
on  during  submersion,  and  prevents  water  from  getting  into  the 
breathing-pores.  The  Great  Black  Water- Beetle  (Hydrophilus 
piceus)  lives  under  water,  and  carries  air  about  in  a  manner 
different  from  that  described  for  Dytiscus.  A  large  part  of  the 
body  is  covered  with  closely-set  down,  in  which  air  is  entangled, 
so  that  the  breathing-pores  are  kept  dry  and  are  able  to  carry  on 
their  work.  This  air,  of  course,  requires  renewal  from  time  to  time, 
and  there  is  a  remarkable  kind  of  adaptation  by  which  this  can  be 
managed  without  the  Beetle  having  to  leave  the  water.  For  the 
ends  of  the  feelers  (antennae)  are  broad  and  hairy  so  as  to  fit  them 
for  acting  as  ladles,  by  means  of  which  air-bubbles  are  dragged 
under  water  and  applied  to  the  downy  surface  of  the  body,  to 
which  they  adhere. 

Interesting  breathing  arrangements  are  found  in  some  of  the 
Water- Bugs,  which  are  either  purely  aquatic  or  live  chiefly  on 
the  surface.  Pond- Skaters  (Hydrometridae)  are  of  the  latter  kind, 
and  almost  everyone  must  have  seen  them  moving  swiftly  about 
in  the  way  that  has  suggested  their  name.  Like  the  Whirligig 
Beetles,  they  are  able  to  dive,  at  which  time  they  are  completely 
surrounded  by  a  film  of  air,  which  sticks  closely  to  the  velvety 
surface  of  their  bodies.  It  is,  however,  easy  to  drown  them. 
The  Water- Boatmen  (Notonectid&)>  which  swim  actively  about 
on  their  backs,  are  also  provided  with  an  arrangement  of  hairs, 
enabling  them  to  carry  a  supply  of  air  under  water. 

The  ravenous  Water -Scorpions  (Nepidce)  are  thoroughly 
aquatic  in  habit.  Both  in  the  broad  flat  kind  (Nepa)  and  the 
lean  hungry -looking  one  (Ranatra)  the  only  breathing -pores 
present  are  placed  at  the  tip  of  the  tail,  from  which  projects  a 
long  narrow  tube  composed  of  two  closely-interlocking  halves. 
It  is  supposed  that  the  tip  of  this  organ  is  protruded  from  time 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS   WHICH   BREATHE   IN   AIR       441 

to  time  at  the  surface  for  the  purpose  of  taking  in  air,  but  the 
details  have  not  yet  been  made  out. 


Fig.  559. — The  Drone- Fly  {Eristalis  tenax]  and  its  larva,  the  Rat-tailed  Maggot 

The  larvae  of  a  great  many  Two- winged  Insects  (Diptera)  live 
in  water,  and  in  many  cases  come  to  the  surface  to  breathe  air. 
It  is  then  usual  to  find  a  breathing- tube  at  or  near  one  end  of  the 


44  2 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


body,  with  which  are  connected  the  only  breathing-pores  devel- 
oped. For  instance,  the  larva  of  the  Drone- Fly  (Eristalis  tenax) 
is  commonly  known  as  the  "rat-tailed  maggot",  on  account  of 
its  possessing  such  a  tube  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  body  (fig.  559). 
Special  provision  for  a  supply  of  air  is  particularly  necessary  in 
a  form  like  this,  for  it  lives  in  liquid  filth,  and  so  can  only  be  called 
"  aquatic  "  by  courtesy. 

The  larvae  of  the  Common  Gnat  (Culex pipiens)  are  little  red 
wriggling  creatures,  abundant  in  stagnant  water.  Each  of  them 

has  a  breathing-tube  near  the  end  of 
its  tail,  and  every  now  and  then  comes 
to  the  surface  for  air,  at  which  times 
the  tip  of  the  tube  is  pushed  above 
the  surface,  and  its  valvular  aperture 
opened.  The  valve  is  again  closed 
when  the  larva  has  taken  in  sufficient 
air  for  the  time  being.  Later  on  the 
quiescent  pupa-stage  in  the  life-history 
is  reached,  during  which  the  creature 
floats  at  the  top  of  the  water,  breath- 
Fig.  56o.-Larva  (on  left)  and  Pupa  (on  right)  mg  nQW  by  ttlCanS  Of  a  COUple  of  tubeS 
of  Common  Gnat  (Culex pipiens],  enlarged  °.  *  •*• 

which  project  from  the  first  ring  of  the 

thorax,  the  larval  tube  having  disappeared.  The  pupa,  however, 
is  not  so  completely  passive  as  the  corresponding  stage  in  a  beetle 
or  butterfly,  for  it  is  able  to  dive  if  necessary  to  escape  any  danger 
which  threatens  (fig.  560). 

SCORPIONS,  SPIDERS,  AND   MITES   (ARACHNIDA) 
AS   AIR-BREATHERS 

Upon  the  under  side  of  the  broad  part  of  a  Scorpion's  abdomen 
four  pairs  of  oblique  slits  are  to  be  seen,  opening  into  complex 
lung-books,  which  have  been  compared  to  plate-like  appendages 
found  in  the  corresponding  region  of  a  King- Crab.  The  air- 
containing  cavity  of  each  of  these  structures  is  largely  filled  by 
a  considerable  number  of  thin  plates,  which  project  inwards  almost 
like  the  leaves  of  a  book.  The  plates  contain  numerous  blood- 
spaces,  and  collectively  present  a  very  large  breathing-surface.  It 
will  be  seen  that  the  breathing  organs  are  much  more  localized 
than  those  of  the  air-breathing  arthropods  already  described,  and 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS   WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR       443 

this  necessitates  a  more  complex  blood-system,  with  better  defined 
and  more  numerous  vessels. 

Whip-Scorpions  possess  two  pairs  of  abdominal  lung-books, 
similar  to  those  of  Scorpions.  This  is  also  the  case  with  the  larger 
Spiders,  such  as  the  bird  -catching  form 
(Mygale  avicularia)  of  South  America 
(fig.  561).  The  smaller  species,  such  as 
the  familiar  Garden-  and  House-Spiders, 
present  a  modification  of  this  arrangement. 
They  retain  the  front  pair  of  lung-books, 
but  the  hinder  pair  are  replaced  by  two 
sets  of  air-tubes,  resembling  in  character 
those  of  insects,  though  possibly  of  dif- 
ferent origin. 

The  remaining  groups  of  Arachnids 
possess  air-tubes  in  those  cases  where 
special  breathing  organs  are  present  at  all. 
This  is  the  case,  for  example,  with  many 
of  the  small  forms  known  as  Mites,  of 
which  Red  "Spider"  (  Tetranychus  telarius] 
is  so  provided.  The  Cheese-  Mite  (Tyroi- 

.       x     .  •  -11  •      '         i 

glyphus  szro)  is  an  instance  illustrating  the 

/-  •     1     1  1    . 

aDSenCe   OI     Special     breathing     Organs.          In 

,  rr  ,      ,  , 

such  cases  respiration  is  effected   by  the 

general  surface  of  the  body,  as  in  many  small  animals  of  widely 

different  kind. 

AIR-BREATHING  CRUSTACEANS  (CRUSTACEA) 

We  have  seen  that  the  lung-chamber  of  an  ordinary  land-snail 
(see  p.  433)  is  really  to  be  looked  upon  as  a  gill-cavity  from  which 
the  gills  have  disappeared,  and  which  has  acquired  a  new  way  of 
breathing.  Very  much  the  same  sort  of  statement  can  be  made 
as  regards  the  thorough-going  Land-Crabs,  creatures,  no  doubt, 
descended  from  ancestors  which  lived  between  tide  -marks,  and 
gradually  came  to  depend  less  and  less  upon  the  air  dissolved  in 
sea-  water.  In  such  a  land-crab  the  large  gill-chamber  has  been 
converted  into  a  lung,  numerous  folds  and  outgrowths  being  pre- 
sent on  its  lining,  which  offer  a  large  surface  for  exposure  to  air. 
At  the  same  time  the  gills  have  been  very  much  reduced  in  size, 
and  may  even  have  practically  disappeared. 


Fig.  561. — Mygale  (partly  dissected) 
from  below 


mg-legs,  cut  short  ;  L.B.,  lung-books,  one 

of  which  is  cutopen  to  show  leaflets  :ST., 

openings  into  lung-books;  M,  a  muscle- 
band;  N.,  nervous  system;  ov.,  ovary; 
SP.,  spinneret. 


444  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

The  familiar  land  crustaceans  known  as  Wood- Lice,  common 
under  stones  and  in  the  crevices  of  walls,  present  another  instance 
of  the  same  sort  of  thing.  We  here  find  that  the  limbs  of  the 
abdomen  are  used  in  breathing,  and  each  of  them  consists  in  many 
cases  of  an  outer  and  inner  plate.  The  latter  is  delicate  in  texture, 
and  does  the  respiratory  work,  while  the  outer  plates  are  protec- 
tive, and  also  prevent  desiccation.  The  latter  point  is  one  of 
some  importance,  for  it  is  probable  that  all  sorts  of  wood-lice 
require  damp  air  for  breathing  purposes.  We  have,  in  fact,  a 
condition  which  is  half-way  between  ordinary  air-breathing  and 
the  state  of  things  characteristic  of  thorough-going  aquatic  forms, 
which  use  the  air  dissolved  in  the  water  by  which  they  are  sur- 
rounded. It  may  also  be  added  that  in  some  kinds  of  Wood- Lice 
the  outer  plates  of  the  abdominal  limbs  are  hollowed  out  by 
air-cavities,  especially  in  certain  cases  where  the  inner  plates  have 
altogether  disappeared. 

LAND  NEMERTINES  (NEMERTEA),  EARTHWORMS  AND 
LAND  LEECHES  (ANNELIDA),  AND  LAND  PLANA- 
RIANS  (TURBELLARIA)  AS  AIR-BREATHERS 

None  of  the  forms  mentioned  in  the  above  heading  possess 
special  breathing  organs,  but  respire  by  means  of  the  skin,  which 
is  unable  to  perform  its  work  unless  kept  moist.  This  is  effected 
for  the  most  part  by  means  of  a  slimy  substance  secreted  by  the 
epidermis,  just  as  in  Frogs  (see  p.  423),  which  breathe  partly  in 
this  way.  It  also  follows  that  these  various  terrestrial  forms  can 
only  live  in  damp  places,  being  even  more  dependent  upon  a 
humid  atmosphere  than  Wood- Lice  (see  above). 

LAND  NEMERTINES  have  been  observed  in  widely  separated 
parts  of  the  world.  One  very  interesting  form  (Geonemertes 
Palaensis)  was  discovered  by  Semper  in  so  remote  a  locality  as 
the  Pelew  Islands  of  the  Pacific,  where  it  lives  among  fallen 
leaves  and  the  roots  of  trees. 

EARTHWORMS. — When  animals  which  possess  a  distinct  blood- 
system  breathe  by  means  of  the  skin,  that  organ  is  always  richly 
supplied  with  blood,  an  arrangement  which  is  obviously  favourable 
to  absorption  of  oxygen  and  elimination  of  carbonic  acid  gas  from 
the  system.  The  Earthworms  furnish  a  case  in  point,  beside 
which  the  skin  is  not  only  of  slimy  nature,  but  there  is  also  a 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS    WHICH    BREATHE    IN   AIR        445 

remarkable  arrangement  for  keeping  it  moist  and  free  from  germs. 
The  various  organs  of  such  worms  are  situated  within  a  spacious 
cavity  (body-cavity)  containing  a  clear  lymph-like  fluid,  and  com- 
municating with  the  exterior  by  means  of  a  row  of  valvular  pores 
placed  on  the  middle  line  on  the  upper  surface.  Through  these 
the  fluid  can  be  forced  out  from  time  to  time,  serving  not  only  as 
a  lubricant,  but  also,  it  would  seem,  as  an  antiseptic,  checking  the 
development  of  the  numerous  germs  present  in  the  surrounding 
earth,  some  of  which  might  otherwise  grow  into  injurious  moulds, 
&c.,  upon  the  surface  of  the  body. 

LAND  LEECHES,  like  almost  all  their  aquatic  relatives,  breathe 
solely  by  means  of  the  skin,  the  blood-supply  of  which  penetrates 
even  into  the  epidermis,  a  most  unusual  arrangement,  but  one 
which  brings  the  blood  very  close  to  the  surface,  and  promotes 
its  rapid  purification.  This  is  probably  correlated  with  the  un- 
pleasantly active  habits  of  these  creatures,  regarding  which 
Semper  (in  Animal  Lije]  speaks  as  follows: — "We  know  .  .  . 
that  there  are  a  tolerably  large  number  oi  true  aquatic  animals 
which  constantly  or  occasionally  live  on  land.  To  these,  for 
instance,  belong  the  true  land  leeches,  as  they  are  called,  which 
live  in  the  forests  of  India  and  the  Indian  islands,  sometimes  in 
such  enormous  numbers  that  it  is  quite  impossible  for  men  to  exist 
in  them  even  for  a  few  hours.  I  myself  have  often  been  driven 
out  of  the  woods  of  Luzon  and  Mindanao  [in  the  Philippines], 
which  are  very  favourable  spots  for  insects  and  land-shells,  by 
the  myriads  of  leeches  living  on  the  trees  and  shrubs,  from  which 
they  fall  like  a  drop  of  dew  on  any  human  passer-by ;  and  I  once 
read  that  a  whole  English  battalion  had  to  beat  a  retreat  during 
the  Sikh  rebellion  because  they  were  attacked  in  a  wood  by  these 
small  blood-suckers  in  such  numbers  that  passing  through  the 
wood  was  not  to  be  thought  of.  They  dry  up  with  particular 
facility;  but  as  the  air  in  these  forests  is  constantly  saturated  with 
moisture,  even  in  the  driest  season,  they  live  in  India  in  the  open 
air  on  trees  quite  as  well  as  their  nearest  allies,  the  medicinal 
leeches,  do  here  in  Europe  in  the  water."  This  quotation  also 
illustrates  very  well  the  easy  transition  between  breathing  in  water 
and  breathing  in  damp  air  which  some  groups  of  animals  exhibit. 

LAND  PLANARIANS  are  members  of  a  comparatively  lowly  group 
of  Flat- Worms  (Turbellaria)  in  which  the  body  is  not  made  up 
of  rings  or  segments  as  in  a  Leech  or  Earthworm,  and  is  there- 


446  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

fore  said  to  be  unsegmented.  The  skin  is  also  clothed  with 
cilia,  by  means  of  which  a  gliding  sort  of  locomotion  is  effected. 
Breathing  is  in  all  cases  effected  through  the  skin,  and  in  the 
aquatic  Planarians  (which  constitute  the  large  majority  of  the 
group)  the  air  dissolved  in  water  is  utilized  for  the  purpose, 
while  in  the  land-forms  damp  air  is  the  breathing  medium.  We 
have  in  fact  exactly  the  same  sort  of  transition  from  one  kind 
of  breathing  to  the  other  as  in  the  case  of  leeches.  Land 
Planarians  are  found  all  over  the  world,  especially  in  the  tropical 
regions,  where  they  attain  a  considerable  size  (as  much  as  18 
inches  in  length)  and  are  often  brilliantly  coloured.  One  such 
large  form  (Bipalium  Kewense)  has  been  accidentally  imported 
in  the  earth  surrounding  the  roots  of  tropical  plants  into  Kew 
Gardens  and  many  other  places.  In  reference  to  the  compara- 
tively small  and  inconspicuous  European  species,  Gamble  remarks 
(in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History]'. — "In  Europe  there  are 
only  two  or  three  indigenous  Land  Planarians,  of  which  Rhyncho 
desmus  terrestris  is  the  most  widely  distributed,  and  has  been 
found  in  moist  situations  for  the  most  part  wherever  it  has  been 
looked  for.  It  measures  about  %  inch  in  length,  and  is  dark 
gray  above,  whitish  below,  and  bears  a  pair  of  eyes  near  the 
anterior  extremity."  In  regions  which  have  alternate  wet  and 
dry  seasons  the  Land  Planarians  tide  over  the  latter,  and  protect 
themselves  from  being  dried  up,  by  burrowing  into  the  ground 
and  surrounding  themselves  with  a  sort  of  case  made  of  hardened 
slime.  A  similar  protective  device  has  been  noticed  in  regard 
to  Earthworms,  which  during  a  dry  summer  may  sometimes  be 
found  twined  together  in  a  sort  of  ball  deep  down  in  the  ground. 


CHAPTER   XXXVIII 
ANIMAL   RESPIRATION— AMPHIBIOUS  VERTEBRATES 


The  term  "amphibious"  is  often  applied  to  creatures  like 
the  Hippopotamus,  which,  though  land-animals  as  regards  struc- 
ture, spend  a  large  part  of  their  time  in  the  water.  But,  scien- 
tifically speaking,  this  is  on  a  par  with  the  well-known  definition 
of  an  Amphibian  as  "an  animal  which  cannot  live  on  land  and 
dies  in  the  water ",  which  utterance  is  supposed  to  have  been 
derived  from  a  perennial  source  of  oracular  knowledge,  i.e.  the 
answers  to  examination  papers.  Zoologists  apply  the  term 
amphibious  to  animals  which  throughout  life  are  able  to  breathe 
both  air  dissolved  in  water  and  ordinary  air,  or  which  carry  on 
the  former  mode  of  respiration  during  the  earlier  part  of  their 
existence,  becoming  air-breathers  in  the  limited  sense  when 
adult. 

So  far  as  backboned  animals  are  concerned,  it  is  convenient 
to  consider  Amphibious  Fishes  in  the  first  place,  and  then  to 
deal  with  Amphibians  proper,  such  as  newts,  frogs,  and  their 
kindred. 

AMPHIBIOUS    FISHES   (PISCES) 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  land-vertebrates  are  descended 
from  aquatic  ones,  and  since  these  last  are  typically  represented 
at  the  present  day  by  fishes,  it  is  among  such  animals  that  we 
must  look  for  transitional  forms  which  help  to  bridge  the  gap 
between  the  inhabitants  of  the  water  and  the  dwellers  on  land. 

Among  ORDINARY  BONY  FISHES  (Teleostei)  there  are  a  number 
of  species  which,  though  not  properly  speaking  amphibious,  are 
very  tenacious  of  life,  and  can  exist  for  some  time  on  land,  if 
surrounded  by  a  damp  atmosphere.  It  is  among  freshwater 
fishes  that  this  kind  of  peculiarity  is  best  marked,  and  the  Com- 
mon Eel  (Anguilla  vulgaris)  is  the  most  familiar  instance.  This 


447 


448  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

creature  is  able  to  make  its  way  through  damp  herbage  for  con- 
siderable distances,  the  object  apparently  being  migration  from 
one  pond  or  river  to  another.  In  correlation  with  this  habit  the 
external  breathing  aperture  is  narrowed  somewhat  as  in  a  mud- 
skipper  (see  below),  though  most  likely  this  character  was  first 
acquired  to  hinder  mud  from  making  its  way  into  the  gill-cavity 
and  blocking  up  the  gills. 

Carp  and  their  allies  are  often  extremely  tenacious  of  life, 
some  of  them  being  able  to  thrive  in  stagnant  water,  and  others 
to  endure  exposure  to  the  air  for  a  considerable  time,  provided 
it  be  not  too  dry.  Regarding  the  Common  Carp  (Cyprinus 
carpio],  Giinther  remarks  (in  The  Stiidy  of  Fishes]'. — "  They 
can  also  be  preserved  alive  for  a  considerable  length  of  time  out 
of  the  water,  especially  if  care  be  taken  to  moisten  them  occa- 
sionally as  they  become  dry.  Advantage  is  often  taken  of  this 
circumstance  to  transport  them  alive,  by  packing  them  among 
damp  herbage  or  damp  linen;  and  the  operation  is  said  to  be 
unattended  with  any  risk  to  the  animal,  especially  if  the  pre- 
caution be  taken  to  put  a  piece  of  bread  in  its  mouth  steeped  in 
brandy!"  The  Tench  (Tinea  vulgaris)  can  live  in  stagnant  water 
of  so  foul  a  nature  as  to  be  fatal  to  most  other  fishes,  which 
suggests  that  it  probably  makes  up  for  the  deficiency  of  oxygen 
by  rising  to  the  surface  to  take  in  air. 

Cases  like  those  just  described  lead  on  to  others  where  the 
term  amphibious  is  correctly  applied.  The  most  striking  marine 
forms  of  this  kind  are  the  little  Mud-Skippers  (Periophthalmus], 
which  hunt  for  small  crustaceans  and  the  like  between  tide-marks 
on  the  shores  of  the  I  ndo- Pacific  (see  p.  87).  To  prevent  the 
gills  from  drying  up  at  such  times  the  external  opening  behind 
the  gill-cover  is  not  a  wide  slit  as  in,  say,  a  herring  or  perch, 
but  has  been  reduced  to  a  comparatively  small  hole.  It  also 
appears  that  the  gill-cavity  is  relatively  spacious,  and  most  pro- 
bably its  lining  performs  the  functions  of  a  lung.  Another  very 
interesting  fact  concerning  the  breathing  of  these  fishes  is  thus 
described  by  Hickson  (in  A  Naturalist  in  Celebes]'. — "  Their 
position  is  usually  one  of  clinging  to  the  edge  of  the  rocks  or 
mangrove  roots  by  their  fins,  with  their  tails  only  in  the  water. 
.  .  .  The  fact  that  they  live  the  greater  part  of  their  lives  with 
their  head  and  gills  out  of  water  suggested  to  me  an  investigation 
of  their  respiratory  organs,  as  I  thought  it  possible  that  they 


a: 


CO 

Q 

Z) 


Fig.  562. — i,  Roach  (Leuciscus  rutilus]  and  2,  Bleak  (Alburnus  lucidus) 
VOL.   II.  449 


61 


450  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

might  possess  some  interesting  modifications  of  the  swim-bladder 
to  enable  them  to  breathe  the  air.  It  was  not,  however,  until  .  .  . 
1887  that  an  explanation  of  the  mystery  of  their  respiration 
occurred  to  me — namely,  that  the  respiration  is  mainly  performed 
by  the  tail.  Since  then  Professor  H addon  has  been  carrying  on 
some  experiments  in  Torres  Straits,  and  has  shown  that  this  ex- 
planation is  correct.  It  seems  at  first  sight  a  very  extraordinary 
thing  that  a  fish  should  have  become  so  modified  by  change  of 
habit  as  actually  to  have  transferred  the  chief  part  of  its  respira- 
tory functions  from  its  gills  to  its  tail.  It  is  a  well-known  and 
generally  recognized  fact,  however,  that  in  all  the  Amphibia  the 
skin  plays  a  very  important  part  as  an  organ  of  respiration,  and 
it  is  quite  possible  that  the  thin  skin  between  the  fin  -rays  of  many 
fishes  also  acts  as  an  accessory  to  the  gills  and  performs  the  same 
function.  If  this  is  proved  to  be  the  case  we  should  have  to  look 
upon  the  tail  of  Periophthalmus  as  an  example  of  an  organ  dis- 
charging a  function  which  is  performed  in  a  lesser  degree  by  the 
tails  of  many  if  not  of  all  fishes." 

Among  freshwater  forms  some  of  the  carp -like  fishes,  such 
as  the  Bleak  (Alburnus  lucidus)  and  Roach  \Leuciscus  rutilus] 
(fig.  562),  are  definitely  known  to  rise  from  time  to  time  to  the 
surface  in  order  to  swallow  air,  since  the  oxygen  dissolved  in  the 
surrounding  water  is  not  sufficient  for  their  breathing  processes. 
It  therefore  follows  that  such  forms,  extraordinary  though  the 
statement  may  seem,  can  be  drowned  by  keeping  them  below 
the  surface.  Definite  experiments  have  been  made  which  prove 
this.  For  example,  Semper  (in  Animal  Life]  makes  the  follow- 
ing statement: — "If  we  prevent  the  species  of  Leuciscus  [i.e. 
Roaches,  &c.]  from  coming  to  the  surface  of  an  aquarium  by 
placing  a  wire  net  just  below  the  surface  of  the  water,  so  that 
they  cannot  gulp  the  air,  they  soon  die,  even  when  an  ample 
supply  of  highly  aerated  water  is  constantly  added  ".  It  is  sug- 
gested that  part  of  this  air  is  breathed  by  the  lining  of  the 
digestive  tube,  and  this  is  definitely  known  to  be  the  case  in  the 
small  freshwater  fishes  called  Loaches,  which  also  are  in  the 
habit  of  swallowing  air.  Two  species  of  Loach  are  native  to 
Britain,  the  Common  Loach  (Nemachilus  barbatulus)  and  the 
Spiny  Loach  (Cobitis  tencza).  But  all  these  freshwater  forms 
quickly  die  when  taken  out  of  the  water. 

It  is,   however,   by  tropical    freshwater   fishes   that   a  double 


AMPHIBIOUS   VERTEBRATES  451 

mode  of  breathing  is  most  frequently  exemplified.  This  is  partly 
related  to  the  fact  that  in  the  dry  season  the  smaller  streams  of 
such  regions  are  liable  to  great  reduction  in  size,  and  the  habit 
is  also  favoured  by  the  great  moistness  of  the  air  during  the 
wet  season.  The  Snake-headed  Fish  (Ophiocephalus]  of  India, 
for  instance  (fig.  563),  possesses  what  is  generally  termed  an 


Fig.  563. — Indian  Snake-headed  Fish  (Ophiocephalus) 

accessory  gill-cavity  covered  by  the  upper  part  of  the  gill-cover, 
but  this  cavity  does  not  contain  any  gill-folds  and  is  probably 
to  be  looked  upon  as  constituting  a  sort  of  lung.  The  habits 
of  these  forms  are  described  by  Glinther  (in  The  Study  of  Fishes) 
in  the  following  words: — "  Like  other  tropical  freshwater  fishes, 
they  are  able  to  survive  drought,  living  in  semi-fluid  mud,  or 
lying  in  a  torpid  state  below  the  hard-baked  crusts  of  the  bottom 
of  a  tank  from  which  every  drop  of  water  has  disappeared. 
Respiration  is  probably  entirely  suspended  during  the  state  of 
torpidity,  but  whilst  the  mud  is  still  soft  enough  to  allow  them 
to  come  to  the  surface,  they  rise  at  intervals  to  take  in  a  quantity 
of  air,  by  means  of  which  their  blood  is  oxygenized.  This  habit 
has  been  observed  in  some  species  to  continue  also  to  the  period 
of  the  year  in  which  the  fish  lives  in  normal  water,  and  individuals 
which  are  kept  in  a  basin  and  prevented  from  coming  to  the 
surface  and  renewing  the  air  for  respiratory  purposes  are  suffo- 
cated." The  same  kind  of  specialization  is  carried  still  further 
in  the  Climbing  Perch  (Anabas  scandens],  where  the  cavity  above 
the  gills  has  its  lining  raised  into  a  number  of  folds,  by  which 
the  breathing  surface  is  largely  increased  (fig.  564).  This  fish 
is  known  to  come  out  of  the  water  and  undertake  comparatively 


452 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


lengthy  excursions  on  land,  while  it  is  even  accredited  with  the 
power  of  climbing  trees,  and  has  been  named  in  accordance  with 
this  belief. 

The  arrangements  described  for  the  last  two  sorts  of  fish, 
though  extremely  interesting,  do  not  form  a  stage  in  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  backboned  animals  which  live  on  land.  And  we 
now  proceed  to  the  consideration  of  those  fishes  which  do  throw 


Fig.  564. — Climbing  Perch  (Anabas 
scandens}.  Side  of  head  dissected  to 
show  accessory  breathing  organs. 


iff 


Fig.  565. — Dissection  of  a  Bitterling  (Rhodeus  amarus) 

bl,  Swim-bladder  narrowed  in  the  middle;  s,  gullet;  d,  intestine; 
//  liver;  v  and  h,  auricle  and  ventricle  of  heart;  «,  kidney;  e,  ovary; 
Ig,  egg-laying  tube  (rarely  present  in  fishes). 


some    light   on  the  way  in    which   such    forms   have   originated 
from  aquatic  ancestors. 

EVOLUTION  OF  THE  LUNGS  OF  BACKBONED  ANIMALS. — It  has 
already  been  pointed  out  (see  p.  421)  that  the  lungs  of  a  Frog, 
Lizard,  or  other  air-breathing  land- vertebrate  are  comparable  to 
the  swim-bladder  possessed  by  many  fishes,  serving  in  them  to  buoy 
up  the  body  and  helping  to  maintain  its  equilibrium  (fig.  565). 
The  swim-bladder  is  developed  as  an  outgrowth  from  the  front 
part  of  the  digestive  tube,  with  which  it  often  remains  connected 
throughout  life  by  means  of  a  pneumatic  duct.  It  contains  a 
mixture  of  nitrogen  and  oxygen,  the  latter  gas  being  more 
abundantly  present  in  freshwater  species.  In  some  of  the  Ordi- 
nary Bony  Fishes  (Teleosts)  it  has  been  shown  that  air  is  actually 
taken  into  this  organ  from  the  exterior,  and  that  this  furnishes 
what  may  be  called  a  new  method  of  breathing,  supplemental  to 
that  of  the  gills.  Indeed  it  has  been  proved  in  some  such  cases 
that  the  gills  alone  cannot  do  all  the  necessary  work  of  respiration. 
For  instance,  it  has  been  found  that  in  some  of  the  freshwater 
fishes  of  tropical  South  America  (species  of  Erythrinus]  suffocation 
quickly  takes  place  if  air  be  prevented  from  entering  the  swim- 
bladder. 


AMPHIBIOUS   VERTEBRATES  453 

Among  recent  Ganoid  Fishes  the  Gar- Pike  (Lepidosteus]  and 
Bowfin  (Amid),  which  live  in  the  fresh  waters  of  North  America, 
both  possess  a  swim-bladder  which  is  better  adapted  to  act  as 
a  lung  than  is  the  case  in  forms  so  far  considered,  since  its  lining 
is  raised  into  complex  folds  which  give  a  large  surface  through 
which  exchange  of  gases  can  go  on.  The  Bowfin  has  been 
observed  to  come  from  time  to  time  to  the  surface  for  the  purpose 
of  swallowing  air.  The  swim-bladders  so  far  described  are  un- 
paired structures  which  grow  out  from  the  side  or  upper  surface 
of  the  gullet,  facts  which  have  been  cited  as  opposed  to  the 
view  that  lungs  have  evolved  from  organs  of  the  sort,  for  lungs 
are  paired  and  grow  from  the  under  side  of  the  gullet.  The 
first  point  is  of  little  importance,  for  the  lungs  are  represented 
by  an  unpaired  outgrowth  when  they  first  appear,  this  later  on 
dividing  into  two  branches.  It  may  be  noted  here  that  both 
in  the  Gar- Pike  and  Bowfin  the  air-bladder  is  narrow  in  the 
middle  and  broad  at  the  sides,  giving  a  sort  of  incipient  double- 
ness.  Neither  objection  applies  when  we  come  to  examine  the 
air-bladders  of  the  archaic  African  ganoids,  the  Bichir  (Polypterus) 
and  Reed- Fish  (Calamoichthys),  for  in  both  of  them  the  swim- 
bladder  is  double,  and  grows  out  from  the  under  side  of  the 
gullet.  The  lining  of  this  organ  being  smooth  in  these  fishes, 
the  breathing  work  done  by  it  is  probably  less  in  amount  than 
in  the  two  ganoids  first  mentioned.  It  is  worth  while  noting 
that  Bichir  and  Reed-Fish  belong  to  a  distinct  and  much  more 
ancient  group  than  other  living  forms  to  which  the  term  ganoid 
is  commonly  applied.  Fishes  of  similar  kind  were  exceedingly 
abundant  in  some  of  the  older  geological  periods.  It  is  hence 
extremely  probable  that  in  the  first  instance  the  swim-bladder  of 
fish-like  forms  grew  out  from  the  under  side  of  the  gullet,  but 
in  most  cases  its  point  of  origin  has  gradually  shifted  round  to 
the  upper  side  as  a  matter  of  convenience,  since  this  organ  is 
usually  placed  immediately  below  the  backbone  (and  above  the 
digestive  tube),  a  position  most  suitable  for  the  proper  performance 
of  its  duties  in  regard  to  the  maintenance  of  equilibrium. 

Lung- Fishes  (Dipnoi). — The  contention  that  lungs  have 
evolved  from  swim-bladders  receives  its  strongest  support  from 
the  structure  and  habits  of  the  remarkable  Lung-Fishes,  of  which 
the  three  existing  forms,  native  to  the  rivers  of  Australia,  Africa, 
and  South  America,  are  the  last  survivors  of  an  exceedingly  an- 


454  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

cient  and  once  extensive  group.  They  are  admittedly  amphibious, 
and  have  received  both  their  popular  and  scientific  names  (Gk. 
dis,  double;  pnoe,  breath)  in  acknowledgment  of  the  fact.  So 
much  do  they  differ  from  other  fishes  in  structure  that  some  zoolo- 
gists place  them  in  a  separate  class,  and,  since  in  many  respects 
they  resemble  newts,  salamanders,  and  the  like,  they  may  broadly 
be  considered  as  a  sort  of  half-way  stage  between  Fishes  proper 
and  Amphibians. 

The  Australian  Lung- Fish  (Ceratodus]  is  the  least  specialized 
of  the  three  living  representatives  of  its  group,  and  its  lung-like 
swim-bladder  is  unpaired  (but  divided  by  furrows  into  right  and 
left  parts),  though  it  grows  out  from  the  under  side  of  the  gullet. 
The  lining  of  this  organ  is  raised  into  folds,  and  it  returns  purified 
blood  to  the  heart,  which  we  find  in  consequence  to  be  partly 
divided  into  right  and  left  divisions  by  a  partition,  so  as  to  keep 
apart  in  some  degree  the  two  kinds  of  blood  which  are  poured 
into  it.  It  is,  in  fact,  the  first  crude  attempt  at  solving  the  pro- 
blem of  converting  a  fish-like  type  of  heart,  which  receives  only 
impure  blood  and  pumps  it  to  gills  for  purification,  into  the  kind  of 
heart  found  in  typical  air-breathing  Vertebrates,  which  receives  both 
pure  and  impure  blood,  that  are  only  disposed  of  to  the  best  advan- 
tage when  kept  separate  (see  vol.  i,  pp.  242-244).  It  is  only  the 
two  highest  classes  of  backboned  animals,  i.e.  Birds  and  Mammals, 
that  have  attained  to  a  full  solution  of  the  problem,  and  have 
succeeded  in  keeping  the  two  sorts  of  blood  completely  separate. 
That  the  members  of  these  two  classes  are  hot-blooded  is  one 
outcome  of  this  feat,  and  to  it  they  owe,  in  no  small  degree, 
their  present  position  as  the  dominant  inhabitants  of  the  land. 
For  long  ages  Reptiles  were  the  leading  terrestrial  forms,  but 
never  completely  succeeding  in  converting  circulatory  organs  in- 
herited from  aquatic  ancestors  into  structures  thoroughly  adapted 
to  air-breathing,  ultimately  had  to  give  place  to  Birds  and  Mam- 
mals, in  which  the  course  of  evolution  led  to  more  satisfactory 
results  in  this  and  certain  other  respects. 

Returning  from  this  digression  to  Ceratodus,  it  is  to  be 
noted  that  this  creature  is  only  found  in  a  remarkably  restricted 
area,  being  limited,  in  fact,  to  two  small  Queensland  rivers,  the 
Burnett  and  Mary,  each  of  which  is  practically  a  chain  of  deep 
water-holes,  connected  by  comparatively  shallow  reaches.  Fossil 
evidence  proves  that  the  area  of  distribution  was  once  very  much 


AMPHIBIOUS   VERTEBRATES  455 

more  extensive.  There  is  abundant  testimony  showing  that  this 
fish  actually  does  breathe  air.  For  example,  Semon,  who  has 
recently  studied  the  habits  of  Ceratodus  in  its  native  rivers,  writes 
as  follows  on  this  point  (in  In  the  Australian  Busk): — "As  afore- 
said, Ceratodus  is  a  representative  of  the  almost  exterminated 
class  of  Dipnoi  or  lung-fish;  that  is  to  say,  fish  possessing  gills 
by  which  they  breathe  like  other  fish,  but  also  an  air-bladder, 
the  construction  and  function  of  which  very  much  resembles  that 
of  a  lung.  What  does  Ceratodus  use  this  lung  for,  since  it  does 
not  go  on  land,  and  therefore  is  not  forced  to  adapt  itself  to  extra- 
aquatic  conditions  of  breathing  and  living.  .  .  .?  That  the  fish 
uses  its  lung  for  breathing  I  noticed  hundreds  of  times.  Near  the 
river  area  it  haunts  one  occasionally  hears  a  dull  groaning  sound. 
This  is  produced  by  the  fish,  which  comes  up  to  the  surface  at 
certain  intervals  to  empty  the  breath  from  its  air-bladder  and 
to  take  in  fresh  air.  I  readily  proved  Ceratodus  to  be  the  author 
of  this  strange  noise  when  later  on  I  kept  the  fish  alive  in  great 
barrels  and  self-dug  water-holes.  I  then  saw  them  appear  at  the 
surface  every  thirty  or  forty  minutes  and  lift  the  tip  of  their  snout 
above  the  water,  at  the  same  time  uttering  the  afore-mentioned 
grunting  noise.  Still  I  was  unable  to  make  out  whether  it  is 
produced  by  the  expiration  of  the  foul  air  or  the  inspiration  of  the 
fresh,  and  how  or  where  it  originates."  The  author  then  goes  on 
to  explain  how  the  possession  of  a  lung  is  related  to  the  actual 
conditions  of  life:  "  At  the  same  time,  like  any  other  fish,  Cera- 
todus makes  use  of  its  gills,  and  is  by  no  means  able  to  exist 
on  land.  If  taken  out  of  the  water  and  prevented  from  getting 
back,  its  gills  soon  dry  up  and  the  animal  dies.  Nevertheless 
its  lungs  are  of  great  importance  to  the  fish  during  the  dry  season, 
for  when  the  water  evaporates  over  a  wide  area  and  the  river  gets 
reduced  to  some  few  water-holes,  the  dimensions  of  which  natur- 
ally decrease  from  day  to  day,  an  immense  accumulation  of  river 
inmates  takes  place  within  these  last  havens  of  refuge.  The 
water  thus  rapidly  becomes  foul  and  putrid  by  rotting  animal  and 
vegetable  substance,  and  the  fishes  die  in  numbers.  Mr.  W.  B. 
Maltby  of  Gayndah  told  me  that  he  had  once  emptied  a  big  but 
not  very  deep  water-hole,  which  was  approaching  dryness.  The 
little  water  at  its  bottom  was  filled  with  dead  mullets,  perches, 
and  other  fishes,  and  the  whole  was  putrid  with  fish  corpses. 
Some  Ceratodus,  however,  which  were  contained  in  this  pool  were 


456  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

perfectly  lively  and  at  their  ease,  and  not  in  the  least  disturbed  by 
finding  themselves  among  these  most  unsanitary  surroundings. 
This  is  the  occasion  when  Ceratodus  enjoys  the  advantage  of 
its  lungs.  Not  on  land,  not  during  a  summer  sleep  in  the  mire 
or  in  a  cocoon  are  they  most  serviceable,  but  in  an  extremity  of 
this  kind,  when  they  furnish  the  only  means  by  which  the  fish 
manages  to  outlive  the  most  unfavourable  conditions  of  its  native 
rivers." 

The  African  Lung- Fish  (Protopterus),  specially  abundant  in  the 
basins  of  the  White  Nile  and  Congo,  is  more  specialized  than  its 
Australian  congener,  and  its  swim-bladder  is  modified  into  a 
double  lung  with  spongy  wall.  It  is  commonly  found  living  in 
swamps  or  shallow  streams  which  practically  disappear  during  the 
dry  season,  and  spends  that  part  of  the  year  in  a  torpid  condition 
(summer  sleep),  imbedded  in  the  mud,  and  surrounded  by  a  sort 
of  capsule  or  cocoon  formed  by  the  hardening  of  slime  secreted 
by  its  skin.  In  this  state,  it  is  said,  the  natives  dig  it  out  for 
food,  and  dormant  specimens  of  the  kind  have  been  transported 
to  Europe,  surrounded  by  the  capsule  and  a  mass  of  hardened 
clay.  When  placed  in  warm  water  these  investments  readily 
break  down,  and  the  fishes  thus  released  are  none  the  worse  for 
their  long  journey.  The  newly-hatched  Mud-Fish  possesses  not 
only  internal  gills,  but  also  long,  plume-like  external  gills  (like 
those  of  a  tadpole),  which  persist  in  the  adult,  though  in  a  reduced 
state. 

The  American  Lung- Fish  (Lepidosiren),  native  to  the  basins 
of  the  Amazons  and  Paraguay  Rivers,  closely  resembles  the  Afri- 
can form  in  the  structure  of  its  breathing  organs  and  in  its  habits. 
Prof.  Graham  Kerr  has  shown  that,  during  the  egg-laying  season, 
numerous  scarlet  filaments  grow  out  from  the  pelvic  fins  of  the 
male  in  a  feather-like  way,  and  he  considers  these  to  be  acces- 
sory breathing  organs. 

AMPHIBIANS  (AMPHIBIA) 

Certain  Tailed  Amphibians  (Urodela)  are  amphibious  in  the 
adult  condition,  possessing  a  pair  of  simple  lungs,  and  also  gills. 
This  is  the  case  with  some  of  the  Salamanders,  creatures  which 
may  be  regarded  as  first  cousins  of  the  Newts  or  Efts  which 
abound  in  many  of  our  ponds  and  ditches.  In  the  Hell- Bender 


AMPHIBIOUS   VERTEBRATES  457 

(Cryptobranchus  later  alis]  of  the  Mississippi,  the  gills  are  said  to 
be  "  internal  ",  being  in  the  form  of  folds  on  the  walls  of  gill- 
pouches,  much  like  those  of  many  fishes,  and  a  gill-opening  is 
present  on  the  left  side  of  the  neck.  These  gills  are  evidently  on 
the  down-grade,  and  are  still  further  reduced  in  the  Giant  Sala- 
mander (Megalobranchus  maximus)  of  Japan  and  China,  where  the 
gill-pouches  are  fewer  in  number  and  there  is  no  external  gill- 
aperture. 

A  few  adult  Amphibia  supplement  their  lungs  by  tufted  ex- 
ternal gills  growing  out  from  the  sides  of  the  neck.  One  of 
these  forms  is  the  Olm  (Proteus  anguineus),  found  in  the  under- 
ground waters  of  Carniola.  In  shape  it  resembles  an  eel,  but 
possesses  small  fore-  and  hind-legs.  A  somewhat  similar  form, 
the  Siren  Salamander  (Siren  lacertina),  inhabits  the  pools  of 
swampy  districts  in  the  south-east  of  the  United  States.  In  this 
species  the  hind-legs  have  disappeared  altogether. 

The  large  majority  of  adult  Amphibians,  such  as  ordinary 
Salamanders,  Newts,  Toads,  and  Frogs,  breathe  only  by  means 
of  lungs  (and  skin)  in  the  adult  condition.  Like  all  other  Am- 
phibia, however,  they  begin  life  as  fish-like  tadpoles,  which  possess 
gills,  and  are  at  first  devoid  of  limbs.  If  they  did  not  develop 
beyond  this  stage  they  would  undoubtedly  be  classified  as  fishes. 
This  remarkable  life-history  is  the  most  remarkable  characteristic 
of  Amphibians,  to  which,  indeed,  their  name  has  reference  (Gk. 
amphi,  both;  bios,  life).  Just  as  the  Lung-Fishes  bridge  the  gap 
between  ordinary  Fishes  and  Amphibia,  and  demonstrate  how 
lungs  have  been  evolved  from  swim-bladders,  so  do  the  Amphi- 
bians lead  up  to  the  thorough-going  land-groups  of  Reptiles, 
Birds,  and  Mammals,  which  at  no  period  of  life  possess  gills, 
although  in  the  early  stages  of  their  existence  gill-arches  and 
gill-clefts  remain  as  a  testimony  to  their  aquatic  ancestry. 

If  we  follow  the  development  of  a  common  Grass  Frog  (Rana 
temporaria)  we  shall  find  that  the  young  tadpole  breathes  by  three 
pairs  of  plume-like  external  gills,  much  like  those  present  in  the 
adult  Olm  and  Siren.  Later  on  these  are  replaced  by  "internal" 
gills,  in  the  forms  of  folds  on  the  outer  sides  of  the  gill-arches. 
These  are  not  strictly  comparable  to  the  gills  of  ordinary  fishes, 
but  serve  the  same  purpose.  After  a  time  a  fold  of  skin  grows 
back  over  the  gills,  leaving  only  an  opening  to  the  exterior  on 
the  left  side  of  the  body,  and  ultimately  these  organs  gradually 


458  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

shrivel  up  and  the  gill-clefts  close,  while  at  the  same  time  the 
lungs  grow  out  from  the  under  side  of  the  gullet.  Corresponding 
changes  take  place  in  the  heart  and  blood-vessels,  and,  as  often 
remarked,  the  successive  stages  in  the  life-history  afford  a  practical 
lesson  in  evolution ;  for  if  such  a  startling  series  of  changes  can 
take  place  in  the  life  of  one  animal,  it  is  not  difficult  to  picture  a 
similar  sequence  of  events  in  the  evolution  of  a  group. 


CHAPTER   XXXIX 
ANIMAL  RESPIRATION— AMPHIBIOUS    INVERTEBRATES 


As  will  already  have  been  gathered  from  what  has  been  said 
in  chapter  xxxvii,  numerous  interesting  illustrations  of  the  amphi- 
bious habit  are  furnished  by  certain  members  of  the  important 
animal  groups  of  the  Mollusca  and  Arthropoda. 

MOLLUSCS   (MOLLUSCA) 

ORIGIN  OF  LAND-SNAILS  AND  SLUGS. — We  have  seen  in  the 
last  chapter  how  the  study  of  amphibious  fishes  throws  light  upon 
the  evolution  of  land  vertebrates,  and  amphibious  species  are 
included  in  typical  groups  of  both  marine  and  freshwater  molluscs, 
which  enable  us  to  understand  how  land-snails  proper  have  origin- 
ated from  aquatic  ancestors.  It  is  extremely  probable  that  land 
molluscs  have  been  derived  from  two  sources,  some  being  de- 
scendants of  marine  forms  living  between  tide -marks,  and  others 
offshoots  from  estuarine  or  freshwater  groups.  In  the  latter  case 
we  are  obliged  to  fall  back  in  the  end  upon  the  sea  as  the  original 
home  of  molluscs,  for  from  it  have  been  populated  the  estuaries 
and  rivers  of  the  globe.  And,  as  in  the  case  of  land  vertebrates, 
aquatic  molluscs  have  given  rise  to  land  molluscs  as  the  result  of  a 
keen  struggle  for  existence,  which  has  driven  certain  forms  of  life 
from  sea  to  land,  either  directly  or  after  a  more  or  less  prolonged 
sojourn  in  brackish  or  fresh  water. 

Among  the  most  interesting  marine  snails  which  afford  a  hint 
as  to  one  set  of  conditions  under  which  amphibious  habits  may  be 
acquired  are  the  species  included  in  the  Periwinkle  Family  (Lit- 
torinida),  plant-eating  forms  characteristic  of  the  region  between 
tide -marks.  The  gill -cavity  is  here  more  or  less  adapted  for 
breathing  damp  air  when  the  tide  is  down,  and  the  contained 
gill  is  reduced  in  size,  as  its  chief  work  is  done  when  the  animal 


459 


460 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


is  covered  by  water.  In  the  case  of  those  kinds  of  Periwinkle 
which  live  high  up  on  the  shore  we  should  naturally  expect  to 
find  the  gill  more  reduced  than  in  allied  species  living  further 
down,  since  in  the  former  case  its  work  would  be  inconsiderable, 
as  its  owner  would  only  be  covered  with  water  for  a  brief  period 
of  time.  Such  an  expectation  is  actually  realized  in  one  British 
species  (Littorina  rudis]  which  lives  near  high- water  mark,  and 
which  has  a  smaller  gill  than  the  common  kind  (L.  littorea)  that 

spends  a  larger  part  of  its  life 
under  water.  In  the  former  spe- 
cies, too,  folds  richly  supplied  with 
blood-vessels  are  beginning  to 
appear  on  the  inner  surface  of 
the  gill-cavity  (fig.  566),  so  as  to 
increase  its  efficiency  as  a  lung. 
After  what  has  been  said  it  will 
/HEART  not  surprise  the  reader  to  hear  that 
there  are  certain  tropical  forms  of 
Periwinkle  (native  to  Central 
America  and  the  West  Indies) 
which  live  to  a  considerable  ex- 
^•f;--R?ofofGai-cavityinaspeciesofperi-  tent  above  high-water  mark,  and 

winkle  (Lttterma  rudis),  which  lives  near  high-water 

mark   (enlarged).      Front  end    is    at    top   of   figure.       are    eVCn    found    UOOtt    trCCS.          Such 

X,  Commencing  net-work  of  lung-folds;  Int.,  intestine; 

A  and  v,  auricle  and  ventricle  of  heart;   K,  kidney;       CaSCS    lead   On    tO    Certain    families    of 

as.,  water-testing  organ  (osphradium). 

Snails  living  on  land,  in  which  the 

gill  has  entirely  disappeared,  but  which  otherwise  are  probably 
closely  related  to  Periwinkles.  These  families  are  among  those 
known  as  Land  Operculates,  on  account  of  the  possession  of  an 
operculum  or  plate  by  which  the  aperture  of  the  shell  is  closed 
when  the  animal  is  completely  withdrawn  into  it.  It  must  not  be 
supposed,  however,  that  all  the  families  of  land  Operculates  are 
related  to  Periwinkles,  for  some  of  them  can  be  shown  with 
considerable  probability  to  be  allies  of  other  sorts  of  marine 
Snails. 

It  is  quite  possible  that  some  kinds  of  snail  which  are  now 
adapted  for  a  life  on  land,  and  breathe  by  gill -cavities  which 
simply  serve  as  lungs,  may  have  been  derived  from  amphibious 
freshwater  ancestors.  We  know  at  any  rate  that  double-breathers 
of  the  kind  actually  exist,  the  most  striking  case  being  that  of 
the  Apple- Snail  (Ampullaria),  native  to  both  Africa  and  South 


AMPHIBIOUS   INVERTEBRATES 


461 


ILL 


W.T. 


America  (fig.  567).  The  gill-cavity  is  here  divided  into  upper 
and  lower  parts  by  an  imperfect  partition,  and  a  long  breathing- 
tube  (siphon)  can  be  protruded  from  the  left  side  of  the  neck. 
The  upper  part  acts  as  a  lung, 
and  its  lining  is  raised  into 
numerous  folds  so  as  to  increase 
the  air-breathing  surface,  while  the 
lower  part  contains  a  gill  on  the 
right  side.  Semper  (in  Animal 
Life]  thus  describes  the  way  in 
which  the  two  divisions  of  the 
breathing  apparatus  are  used: — 
"  The  Ampullaria  uses  both 
organs  in  rapid  alternation;  lying 
not  far  from  the  surface  of  the 
water,  it  protrudes  above  it  a 
breathing  siphon,  and  inhales  air 
through  it;  then  it  closes  its 
lungs,  reopens  the  siphon,  and 
admits  a  stream  of  water  through 
it  into  the  branchial  cavity  ".  We 
are  here  strongly  reminded  of 
certain  freshwater  fishes  already 
described  (see  p.  450),  which 
frequently  come  to  the  surface  to  take  air  for  breathing  into  their 
swim-bladders. 

We  have  so  far  dealt  with  the  origin  of  only  operculate  land- 
snails,  many  of  which  are  closely  related  to  Periwinkles  and  other 
sea-snails  belonging  to  the  Fore-gilled  (Prosobranch)  marine  forms 
(see  vol.  i,  p.  318).  Such  terrestrial  molluscs,  though  common 
enough  in  tropical  regions,  are  quite  different  from  the  ordinary 
land-snails  and  slugs  with  which  we  are  familiar  in  this  country, 
and  which  constitute  the  group  of  Lung-Snails  and  Slugs  (Pul- 
monates),  which  do  not  possess  an  operculum  to  close  the  mouth 
of  the  shell,  and  may  even  have  no  shell  at  all.  Some  at  least  of 
these  have  probably  been  derived  from  the  marine  forms  known 
as  Hind-gilled  Snails  and  Slugs  (Opisthobranchs),  exemplified  by 
Bubble -Shells,  Sea -Hares,  Sea -Slugs,  and  many  others  (see 
vol.  i,  p.  324).  The  chief  evidence  in  support  of  this  view  con- 
sists in  the  existence  of  a  family  of  shore-snails  (Siphonariada) 


Fig.  567. — Apple-Snail  (Ampullaria) 

A,  Upper  surface  ;  B,  vertical  section  across  breathing- 
organs  (diagrammatic);  W.T.,  water-testing  organ 


462  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

which  are  shown  by  their  structure  to  be  half-way  between  hind- 
gilled  snails  and  lung -snails.  In  one  member  of  the  family 
(Siphonaria)  the  gill-cavity  is  partly  converted  into  a  lung  and 
the  gill  is  reduced,  while  in  an  allied  form  (Gadinia)  the  gill  has 
gone  altogether. 


AMPHIBIOUS    INSECTS    (INSECTA) 

Certain  cases  have  already  been  described  of  insects  which 
live  in  water  either  when  adult  or  during  early  stages  of  exist- 
ence (see  p.  439).  But  all  the  aquatic  forms  of  the  kind  so  far 
dealt  with  are  strictly  air-breathers,  either  carrying  about  a  supply 
with  them  under  water,  or  coming  up  to  the  surface  from  time  to 
time  for  the  purposes  of  respiration.  There  are,  however,  insects 
which  are  far  more  thorough-going  water  animals  than  this,  being 
able  to  breathe  the  air  dissolved  in  water  during  the  early  part  of 
their  lives.  And  since  such  forms  are  typical  air-breathers  when 
adult,  they  are  just  as  much  entitled  to  be  called  amphibious  as 
frogs  and  newts.  There  is,  nevertheless,  a  very  great  difference 
between  the  ancestral  history  of  amphibious  vertebrates  and  am- 
phibious insects.  The  former  are  terrestrial  forms  emerging,  as 
it  were,  from  the  aquatic  mode  of  life,  and  dependent  upon  a 
damp  atmosphere  even  when  adult.  Amphibious  insects,  on  the 
other  hand,  are  members  of  a  group  which  is  thoroughly  terres- 
trial, and,  like  birds,  has  even  conquered  the  realms  of  air.  There 
can  be  no  doubt  that  in  the  very  remote  past  insects  sprang  from 
aquatic  ancestors,  but  there  is  no  reason  to  suppose  that  these 
were  in  the  least  like  the  water-inhabiting  stages  of  such  members 
of  the  class  as  are  amphibious.  It  is,  in  fact,  a  case  of  the  re- 
acquirement  of  aquatic  habits  in  the  history  of  a  group,  i.e.  it  is 
a  secondary  phenomenon,  while  the  amphibiousness  of  frogs  and 
the  like  is  a  primary  phenomenon,  due  to  the  fact  that  they  have 
been  specialized  from  fish-like  creatures,  which  are  recapitulated, 
as  it  were,  by  the  tadpole  stage. 

Amphibious  insects  chiefly,  if  not  entirely,  belong  to  one  or 
other  of  two  orders,  Net- winged  Insects  {Neuropterd)  and  Two- 
winged  Insects  (Dipterd),  which  it  will  be  most  convenient  to 
consider  separately. 


AMPHIBIOUS   INVERTEBRATES  463 

AMPHIBIOUS   NET-WINGED    INSECTS   (NEUROPTERA) 

The  most  remarkable  structures  by  which  amphibious  insects 
are  enabled  to  breathe  the  air  dissolved  in  water  are  those  known 
as  tracheal  gills,  which  may  be  briefly  defined  as  gills  traversed 
by  air-tubes  (trachea)  that  do  not  open  to  the  exterior.  Gills  of 
this  sort  are  found  in  the  early  stages  of  many  net-winged  insects, 
but  are  rare  in  the  adults.  They  are  clearly  of  secondary  nature, 
i.e.  do  not  correspond  to  the  gills  of  an  ancient  ancestral  stock,  for 
the  air-tubes  which  they  contain  are  structures  evolved  with  refer- 
ence to  air-breathing  (see  p.  434),  and  are  here  pressed  into  the 
service,  as  it  were,  of  breathing  in  water.  The  gill  itself  is  an 
outgrowth  of  the  body  which  offers  a  large  surface  for  exchange 
of  gases  between  the  air  in  the  air-tubes  and  that  dissolved  in 
the  surrounding  water.  The  evolution  of  an  aquatic  mode  of  life 
requires  a  very  long  time,  especially  when  it  takes  place  in  so 
typical  a  class  of  land  animals  as  insects,  and  even  without  definite 
evidence  it  would  be  reasonable  to  suppose  that  the  amphibious- 
ness  of  certain  insects  has  taken  longer  to  come  about  than  the 
acquirement  of  an  aquatic  habit  by  the  insects,  elsewhere  described, 
which  are  not  able  to  breathe  air  dissolved  in  water.  There  is, 
however,  positive  geological  evidence  to  show  that  the  tracheal 
gills  of  net-winged  insects  are  structures  of  very  great  antiquity. 
Numerous  fossils  belonging  to  this  group  have  been  found  in 
rocks  belonging  to  that  immensely  remote  period  to  which  the 
name  Carboniferous  has  been  applied  because  its  luxuriant  vege- 
tation has  been  converted  into  those  coal-deposits  which  are  of 
greatest  importance.  Many  of  the  extinct  insects  of  that  period 
belong  to  existing  groups  of  Net -Wings,  while  others,  though 
referable  to  this  order,  constitute  groups  which  have  no  living 
representatives.  One  of  these  insects  (Corydaloides  Scudderi) 
is  especially  interesting,  for,  when  adult,  it  possessed  tracheal 
gills  resembling  those  found  in  the  early  stages  of  May- Flies, 
such  as  will  be  described  later  on. 

We  will  now  consider  the  amphibious  members  of  certain 
families  of  Net-winged  Insects.  These  are:  Stone-Flies  (Per- 
lidae),  Dragon-Flies  (Odonata),  May-Flies  (Ephemeridse),  Alder- 
Flies  (Sialidae),  and  Caddis-Flies  (Phryganeidae). 

Stone-Flies  (Per lido). — These  insects,  of  which  about  two 
dozen  British  species,  are  known,  live  in  rapidly-flowing  streams 


404 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


during  the  early  part  of  their  existence,  and,  although  land-animals 
when  adult,  are  always  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  water. 
There  is  no  quiescent  or  pupa  stage  in  the  life-history,  but  the 
young  Stone- Fly,  when  hatched  from  the  egg,  closely  resembles 
the  adult,  except  that  wings  are  absent.  It  is  usual  to  apply  the 
term  nymph  to  a  stage  of  this  sort,  reserving  the  word  larva  for 
caterpillars,  grubs,  and  the  like,  that  are  very  unlike  the  perfect 
insects  which  they  become  after  passing  through  a  more  or  less 
quiescent  pupal  condition. 

The  nymphs  of  Stone- Flies  possess  numerous  air-tubes,  but 
these  do  not  open  to  the  exterior  by  means  of  spiracles.  Breath- 
ing is  either  effected  through  the  skin, 
which  is  very  thin  at  certain  spots,  or  by 
means  of  tracheal  gills,  which  differ  in 
shape  and  position.  These  gills  persist 
in  the  adult  (as,  e.g.  in  Pteronarcys\ 
though  they  often  become  reduced  in 
size,  and  it  is  not  known  how  far  they 
are  of  any  use  (fig.  568).  That  they 
should  persist  at  all  is  very  interesting  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  in  certain  extinct 
forms  (see  p.  463)  they  were  possessed 
by  the  perfect  insect.  We  know  that 
the  coal-plants,  among  which  these  an- 
cient insects  lived,  grew  in  jungles  and 
swamps  where  the  air  was  very  damp, 
and  this  probably  favoured  the  retention 
of  tracheal  gills  throughout  life. 
Dragon- Flies  (Odonatd). — A  female  dragon-fly  lays  her  eggs 
either  in  the  water  or  upon  the  stem  of  a  water-plant,  and  they 
hatch  out  into  flattened  wingless  nymphs,  which  possess  an 
elaborate  system  of  air-tubes  that  probably  do  not  communicate 
with  the  exterior.  The  way  in  which  such  nymphs  breathe  is 
not  always  the  same,  but  the  commonest,  and  at  the  same  time 
the  most  interesting,  is  by  means  of  rectal  gills,  so  called  because 
they  are  folds  in  the  lining  of  the  last  part  of  the  intestine 
(rectum].  These  folds  are  either  plate-like  or  in  the  form  of 
small  finger-shaped  projections,  but  in  either  case  they  are  richly 
provided  with  air -tubes,  and  collectively  possess  a  very  large 
breathing  surface  (fig.  569).  The  rectum  alternately  contracts 


Fig.  568.— A  Stone-Fly  (Pteronarcys] 
A,  Under  side  of  adult,  with  limbs  cut 
short ;  gggg,  reduced  tracheal  gill-tufts 
(enlarged);  B,  a  gill -tuft  (more  highly 
magnified). 


AMPHIBIOUS    INVERTEBRATES 


465 


and  dilates,  so  that  water  is  forced  out  and  drawn  in  rhythmically. 
When  the  nymph  develops  into  the  adult  dragon-fly,  spiracles  are 
acquired  by  the  system  of  air-tubes,  the  water  is  abandoned,  and 
ordinary  air  is  breathed  in  the  manner  usual  among  insects. 

May -Flies  (Ephemerida}. — The  adult  insects  are  here  thor- 
oughly aerial,  as  in  the  groups  of  Net- Wings  so  far  described, 
but  the  nymphs  present  a  maximum  amount  of  adaptation  to 
an  aquatic  mode  of  life.  They  possess 
tracheal  gills  of  various  kind,  a  typical  case 
being  that  of  the  Common  May- Fly  (Ephe- 
mera v^llgata),  in  which  these  structures  are 
in  the  form  of  a  double 
series  of  tufted  out- 
growths running  along  V1^z 


i.ap.' 
Fig.  569.— Dragon-Fly  Nymph 

Dissection  to  show  air-tubes  (£/) 
which  supply  rectal  gills;  int.,  intes- 
tine (rectum);  i.ap.,  intestinal  aper- 
ture. Enlarged. 


Fig-  570.— Nymph  of 
Common  May  -  Fly 
(Ephemera  vulgatei), 
enlarged,  to  show 
tracheal  gills  at  sides 
and  three  tail-rods. 


Fig-  571- — Hinder  part 
of  Nymph  of  a  May- 
Fly  (Cloeon  dipterum], 
enlarged.  A,  Last  three 
segments  and  bases  of 
tail-rods.  Last  cham- 
ber (L.CH.)  of  heart  gives 
off  vessels  to  the  tail- 
rods.  Arrows  indicate 
direction  of  blood-flow. 
B,  Part  of  a  tail-rod, 
showing  perforated  walls 
of  central  blood-vessel. 


the  abdomen,  and  traversed  by  numerous  air-tubes  (fig.  570). 
Breathing  is  also  helped,  it  would  appear,  by  three  feathery  rods 
which  project  from  the  hinder  end  of  the  body,  and  which  differ 
greatly  both  in  structure  and  mode  of  action  from  tracheal  gills. 
The  arrangement  has  been  worked  out  in  detail  in  the  nymph  of 
one  kind  of  May-Fly  (Cloeon  dipteruni).  As  in  Insects  generally, 
the  heart  is  here  a  slender  tube  situated  in  the  middle  line  close 
below  the  upper  surface  of  the  body.  It  consists  of  a  series  of 
chambers  which  receive  blood  by  means  of  paired  valvular  aper- 
tures and  pump  it  forwards.  To  this  direction  of  blood-flow  there 


VOL.  II. 


62 


466 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


is,  however,  one  exception  in  this  particular  case,  for  part  of  the 
blood  from  the  last  chamber  but  one  passes  back  through  a  pair  of 
valves  into  the  last  chamber,  which  forces  it  into  the  three  tail- rods 
through  a  corresponding  number  of  vessels  (fig.  571).  Each 
of  these  vessels  is  perforated  by  a  series  of  oval  holes  through 
which  the  blood  escapes  into  the  rods,  which  are  hollow,  and 
it  is  then  returned  to  the  body,  presumably  in  a  purified  condi- 
tion, having  absorbed  some  of  the  dissolved  oxygen  from  the 
surrounding  water  and  got  rid  of  waste  carbonic  acid  gas. 

We  have  noted  in  a  previous  chapter  that  the  delicate  gills 
of  such  creatures  as  fishes  and  the  higher  crustaceans  are  pro- 
tected by  being  placed  in  special  gill-cavities.  Tracheal  gills  may 
also  be  sheltered  in  various  ways.  They  some- 
times grow  out  from  the  under  sides  of  firm  plates 
(Oligoneuria),  and  in  other  cases  the  gills  of  either 
side  are  shielded  by  a  flat  gill -cover  ( Tricorythus\ 
But  the  most  remarkable  instance  is  afforded  by 
the  nymphs  of  certain  May- Flies  (species  of 
Prosopistomd)  which  are  native  to  Europe,  West 
Africa,  and  Madagascar.  The  nymph,  which  lives 
in  swift  streamlets,  looks  like,  and  was  formerly 
mistaken  for,  one  of  the  lower  crustaceans  (fig. 
572).  The  head  and  front  part  of  the  abdomen 
are  covered  by  a  sort  of  shield,  under  which  there 
is  a  gill-cavity  containing  five  pairs  of  tracheal 
gills.  Water  flows  into  the  cavity  through  an 
opening  on  either  side,  and  out  again  by  a  single 
aperture  at  the  back.  Sharp  (to  whose  admirable 
volumes  on  Insects  in  The  Cambridge  Natural  History  the  present 
writer  is  here  and  elsewhere  greatly  indebted)  says  of  this  nymph 
that  it  is  "  more  completely  adapted  for  an  aquatic  life  than  any 
other  insect  at  present  known ". 

It  only  remains  to  mention  that  the  nymphs  of  some  May- 
Flies  appear  to  partly  breathe  by  means  of  the  rectum,  like  the 
corresponding  stages  of  Dragon- Flies  which  have  been  already 
described. 

Alder-Flies  (Sialidtz). — The  Alder-Fly  (Sialis  lutaria]  is  a 
very  common  British  insect  which  haunts  the  banks  of  sluggish 
streams.  The  eggs  are  laid  in  regular  rows  on  rushes  or  other 
plants  which  grow  near  the  water.  The  aquatic  young  which 


Fig.  572. — Crustacean- 
like  Nymph  of  a  May- Fly 
(Prosopistoma),  enlarged. 


AMPHIBIOUS    INVERTEBRATES  467 

hatch  out  from  them  may  be  called  larvae  (not  nymphs),  because 
they  differ  considerably  from  the  adult,  into  which  they  do  not 
pass  directly,  there  being  an  intermediate  quiescent  or  pupa  stage. 
Each  of  the  first  seven  rings  of  the  abdomen  bears  a  pair  of 
tracheal  gills  in  the  form  of  jointed  threads,  and  an  unjointed  rod 
projects  backwards  from  the  tip  of  the  tail.  The  gills  are  kept  in 
constant  motion,  so  that  the  water  in  their  vicinity  is  continually 
renewed. 

Caddis- Flies  (Phryganeidce). — An  adult  Caddis- Fly  has  four 
somewhat  hairy  wings,  giving  it  some  resemblance  to  a  moth; 
indeed,  it  is  sometimes  called  a  Caddis-"  Moth  ".  The  eggs  are 
laid  in  water,  and  from  them  elongated  larvae  hatch  out,  which 
are  familiarly  known  as  "  caddis- worms  ",  and  construct  for  them- 
selves protective  cases  of  such  materials  as  may  be  at  hand. 
The  cases  of  the  commonest  British  species  are  straight  or 
slightly  curved  tubes,  with  a  large  opening  at  the  head-end  and 
a  smaller  one  at  the  tip.  The  breathing  organs  of  the  larva 
are  thread-like  tracheal  gills  borne  by  the  abdomen,  upon  the 
upper  side  of  which  are  also  a  number  of  thin  places  which 
possibly  assist  in  respiration  by  permitting  diffusion  of  gases. 
The  gills  are  kept  moving,  and  water  continually  streams  through 
the  case,  entering  at  its  hinder  end. 

AMPHIBIOUS  TWO-WINGED   INSECTS  (DIPTERA) 

In  two  families  of  this  order  the  early  stages  of  existence 
are  fully  adapted  to  life  in  water,  while  the  adults  are  aerial  and 
breathe  ordinary  air  by  means  of  a  complex  set  of  air-tubes. 
These  are  Midges  (Ckironomida)  and  Sand- Midges  (Simuliada). 

Midges  (Chironomidte). — A  very  large  number  of  Midges  are 
included  in  the  genus  (Chironomus]  from  which  this  family  takes  its 
name.  The  eggs  are  laid  in  water,  and  hatch  out  into  active  wrig- 
gling larvae,  which  are  commonly  of  a  red  colour,  and  are  then 
known  as  "  blood- worms  ".  This  hue  is  caused  by  the  presence  of 
a  pigment  (hemoglobin)  identical  with  that  contained  in  blood,  and 
which  is  of  great  importance  in  breathing,  since  it  readily  takes  up  » 
oxygen  from  the  surrounding  medium,  easily  parting  with  it  again 
to  the  body.  Some  of  these  larvae  live  at  considerable  depths 
in  lakes  (1000  feet  in  Lake  Superior)  or  even  in  the  sea,  and 
the  amount  of  red  colouring-matter  they  possess  is  in  direct  pro  - 


468 


ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 


portion  to  the  depth  at  which  they  are  able  to  exist,  while  at  the 
same  time  their  air-tubes  are  more  and  more  feebly  developed. 
Some  of  them,  on  the  other  hand,  are  altogether  destitute  of 
red  pigment  and  live  near  the  surface,  being  at  the  same  time 
well  provided  with  air-tubes.  The  larvae  may  breathe  entirely 
through  the  skin,  but  are  usually  provided  with  thread-like  gills 
on  the  eleventh  and  twelfth  rings  of  the  body.  After  a  time 
the  midge-larva  passes  into  a  quiescent  pupa-stage,  during  which 
breathing  is  effected  by  means  of  a  pair  of  tufted  gills  situated  at 
the  front  end  of  the  body.  These  contrast  markedly  with  the  two 
breathing  trumpets  which  the  pupa  of  an  ordinary  gnat  bears  in 
a  similar  position  (see  p.  442),  and  which  admit  ordinary  air  into 
the  breathing-tubes. 

Sand-Midges  (Simuliadcz). — These  notorious  blood-suckers  are 
found  in  most  parts  of  the  world,   sometimes  occurring  in  vast 

swarms,  and  bestowing  their 
unwelcome  attentions  on  both 
human  beings  and  cattle.  The 
cylindrical  larva  (fig.  573) 
possesses  a  sucker  at  the  hin- 
der end  of  its  body,  by  means 
of  which  it  holds  on  to  a 
stone  or  other  firm  body,  and 
is  maintained  in  a  vertical 
position.  Two  beautiful  tufted 
gills  are  borne  upon  the  head 
and  are  kept  in  constant  move- 
ment, which  serves  a  double 
purpose,  promoting  respira- 
tion and  also  bringing  a  supply 
of  food  within  reach  of  their 
owner.  Later  on  the  larva 
becomes  a  pupa,  which  is 
contained  in  a  sort  of  open 

case,  from  which  the  head  end  freely  projects.  Upon  this  are 
carried  two  bunches  of  long  tubular  gills  (fig.  573),  by  which 
breathing  is  carried  on  until  the  perfect  insect  is  fully  formed  and 
ready  to  make  its  escape  into  the  air. 


Fig.  573. — Stages  in  life-history  of  a  Sand-Midge  (Simulia), 
enlarged  (actual  size  shown  by  short  lines).  A,  Larva.  B,  Pupa. 
c,  Pupa-case. 


AMPHIBIOUS   INVERTEBRATES 


469 


AMPHIBIOUS   CRUSTACEANS   (CRUSTACEA) 

Some  mention  has  already  been  made  of  Land-Crabs  (see 
p.  443)  as  descended  from  shore -dwelling  forms  which  have 
lost  their  gills  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  and  converted  their 
gill-chambers  into  organs  capable  of  breathing  ordinary  air.  It 
would  not  therefore  be  surprising  to  find  Crabs  of  truly  amphi- 
bious nature  forming  a  sort  of  half-way  house  between  purely 
marine  and  purely  terrestrial  forms.  Such  a  condition  is  actually 
realized  by  certain  shore-haunting  Crabs  belonging  to  a  widely- 
distributed  family  (Grapsida).  The  gills,  though  reduced  in  size, 
are  still  useful,  and  the  gill-chamber  possesses  folds  and  ridges 
on  its  lining  which  enable  it  to  be  used  as  a  lung.  Such  Crabs, 
when  out  of  water,  have  been  observed  to  lift  up  the  hinder  part 
of  the  body  for  the  purpose  of  admitting  air  into  the  gill-chambers 
from  the  back.  There  is  also  an  aperture  at  the  front  end  of  each 
chamber  which  is  supposed  to  serve  for  the  entry  of  water  to  be 
used  by  the  gills. 

Some  account  has  been  given  in  a  preceding  section  (see 
p.  220)  of  the  habits  of  the  Robber-Crab  or  Palm-Thief  (Birgus 


A.L.V. 


6.L.V. 


GIL 


E.L.V. 


Fig.  574.— Diagrammatic  Cross  Section  through  Breathing  Organs  of  Robber  Crab 

(Birgus  latro] 

A.L.v.,  Vessels  carrying  impure  blood  to  lung-folds;  E.L.V.,  vessels  bringing  pure  blood  from 
lung- folds;  and  E.L.V'.,  opening  of  one  of  these  into  blood-space  surrounding  heart  (pericardial 
space);  E.G.V.,  vessels  returning  pure  blood  from  gills  to  pericardial  space. 

latro]  of  the  Cocos-Keeling  Islands.  The  breathing  organs  of 
this  curious  creature,  which  is  really  a  Hermit-Crab  that  has 
taken  to  live  on  land,  are  in  a  very  interesting  condition  (fig. 
574).  The  gills  are  much  reduced  in  size,  and  the  gill-chambers 
are  divided  into  a  small  lower  part  for  their  reception,  and  a  very 
much  larger  upper  part  acting  as  a  lung,  and  having  its  lining 
raised  into  an  elaborate  system  of  folds.  How  far  this  animal  is 


470  ANIMAL   RESPIRATION 

really  amphibious  is  rather  difficult  to  say,  for  though  it  some- 
times visits  the  sea,  it  does  not  of  necessity  follow  that  its  gills 
are  then  used  for  breathing  air  dissolved  in  water,  though  this 
would  seem  probable.  The  division  of  each  gill-chamber  into  two 
distinct  parts  brings  to  mind  the  arrangement  found  in  the  amphi- 
bious Apple- Snail  (see  p.  461). 


END   OF  VOL.  II 


THE 

GRESHAM   PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

34   SOUTHAMPTON    STREET,   STRAND,    LONDON,   W.C. 

*      *      -*•      *      *      •*-      *      * 
A    NEW  CENTURY:    A   NEW  ENCYCLOPEDIA 

Ne\V    PODlllar      A   LIBRARY  IN  ITSELF.    A  General  Die- 

tionary  of  Arts,  Sciences,  Literature,  Biography, 
and  History-  Edited  by  CHARLES  ANNANDALE, 
M.A.,  LL.a,  Editor  of  Ogilvie's  "Imperial  Dic- 
tionary of  the  English  Language".  Profusely  illustrated.  In  14  handsome  volumes,  super- 
royal  Svo,  in  Roxburgh  library  binding,  1 2s.  6d.  per  volume,  net. 

A  New  Century  demands  a  New  Encyclopedia.  As  time  advances,  knowledge  increases.  To 
sum  up  that  knowledge  a  new  Encyclopedia  is  required,  and  everyone  ought  to  possess  that  new 
Encyclopedia. 

The  Gresham  Publishing  Company,  having  acquired  exclusive  control  of  the  well-known  POPULAR 
ENCYCLOPEDIA,  are  now  issuing  a  New  and  Revised  Edition  of  that  famous  authoritative  work  of 
reference. 

The  entire  work  has  been  revised  to  date  under  the  editorship  of  Dr.  Charles  Annandale,  assisted  by 
a  staff  of  Specialists  and  Encyclopedic  Experts. 

The  New  Popular  Encyclopedia  is  a  worthy  successor  to  the  previous  edition,  which  numbered 
among  its  contributors  men  of  the  high  position  of  LOKD  KELVIN,  SIR  ANDREW  C.  RAMSAY,  PRO- 
FESSOR J.  D.  EVERETT,  MR.  COMYNS  CARR,  CAPTAIN  ORD-BROWN,  MR.  M.  M.  PATTISON-MUIR,  &c. 

In  the  matter  of  pictorial  illustration  the  New  Popular  Encyclopedia  is  alone  of  its  kind.  In  no 
British  Encyclopedia,  not  even  in  previous  editions  of  the  POPULAR,  has  so  extensive  a  use  been  made 
of  the  pictorial  arts  to  assist  the  elucidation  of  the  subject-matter.  In  addition  to  the  large  number  of 
plates  in  colour,  there  are  very  many  plates  in  black  and  white :  pictures  of  machinery-detail,  portraits, 
ordnance  such  as  Vickers,  Creuzot,  and  Krupp  guns,  flying -machines,  ethnological  types,  and  the 
hundred-and-one  different  objects  which  can  be  rendered  clearer  by  the  use  of  pictorial  illustration.  A 
complete  series  of  Maps  is  also  provided. 

The  Supplements  form  a  very  special  feature  of  the  New  Popular.  Besides  containing  many  articles 
on  general  subjects  they  give  biographies  of  living  men  or  of  men  recently  deceased.  Thus  we  have 
MR.  CHAMBERLAIN,  MR.  KRUGER,  LORD  SALISBURY,  LORD  ROSEBERY,  MR.  ARTHUR  BALFOUR, 
MR.  GEORGE  WYNDHAM,  LORD  ROBERTS,  GENERAL  BULLER,  MAJOR-GENERAL  BADEN-POWELL 
(whose  brother,  Major  Baden-Powell,  secretary  of  the  Aeronautical  Society,  contributes  the  Article  on 
Aeronautics),  &c.,  &c. 

"THE  NEW  POPULAR  ENCYCLOPEDIA"  is  a  perfect  library  in  itself,  superseding,  practically,  the 
necessity  of  having  recourse  to  a  large  number  of  books  on  different  topics,  and  furnishing,  at  moder- 
ate cost,  a  complete  body  of  information  on  all  subjects. 

IT  is  A  UNIVERSAL  GAZETTEER,  giving  accounts  of  the  natural  and  political  divisions,  countries, 
cities,  rivers,  lakes,  &c. ,  throughout  the  world. 

IT  is  A  UNIVERSAL  HISTORY,  in  which  are  to  be  found  full  general  accounts  of  all  the  countries 
of  the  world,  with  important  events  and  details  treated  at  length  under  specific  headings. 

IT  is  A  BIOGRAPHICAL  DICTIONARY — giving  the  lives  of  all  important  historic  characters,  statesmen, 
lawyers,  literary  men,  scientists,  inventors,  engineers,  artists,  musicians,  theologians,  &c. 

IT  is  A  COMMERCIAL  DICTIONARY,  explaining  economic  principles,  treating  fully  the  practical  details 
of  the  chief  industries,  and  giving  elaborate  accounts  of  manufacturing  processes. 

IT  is  A  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  SCIENCES— Students  of  natural  history,  botany,  geology,  astronomy, 
chemistry,  &c.,  will  find  an  ample  general  record  of  modern  progress  in  the  special  sciences. 

IT  is  A  DICTIONARY  OF  THE  FINE  ARTS,  explaining  the  technical  terms,  theories,  and  processes, 
and  giving  a  historic  and  biographical  record  of  the  various  branches  of  the  Arts. 

"THE  NEW  POPULAR  ENCYCLOPEDIA"  is,  moreover,  a  Dictionary  of  the  Practical  Arts  and 
Handicrafts,  of  Law,  Medicine,  Household  Matters,  Education,  Music,  Games,  and  Sports. 

Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 

[20]  1  A 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


TTflf*     HmiQ^hnlrl       A  Family  Guide  to  the  Preservation  of  Health  and  to 
1C         lUUdCllUlU       the   Domestic  Treatment  of  Ailments  and   Disease. 

By  ^'  M'GREGOR'ROBERTSON>  M-B-  C-M-  (Hon.).  With 
an  Introduction  by  Professor  M'KENDRICK,  M.D., 
LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  Glasgow  University.  Illustrated  by  about  400  figures  in  the  text,  and  a  Series 
of  Engraved  Plates.  In  4  divisions,  super-royal  8vo,  cloth,  at  9^.  net  each ;  also  in  i  volume, 
Roxburgh  binding,  £i,  i$s.  net;  2  volumes,  ditto,  £1,  17^.  net. 

One  aim  of  this  book  is  to  supply  in  as  plain  language  as  can  be  used  some  knowledge  of  what  science 
has  to  say  as  to  the  body  which  we  inhabit ;  the  second  aim  is  to  give  reliable  assistance  in  the  domestic 
treatment  of  simple  ailments.  The  bodily  ills  to  which  young  and  old  are  liable  are  considered  more 
fully  than  is  usual  in  popular  works. 

The  first  portion  of  the  book  treats  of  the  human  body  in  health,  and  the  various  changes  produced  by 
disease.  This  part  has  been  divided  into  sections,  each  section  being  devoted  to  one  set  of  organs.  For 
example,  the  bones  and  joints  are  considered  in  one  section,  the  nervous  system  in  another,  the  digestive 
organs  in  a  third,  and  so  on.  The  first  half  of  each  section  describes  the  particular  organs  in  their 
healthy  condition,  and  the  second  half  discusses  the  diseases  to  which  they  are  liable.  By  this  method 
the  healthy  and  diseased  states  of  each  part  of  the  body  are  placed  in  relationship  to,  and  mutually 
explain,  one  another.  This  section,  moreover,  contains  special  chapters  on  the  MANAGEMENT  OF 
CHILDREN  IN  HEALTH,  the  DISEASES  OF  CHILDHOOD,  and  the  DISEASES  OF  WOMEN. 

The  second  portion  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  HYGIENE,  or  the  conditions  of  health  as  regards  FOOD, 
DRINK,  CLOTHING,  EXERCISE,  &c.,  and  the  rules  to  be  observed  for  the  promotion  of  health,  both  of 
individuals  and  communities.  Details  are  given  of  the  requirements  of  a  HEALTHY  HOUSE,  in  its 
construction,  ventilation,  water-supply,  drainage,  &c. 

In  the  third  portion  of  the  work  the  nature  and  mode  of  ACTION  OF  DRUGS  and  other  remedial  agents 
are  explained.  But  this  part  includes  more  than  mere  drugs.  ELECTRICITY,  an  agent  as  valuable  in 
medicine  as  it  is  in  commerce,  and  MASSAGE,  or  medical  rubbing,  another  new  and  formidable  an- 
tagonist to  ill-health,  will  also  be  fully  treated. 

In  the  remaining  portion  of  the  book  the  methods  of  dealing  with  ACCIDENTS  AND  EMERGENCIES 
find  a  place,  and  the  commoner  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS  are  described  and  their  mode  of  use  ex- 
plained ;  SICK-NURSING  receives  attention,  and  recipes  for  INVALID  COOKERY  and  Notes  of  MEDICAL 
PRESCRIPTIONS  are  given. 

The  ILLUSTRATIONS  are  very  numerous,  consisting  of  about  four  hundred  figures  printed  in 
the  text,  and  a  series  of  thirty-one  engraved  plates,  many  of  which  are  in  colours. 


A    GREAT  HISTORICAL    WORK. 

A       HjcfrifV     (\f    fflP       From    the    Earliest    to    the    Latest   Times.      By 

rV  ll^LUr^  Ul  LI1C  Rev  THOMAS  THOMSON  and  CHARLES  ANNAN- 
DALE,  M.A.,  LL.D.  With  40  Original  Designs  by 
W.  H.  MARGETSON,  ALFRED  PEARSE,  WALTER 

PAGET,  GORDON  BROWNE,  and  other  eminent  artists.     In  6  divisional  volumes,  super-royal 

8vo,  cloth  elegant,  8^.  6d.  net  each. 

The  main  features  may  be  stated  as  follows : 

It  is  a  full  and  detailed  History  of  Scotland  from  the  Earliest  Times  to  the  Latest. 

It  is  a   History  of  the    Scottish    People,   their   manners,   customs,   and   modes  of  living    at    the 
various  successive  periods. 

It  is  a  History  of  Religion  and  Ecclesiastical  Affairs  in  Scotland. 

It  is  a  History  of  Scotland's  progress  in  Commerce,  Industry,  Arts,  Science,  and  Literature. 

It  is  illustrated  by  a  series  of  original  designs  reproduced  in  facsimile  from  drawings  by  eminent 
artists. 

Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free* 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


NEW  EDITION,  REVISED  AND  GREATLY  AUGMENTED. 

°F  ™E  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE.  A  complete  Encyclopedic 
Lexicon,  Literary,  Etymological,  Scientific,  Technological,  and  Pro- 
nouncin£-  Edited  by  CHARLES  ANNAN- 
DALE>  MAj  LLD  inustrated  by  above 
three  thousand  engravings  on  wood,  besides  a  splendid  series  of  full-page  plates,  many  of 
which  are  coloured.  This  edition  of  the  IMPERIAL  DICTIONARY  is  beautifully  printed  on 
paper  of  imperial  size,  specially  made  for  the  Work.  It  is  issued  in  eight  Divisional 
Volumes  of  a  handy  size  for  reference,  bound  in  cloth,  with  a  fine  design  on  side,  at  los.  net 
each  volume. 

The  reception  accorded  by  the  press  and  the  public  to  this  new  edition  of  the  IMPERIAL 
DICTIONARY  has  been  such  as  to  show  that  the  care  and  labour  bestowed  upon  it  have  met 
with  due  recognition,  and  to  prove  that  it  will  continue  fully  to  maintain  its  established 
position  as  a  standard  lexicon  of  the  English  language,  and  as  a  work  of  the  highest  utility 
for  the  purposes  of  general  reference  and  everyday  requirement. 

DISTINCTIVE  POINTS. 
To  sum  up  the  chief  points  of  this  edition— 

I.  It  is  the  latest  revised  dictionary,  and  has  a  supplement  of  many  thousand  new  words. 

II.  It  contains  more  words,  exclusive  of  compound  and  obsolete  words,  than  any  other  English 
dictionary. 

III.  The  pronunciation  is  explained  on  a  plan  which  is  simplicity  itself. 

IV.  It  gives  the  pronunciation  and  the  meaning  of  the  word  as  recognized  to-day. 
V.  It  has  more  illustrations  than  any  other  English  dictionary. 

VI.  It  has  full-page  plates  (coloured  and  otherwise),  which  are  an  outstanding  feature  of  the  work. 
No  other  English  dictionary  contains  full-page  plates. 

VII.  It  has  clear  type,  beautifully  printed  on  fine  paper,  and  is  substantially  and  elegantly  bound. 

VIII.  It  has  a  specially  prepared  Supplement  issued  with  each  volume,  and  not,  as  is  usually  the 
case,  relegated  to  the  end  of  the  complete  work. 

IX.  It  has  a  very  full  Appendix,  probably  the  best  and  finest  given  with  any  dictionary  in  the  world. 

X.  It  is  sold  on  a  plan  at  once  acceptable  and  convenient,  within  the  reach  of  all,  and  the  price  is 
very  moderate. 

"The  IMPERIAL  DICTIONARY",  says  the  St.  James1  Gazette,  "is  a  work  which  fairly 
deserves  the  epithet  of  monumental.  It  is  really  what  it  professes  to  be — 'a  complete 
encyclopaedic  lexicon,  literary,  scientific,  and  technological7.  In  other  words,  it  is  the  best 
dictionary  of  its  kind  in  the  English  language,  and  its  kind  is  the  best." 

"We  have  no  hesitation  in  saying",  writes  the  Spectator,  "that  it  will  prove  a  most 
thorough  piece  of  workmanship,  and  that  among  reference-books  of  its  class  it  will  hold 
the  first  place,  both  as  an  authority  and  a  source  of  instruction  and  entertainment." 

"The  encyclopedic  method  of  treatment  which  has  been  adopted",  remarks  the 
Athenaum,  "will  be  found  of  the  greatest  service,  affording  as  it  does  to  the  reader  the 
advantages  of  the  ordinary  dictionary  combined  with  those  of  the  encyclopedia." 

The  St.  James1  Gazette  says : — "  The  encyclopaedic  part  is  executed  with  great  skill 
and  accuracy ;  and  the  genius  of  the  editor  has  been  exercised  with  the  power  and  precision 
of  a  hydraulic  press  upon  the  enormous  masses  of  facts  with  which  he  has  had  to  deal ". 

Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 


4 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


The  Cabinet  of 
Irish  Literature: 


SELECTIONS  FROM  THE  WORKS  OF  THE  CHIEF 
POETS,  ORATORS,  AND  PROSE  WRITERS  OF 
IRELAND.  Edited  by  CHARLES  A.  READ,  F.R.H.S., 
and  KATHARINE  TYNAN  HINKSON.  In  4  vol- 
umes, super-royal  8vo,  cloth  extra,  gilt  edges,  price  8s.  6d.  net  each. 


Coulson  Kernahan 


As  there  is  an  Irish  Nationality,  so  there  is  an  Irish  Literature,  in 
which  that  Nationality  has  found  expression.  And  what  a  magnifi- 
cent Literature  it  is !  how  brilliant  the  roll  of  Irish  writers  from  Swift, 
Steele,  and  Goldsmith,  to  Sheridan,  Grattan,  Moore,  and  the  score  of 
gifted  men  and  women  who  are  identified  with  the  present  renaissance 
of  Irish  letters ! 

THE  CABINET  OF  IRISH  LITERATURE  is  an  attempt  to  give  every 
Irishman,  every  Irish  household,  a  share  in  the  priceless  treasures 
with  which  the  literary  genius  of  the  race  has  enriched  mankind. 

It  brings  within  the  compass  of  a  single  great  work  a  representative 
selection  of  ah1  that  is  best  in  Irish  Literature.  Not,  be  it  said,  the 
old  Irish  Literature  in  the  old  Irish  tongue ;  of  that  most  is  unknown 
to  the  people  itself,  though  a  good  deal  of  it,  in  translation,  will  be 
found  in  this  book.  By  Irish  Literature  is  meant  the  Literature  read 
and  understood  by  the  Irishmen  of  the  present  day — the  expression 
of  the  ideas  they  really  feel,  of  the  life  they  truly  live,  in  Mayo,  in 
Limerick,  in  Cork,  and  in  Derry. 

It  is  a  selection  made  without  fear  or  favour,  free  from  any  bias, 
religious,  political,  or  social.  Merit  is  the  only  passport  to  its  pages. 

It  gives,   in  brief  pointed  biographical  notices,  the  life-history  of 
We  are  enabled  to  realize  the  personality  of  the  man  as  well  as  appreciate  the 


every  great  Irish  writer, 
qualities  of  his  work. 

It  deals  not  only  with  the  past  but  with  the  present ;  and  it  is  the  only  work  that  brings  home  to  us  by 
illustrative  extracts  the  great  revival  in  Irish  Literature  that  is  now  taking  place.  W.  B.  Yeats,  Douglas 
Hyde,  George  Bernard  Shaw,  Nora  Hopper,  Seumas  MacManus,  Richard  Ashe  King,  George  Egerton,  Moira 
O'Neill,  are  a  few  among  the  many  scores  of  modern  writers  whose  works  are  represented  in  the  CABINET. 

No  Irishman  who  is  proud  of  his  nationality  can  afford  to  be  without  a  work  which  thus  focuses  the 
whole  intellectual  activity  of  the  race.  To  the  younger  generation  it  will  be  an  inexhaustible  source  of  in- 
spiration, a  priceless  influence  in  forming  their  taste,  in  moulding  their  character— in  a  word,  in  perpetuating 
those  qualities  which  now,  as  in  the  past,  are  associated  with  the  name  of  Irishman. 

The  CABINET  was  originally  planned  by  Mr.  Charles  Anderson  Read,  but  this  accomplished  Irish  poet  and 
novelist  did  not  live  to  see  the  fruition  of  his  hopes.  His  work  was 
completed  by  Mr.  T.  P.  O'Connor,  under  whose  auspices  the  first 
edition  was  issued.  Now,  after  the  lapse  of  nearly  a  quarter  of  a 
century,  the  time  has  corne  for  a  new  edition  of  this  monumental  work, 
which  shall  take  due  account  of  the  extraordinary  activity  in  Irish 
letters  during  the  intervening  years.  Under  the  able  editorship  of 
Miss  Katharine  Tynan  (Mrs.  Katharine  Tynan  Hinkson),  herself  one 
of  Ireland's  most  distinguished  writers,  the  work  has  been  thoroughly 
revised  and  brought  down  to  the  present  hour. 

In  its  get-up  it  is  all  that  a  book  of  its  great  importance  should  be. 
The  illustrations  are  many  and  of  the  highest  artistic  value.  Some  of 
the  most  eminent  black-and-white  artists  of  the  day,  including  John 
H.  Bacon,  Charles  M.  Sheldon,  W.  Rainey,  R.I.,  G.  P.  Jacomb- 
Hood,  R.I.,  and  W.  H.  Margetson,  have  been  commissioned  to  illus- 
trate typical  scenes  from  the  masterpieces  of  our  literature,  and  these 
drawings,  rendered  by  the  latest  processes  of  photographic  reproduc- 
tion, and  printed  on  specially  prepared  paper,  add  an  unique  charm 
to  the  work.  The  CABINET  is  further  embellished  with  a  large  num- 
ber of  photographs  of  the  most  eminent  Irish  writers;  and  the  cover 
design,  in  gold  upon  green  cloth,  is  the  work  of  Talwin  Morris,  the 
well-known  designer. 


F.  Frankfort  Moore 


Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


The  Book 
of  the  Home. 


AN  ENCYCLOPAEDIA  OF  ALL  MATTERS  RELATING  TO  THE 
HOUSE  AND  HOUSEHOLD  MANAGEMENT.  Produced  under 
the  general  editorship  of  H.  C.  DAVIDSON,  assisted  by  over 
one  hundred  specialists.  Copiously  illustrated  by  coloured 
and  black-and-white  plates  and  engravings  in  the  text.  In  4  volumes,  super- royal  8vo,  cloth, 
with  artistic  design,  price  £2,  2s.  net.  Also  in  8  divisional  volumes,  cloth,  price  5*.  net  each. 

THE  BOOK  OF  THE  HOME  is  intended  to  form  a  complete  work  of  reference  on  all  subjects  connected 
with  household  management.  No  efforts  have  been  spared  to  ensure  that  every  matter  bearing  upon  the 
Home  and  Home  Life  shall  receive  full  and  sufficient  treatment,  and  that  the  information  given  shall  be 
reliable  and  in  the  best  sense  of  the  phrase  up-to-date. 


A  few  among  over  one  hundred  specialists  who  have  contributed  to  the  work: 


Mrs.  ADA  S.  BALLIN,  Editor  of  Baby— the  Mother's 

Magazine,  and  of  Womanhood. 
Miss  BERTHA  BANNER,  Training  Teacher  of  Sewing 

and   Dressmaking  at   the  Liverpool  Technical 

College  for  Women. 
Mr.   A.    BLACK,   C.E.,  Architect,  Author  of  First 

Principles  of  Building. 
Mrs.    DAVIDSON,    Author  of  Dainties,     What  our 

Daughters  can  do  for  themselves,  &c. 
Miss  J.  FORSTER,  Principal  of  the  Cheshire  County 

Council  Dairy  Institute. 
Mrs.  H.  R.  HAWEIS  (the  late),  Author  of  The  Art 

of  Decoration,  The  Art  of  Beauty,  &c. 
Miss  HELENA  HEAD,  Principal  of  the  Liverpool 

Girls'     School     for     Secondary     Education     in 

Domestic  Science,  and  Author  of  the  Manual  of 

Housewifery. 

Mrs.  A.  HODGSON,  Home  Decorator  to  The  Lady. 
Mr.    R.    KEITH    JOHNSTON,   Author  of  Household 

Difficulties  and  How  to  overcome  Them. 


Miss  GERTRUDE  J.  KING,  Secretary  to  the  Society 
for  Promoting  the  Employment  of  Women. 

Miss  E.  E.  MANN,  Head  Teacher  at  the  Liverpool 
Training  School  of  Cookery. 

Colonel  M.  MooRE-LANE,  Contributor  to  the  Field 
and  other  agricultural  papers. 

Mrs.  C.  S.  PEEL,  Dress  and  Household  Editor  of 
Hearth  and  Home,  and  Author  of  The  New 
Home. 

Miss.  B.  SIBTHORPE  POOLEY,  Lecturer  to  the  Liver- 
pool Ladies'  Sanitary  Association. 

Miss  RANKIN,  Head  Teacher  of  Laundry  Work  at 
the  Liverpool  Technical  College  for  Women. 

Miss  FLORENCE  STACPOOLE,  Lecturer  to  the  National 
Health  Society  and  the  Councils  of  Technical 
Education,  and  Author  of  Handbook  of  House- 
keeping for  Small  Incomes,  &c. 

Mr.  DAVID  TOLLEMACHE,  late  editor  of  The  Chej 
and  Connoisseur. 


The  contents  of  THE  BOOK  OF  THE  HOME  may  be  grouped  under  four  heads.  The  first  deals  with 
all  matters  concerning  the  House — from  the  choice  of  its  site  to  the  least  of  its  internal  decorations.  The 
householder  is  instructed  in  the  laws  regarding  landlord  and  tenant,  and  counselled  in  the  important 
matters  of  sanitation  and  ventilation,  heating  and  lighting,  and  the  stocking  and  management  of 
the  garden.  The  housekeeper  is  advised  as  to  furnishing,  everything  necessary  for  the  comfort 
and  adornment  of  a  well-equipped  house  being  described  in  detail,  hints  being  also  given  regarding 
removals,  painting  and  papering,  artistic  decoration,  arrangement  of  linen  and  store  cupboards,  &c. 

In  the  second  the  daily  routine  of  the  Household  is  considered — the  duties  of  the  servants,  their 
wages,  their  leisure  and  pleasures,  the  management  of  the  kitchen,  laundry,  and  store-room.  Plain  and 
fancy  cooking  receive  due  attention,  recipes  being  given  of  a  large  variety  of  dishes,  and  suggestions 
made  for  breakfast,  lunch,  afternoon-tea,  dinner,  and  supper.  A  number  of  menus  are  added  suitable 
for  the  different  seasons.  Invalid  cookery  also  has  its  special  section. 

In  the  third  are  discussed  the  legal  and  customary  duties,  and  the  occupations  and  pastimes, 
of  Master  and  Mistress,  the  former  being  instructed  as  regards  insurance  and  the  making  of  a  will, 
and  the  smaller  matters  of  carving,  the  care  of  the  wine-cellar,  and  the  inspection  of  garden  and  stables, 
while  the  latter  is  advised  as  to  account-keeping,  payments,  shopping,  and  innumerable  other  matters 
connected  with  her  duties  as  Mistress.  Other  subjects  treated  under  this  head  are  dress,  home 
occupations,  visiting  and  entertaining,  and  indoor  and  outdoor  amusements. 

In  the  fourth  sound,  systematic,  and  practical  advice  is  given  as  to  the  management,  in  health 
and  sickness,  and  the  education,  of  children,  and  also  on  such  important  subjects  as  occupations 
for  boys  and  girls,  the  ceremonies  necessary  on  the  coming  out  of  a  daughter,  and  the  preparations 
and  formalities  necessary  before  and  after  a  marriage. 

THE  BOOK  OF  THE  HOME  will  thus  be  at  once  an  indispensable  ally  to  the  young  bride  and  the 
novice  in  housekeeping,  and  a  valuable  work  of  reference  to  the  more  experienced. 


Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


The  Animal   Life   of  the  w°rld   in  its 
various  Aspects  and   Relations.      By  J. 

A  n  1  ITl  f\  \  Q  •  R*  AlNSWORTH  DAVIS,  M.A.,  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge, 
r\U  11  did.  and  of  University  College,  Aberystwyth.  Profusely  illus- 
trated with  full-page  colour  and  black-and-white  plates,  and  engravings  in  the  text,  by 
eminent  animal  artists.  In  8  half-volumes,  cloth  extra,  price  7^.  net  each. 

While  the  sum  of  human  knowledge  is  gigantic  now  as  compared  with  what  it  was  a  hundred 
years  ago,  in  the  department  of  Natural  History  the  books  upon  which  the  great  majority  of  us 
must  depend  have  undergone  practically  no  change.  The  general  Natural  History  still  follows  the 
lines  adopted  by  Goldsmith  in  his  famous  and  delightful  Earth  and  Animated  Nature.  That  is  to  say, 
they  are  little  more  than  classified  catalogues  of  animals,  taking  up  in  succession  the  various  groups  and 
individuals,  and  describing  them  one  after  another,  each  as  standing  by  itself.  This  is  not  what 
the  intelligent  reader  of  the  present  day  requires.  He  must  be  put  in  a  position  to  take  a  comprehensive 
grasp  of  the  subject;  he  demands  a  competent  guide,  not  a  directory,  however  accurate. 

It  is  with  this  end  in  view  that  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS  has  been  compiled.  It  treats 
this  great  subject  on  essentially  modern  lines,  giving  an  accurate  and  vivid  account  of  the  habits, 
relationships,  mutual  interdependence,  adaptation  to  environment,  &c.,  of  the  living  animals  of  the 
world. 

It  is  needless  to  say  that  the  production  of  such  a  work  demanded  a  man  who  has  devoted  his  life  to 
the  study  of  biology  and  zoology,  and  who  at  the  same  time  is  a  gifted  writer  and  expounder.  This  rare 
combination  has  been  found  in  the  person  of  Prof.  J.  R.  AINSWORTH  DAVIS,  M.A.,  of  Trinity  College, 
Cambridge,  and  of  University  College,  Aberystwyth,  the  author  of  the  present  work.  Prof.  DAVIS 
is  well  known  to  naturalists  as  an  ardent  worker  in  Natural  History,  particularly  in  the  field  of  marine 
zoology.  He  is  a  very  distinguished  graduate  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  the  chief  scientific  school 
in  Britain,  perhaps  in  the  world,  and  has  done  a  great  deal  of  literary  work,  both  scientific  and  in  other 
directions. 

Briefly,  the  object  of  Prof.  Davis's  work  is  to  give  in  a  readable  form  and  in  non-technical  language 
a  general  survey  of  the  whole  animal  world  from  the  stand-point  of  modern  science — and  the  work  may 
fairly  claim  to  be  a  Natural  History  on  a  new  plan,  the  first  comprehensive  work  in  English  of  its  own 
special  kind.  Formerly  Natural  History  had  much  the  character  of  a  miscellaneous  aggregate  of 
disconnected  facts,  but  hardly  any  fact  or  feature  connected  with  any  animal  can  now  be  considered 
as  isolated  from  others;  and  animals  as  a  whole  must  be  looked  upon  as  interrelated  in  the  most 
surprising  manner  both  with  one  another  and  with  their  surroundings. 

Every  household  library  should  contain  a  Bible,  a  Dictionary,  an  Encyclopedia,  and  a  work  on 
Natural  History.  This  is  the  "irreducible  minimum";  other  books  we  may  have,  these  we  must. 
For  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS  it  may  fairly  be  claimed  that  it  has  a  better  title  than 
any  other  work  to  become  the  Natural  History  for  the  Household.  It  is  a  work  in  which  the 
adult  reader  will  find  a  never-failing  mine  of  information,  while  the  younger  members  of  the  family 
will  delight  in  its  wealth  of  illustration,  and  its  store  of  interesting  and  suggestive  anecdote. 

To  teachers  THE  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS  may  be  regarded  as  indispensable.  More 
than  usual  attention  has  of  late  been  directed  to  the  important  subject  of  Nature-study;  and  in  this 
respect  the  appearance  of  Prof.  Davis's  work  could  scarcely  have  been  more  fitly  timed.  In  the  domain 
of  Natural  History  it  is  pre-eminently  the  book  for  the  purpose.  Its  clear  and  orderly  arrangement 
of  facts,  its  masterly  grasp  of  general  principles,  its  comprehensiveness  of  scope  and  simplicity  of  style, 
combined  with  the  most  absolute  scientific  accuracy,  render  this  work  an  invaluable  book  of  reference 
for  those  who  aspire  to  teach  Nature-study  on  up-to-date  principles. 

The  Illustrations,  as  befits  a  work  of  such  importance,  are  on  the  most  lavish  scale.  A  large  number 
are  in  colour,  reproductions,  by  the  latest  processes  of  colour  engraving,  of  exquisite  pictures  by  the  most 
eminent  animal  draughtsmen.  In  illustrating  the  work  talent  has  been  sought  wherever  it  was  to  be 
found ;  and  the  list  of  artists  is  representative  of  several  nationalities.  A  large  number  of  the  designs  are 
the  work  of  Mr.  A.  FAIRFAX  MUCKLEY,  who  is  probably  unsurpassed  in  the  capacity  to  depict  living 
creatures  with  absolute  fidelity  to  detail  without  sacrificing  the  general  artistic  effect.  FRIEDRICH 
SPECHT,  one  of  the  most  eminent  German  animal  painters  of  the  past  century,  is  represented  in  THE 
NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS  by  many  of  his  best  designs  in  colour  and  black-and-white. 
W.  KUHNERT,  another  German  artist  whose  work  is  universally  admired;  and  M.  A.  KOEKKOEK, 
the  talented  Dutch  painter,  are  also  among  those  who  have  assisted  in  the  embellishment  of  the  work. 
An  important  feature  is  the  series  of  diagrammatic  designs  showing  the  structure  of  certain  typical 
animals,  specially  drawn  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  Davis. 

Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


The    Mortem    C^irnpnter    A  ComPlete  Guide  to  current 
i  ne    iTiouern    ^arpemer, 


'i  tiH 
clIIU 


Practice.    Prepared  under  the 

editorship  of  G.  LISTER  SUTCLIFFE,  Architect,  Asso- 
date  of  the  Royal  Institute  of  British  Architects,  Mem- 
ker  °f  the  Sanitary  Institute,  editor  and  joint-author  of 
"Modern  House-Construction",  author  of  "Concrete: 
Its  Nature  and  Uses",  &c.  With  contributions  from  many  specialists.  Illustrated  by  a 
series  of  about  100  separately-printed  plates  and  1000  figures  in  the  text.  In  8  divisional 
volumes,  super-royal  quarto,  handsomely  bound  in  cloth,  with  cover  design  by  Mr.  TALWIN 
MORRIS,  price  7.?.  6d.  net  each.  In  complete  sets  only. 

In  preparing  THE  MODERN  CARPENTER  the  editor  has  had  the  great  advantage  of  working  upon 
the  basis  of  Newlands's  Carpenter  and  Joiner  s  Assistant,  which  for  nearly  half  a  century  has  been 
accepted  as  a  standard  authority  on  the  subjects  of  which  it  treats,  and  for  many  years  has  been 
recommended  by  the  Royal  Institute  of  British  Architects  as  a  text-book  for  the  examination  of  that 
society.  And  yet  in  the  present  work  it  has  been  possible  to  preserve  only  a  very  small  part  of 
Newlands's  treatise,  invaluable  though  this  has  been  to  two  generations  of  craftsmen.  While  the 
fundamental  features  of  arrangement  and  method  which  distinguish  this  famous  work  have  been 
retained,  the  matter  has  had  to  be  entirely  rewritten,  and  many  new  sections  have  been  added,  on 
subjects  not  touched  upon  in  the  older  work,  with  which  the  carpenter  of  the  present  day  requires  to  be 
familiar. 

In  the  new  book,  indeed,  the  old  foundations  that  have  stood  the  test  of  half  a  century  of  practical  use 
have  been  retained,  but  the  superstructure  is  wholly  new. 

The  lesson  to  be  learned  from  this  fact  is  not  far  to  seek.  It  is  that  the  modern  carpenter  requires  a 
far  wider  expert  knowledge  than  sufficed  his  predecessor.  The  development  of  wood-working 
machinery,  the  introduction  of  new  kinds  of  timber,  improvements  in  the  design  of  structures,  the  more 
thorough  testing  of  timbers,  and  progress  in  the  various  industries  with  which  Carpentry,  Joinery,  and 
Cabinet-making  are  intimately  allied,  have  all  helped  to  render  the  craft  more  complex.  The  carpenter 
of  the  present  day  has  no  use  for  the  old  "rule  of  thumb"  methods;  his  calling  is  both  an  art  and  a 
science,  and  knowledge,  knowledge,  and  again  knowledge  is  the  primary  condition  of  success. 

The  editor  of  THE  MODERN  CARPENTER,  Mr.  G.  Lister  Sutcliffe,  Associate  of  the  Royal  Institute 
of  Architects,  needs  no  introduction  to  practical  men;  his  name  is  already  well  known  not  only 
through  his  professional  position  in  the  architectural  world,  but  through  his  editorship  of  Modern  House- 
Construction,  a  work  which,  although  issued  only  a  few  years  ago,  has  already  become  a  standard  book 
of  reference.  Mr.  SUTCLIFFE'S  large  experience  has  enabled  him  to  enlist  the  services  of  a  highly- 
qualified  staff  of  experts,  whose  special  knowledge,  acquired  through  long  years  of  practical  work,  is 
now  placed  at  the  disposal  of  every  member  of  the  craft.  The  first  condition  in  selecting  the  contri- 
butors to  the  work  was  that  they  should  be  practical  men,  not  only  possessing  the  indispensable 
knowledge,  but  having  the  ability  to  impart  it.  The  result  is  that  within  the  eight  divisional-volumes  of 
this  work  we  have  a  treatise  on  every  branch  of  the  craft,  distinguished  by  four  outstanding  qualities  :  — 
It  is  (i)  complete,  (2)  clear,  (3)  practical,  and  (4)  up-to-date. 

An  idea  of  the  scope  of  THE  MODERN  CARPENTER  may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  while  its 
predecessor,  The  Carpenter  and  Joiner  s  Assistant,  comprised  only  eight  sections,  the  new  work 
includes  no  fewer  than  sixteen.  A  glance  at  these  will  show  that  the  work  covers  the  whole  field  ; 
it  is  a  complete  encyclopaedia  upon  every  subject  that  bears  upon  the  everyday  work  of  the  practical  man. 


I.  Styles  of  Architecture. 
II.  Woods:  Their  Characteristics  and  Uses. 

III.  Wood-working  Tools  and  Machinery. 

IV.  Drawing  and  Drawing  Instruments. 
V.  Practical  Geometry. 

VI.  Strength  of  Timber  and  Timber  Framing. 
VII.  Carpentry. 
VIII.  Joinery  and  Ironmongery. 


IX.  Staircases  and  Handrailing. 
X.  Air-tight  Case-Making. 
XI.  Cabinet-Making. 
XII.  Wood-Carving. 

XIII.  Shop  Management. 

XIV.  Estimating. 
XV.  Building  Law. 

XVI.  Index,  Glossary,  &e. 


The  Illustrations  are  not  the  least  of  the  many  notable  features  of  this  great  undertaking.  The  work 
is  embellished  in  the  first  place  with  about  100  full-page  plates,  reproduced,  some  in  colours,  by  the 
most  approved  processes  of  mechanical  engraving,  and  printed  on  specially-prepared  paper.  In  addition 
to  this  unique  collection  there  are  no  fewer  than  1000  diagrams  and  designs  in  the  body  of  the  work. 
No  trouble  or  expense  has  indeed  been  spared  to  procure  illustrations  where  these  could  elucidate  the 
text. 

Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 


The  Gresham  Publishing  Company. 


The  ImPerial  Edition  of  the  Novels  of  CHARLES 
DICKENS,  in  15  volumes,  large  square  8vo,  cloth 
extra,  gilt  top,  price  4J.  6d.  net  each  volume. 


An  Ideal  Issue.  ONE  NOVEL,  ONE  VOLUME.  Despite 
varying  lengths,  the  paper,  &c.,  is  so  adjusted  that  each  volume 
is  uniform  in  thickness  and  size. 

The  Cheapest  Edition.  The  price  of  each  volume  is  4.$-.  6d. 
net,  making  the  edition  the  cheapest  of  the  best  editions. 

Sumptuously  Bound.  The  cloth  is  of  the  finest  and  is  im- 
perial red  in  colour.  The  embellishments  (produced  in  gold) 
are  an  appropriate  design  of  national  arms  and  imperial  em- 
blems by  the  eminent  designer,  Talwin  Morris. 

Illustrations  a  Unique  Feature.  Every  picture  drawn  spe- 
cially at  enormous  cost  for  this  "Imperial"  edition  by  the  best 
known  and  most  celebrated  Artists  of  to-day. 

George  Gissing's  Masterly  Study.  A  literary  character 
study,  the  work  of  this  great  authority,  forms  one  of  the  volumes 
of  this  issue,  and  is  illustrated  with  pictures  of  some  of  the 
quaint  old  hostelries  and  places  made  famous  by  Dickens,  and 
is  altogether  an  invaluable  addition  to  this  issue. 

Presentation  Portrait.  To  every  subscriber  to  this  edition 
will  be  presented  with  the  last  volume  a  magnificent  Photo- 
gravure of  Charles  Dickens.  It  is  printed  on  the  finest  plate 
paper,  22  inches  by  30  inches,  and  has  been  specially  engraved 
for  this  edition. 

A  List  of  the  Novels. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  volumes  in  the  Imperial  Edition:  — 

r.  The  Pickwick  Papers. 

2.  Oliver  Twist. 

3.  Nicholas  Nickleby. 

4.  Martin  Chuzzlewit. 

5.  The  Old  Curiosity  Shop 

6.  Barnaby  Rudge. 

7.  David  Copperfield. 

8.  Bleak  House. 

9.  Sketches  by  Boz. 

10.  Hard  Times  and  Master  Humphrey's  Clock. 

11.  Christmas  Books. 

12.  Dombey  and  Son. 

13.  Little  Dorrit. 

14.  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities. 

15.  Charles   Dickens:    A  Critical  Study. 

By  GEORGE  GISSING. 

Prospectus  of  any  Book  post  free. 


301521 


U8RARY 

£ 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY